Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout99-07394?;. , PRAECIPE FOR LISTING CASE FOR ARGUMENT (Must be typewritten and submitted in duplicate) TO THE PROTHONOTARY OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY: Please list the within matter for the next Argument Court. CAPTION OF CASE (entire caption must be stated in full) DRB, Inc., t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES APPELLANT V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP APPELLEE No. 7394 Civil 1999 1. State matter to be argued (i.e., Appellant's motion for new trial, Appellee's demurrer to complaint, etc.): DRB, Inc.'s appeal of the 21 October 1999 decision of the Upper Allen Township Building Codes Board of Appeals denying DRB's appeal of a Zoning Enforcement Notice dated 15 June 1999. 2. Identify counsel who will argue case: (a) For Appellant: Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire, Kluxen & Newcomer Address: 339 North Duke Street, P.O. Box 539, Lancaster, PA 17608 (b) For Appellee: William E. Miller, Jr., Esquire/Anthony E. Marrone, Esquire MILLER & ASSOCIATES, PC Address: 1822 Market Street, Camp Hill, PA 17011 3. 1 will notify all parties in writing within two (2) days that this case has been listed for argument. 4. Argument Court Date: 30 August 2000 MILLER & ASSOCIATES, PC Dated: 28 July 2000 Attorney for Appellee ?? N {?uu...r .. •. _. .? ?' DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW NO. 99-7394 CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE 1, William E. Miller, Jr., Esquire, attorney for Upper Allen Township and its municipal agency, the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township, hereby certify that I caused a true and correct copy of the foregoing Answer to be served by first class mail, postage prepaid, on the date set forth below, upon the following individual: Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire Kluxen & Newcomer 339 North Duke Street P.O. Box 539 Lancaster, PA 17608-0539 William E. Miller, Jr., Es ue Attorney for Uppe?Men Township Dated: 23 December 1999 J_. ?iS6?.?.?' .. Law Offices of MILLER aft ASSOCIATES, PC 600 North 12th Street Lemoyne, PA 17043 DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Appellant V. IN THE COURT OF CONID1ON PLEAS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW NO. 99-7394 BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSIIIP, Appellee ANSWER Upper Allen Township and its municipal agency, the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township, through its attorneys, the Law offices of Miller & Associates, PC, answers the Appeal of DRB, Inc., t/d/b/a/ Superior Homes, in the above captioned action as follows: Denied. Appellee is without knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief as to the truth or accuracy of the allegation set forth in Paragraph I of the Appeal and the same, therefore, is denied. Strict proof thereof is demanded. 2. Admitted. 3. Admitted only to the extent that the Code Enforcement Officer for Upper Allen Township issued an Enforcement Notice dated 15 June 1999 regarding a mobile ]ionic located at 78 Rolo Court, Mechanicsburg, Upper Allen Township, Pennsylvania and that the Enforcement Notice was issued against Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, the owners of the mobile home, Rolo Court Central Office, owner of the mobile home park in which the mobile home is located, and Superior Homes, Inc., R.D. 44, Myerstown, Pennsylvania 17067, the installer of the mobile home; otherwise it is denied.. 4. Denied. Appellee is without knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief as to the truth or accuracy of the allegation set forth in Paragraph 4 of the Appeal and the same, therefore, is denied. Strict proof thereof is demanded. Appellee avers that representatives of and attorneys for Superior Homes, Inc. appeared nt the hearing held before the Building Codes Board of Appeals (hereinafter the "Board") and never raised the issue that Superior Homes, Inc. was not a correct party to the action. 5. Admitted. 6. Admitted. 7. Admitted. Appellee further avers that the Board issued an oral decision on 24 August 1999 denying Appellant's appeal and sustaining the Enforcement Notice issued by Upper Allen Township. Admitted. Appellee further avers that the written decision dated 21 October 1999 merely was a written record of the oral decision rendered by the Board on 24 August 1999. 9. Paragraph 9 is admitted only to the extent that the written decision was forwarded to the various parties by letter dated 10 November 1999 from John E. Mizerak, Code Enforcement Officer for Upper Allen Township; otherwise it is denied. Appellee is without knowledge or information sufficient to forni a belief as to the truth or accuracy of the allegation set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Appeal that the letter was incorrectly addressed to Superior Homes, Inc., R.D. #4, Myerstown, Pennsylvania 17067, and the same, therefore, is denied. Strict proof thereof is demanded. to. Denied. Appellee is without knowledge or information sufficient to form a belief as to the truth or accuracy of the allegation set forth in Paragraph 10 of the Appeal and the same, therefore, is denied. Strict proof thereof is demanded. 11. (a) Paragraph 11(a) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (b) Paragraph I I (b) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (c) Paragraph 11(c) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (d) Paragraph I I(d) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (e) Paragraph I I (c) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (0 Paragraph 11(f) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. -3- (g) Paragraph I I (g) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (h) Paragraph 11(11) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (i) Paragraph 11(i) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. 0) Paragraph 110) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. (k) Paragraph 11(k) represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. 12. Paragraph 12 represents a conclusion of law to which no answer is necessary. However, if deemed material, the same is hereby denied. 13. Admitted. 14. Admitted. Appellee alleges that a stenographic transcript of the hearing held on 24 August 1999 does not exist and that Appellee is under no obligation to provide such to Appellant. -4- WHEREFORE, Appellee, Upper Allen Township and its nuinicipal agency, the Building Codes Board of Appeals, respectfully requests that the Appeal of the DRB, Inc. Ud/bla Superior Homes, bedenied in its entirety and requests such other and further relief as this Court may deem necessary. Respectfully submitted, Lary Offices of MILLER & ASSOCIATES, PC Dated: 23 December 1999 g William E. Miller, Anthony E. Ma one Address: 600 North 121h Street, Suite 101 Lemoyne, PA 17043 Phone: (717) 737-9211 Supreme Court ID#: 07220; 48182 Attorneys for Upper Allen Township and its municipal agency, the Building Codes Board of Appeals -5- VERIFICATION The undersigned, John E. Mizerak, Code Enforcement Officer of Upper Allen Township, hereby verifies that the statements made in the foregoing Answer are tnie and correct to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any false statements herein are made subject to the penalties of 18 Pa.C.S.A §4904 relating to unsworn falsification to authorities. John. Mizerak, Code Enforcement Officer of Upper Allen Township Dated: a3 Dec w6t fill >,w . ,_ r-• :, C ? ' . ?. i ?:, ,.. Law Offices of 1 MILLER & ASOCIATES, PC 1822 Market Street Camp Hill, PA 17011 PRAECIPE FOR LISTING CASE FOR ARGUMENT (Must be typewritten and submitted in duplicate) TO THE PROTHONOTARY OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY: Please list the within matter for the next Argument Court. CAPTION OF CASE (entire caption must be stated in full) ORB, Inc., t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES APPELLANT V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP APPELLEE No. 7394 Civil 1999 1. State matter to be argued (i.e., Appellant's motion for new trial, Appellee's demurrer to complaint, etc.): DRB, Inc.'s appeal of the 21 October 1999 decision of the Upper Allen Township Building Codes Board of Appeals denying ORB's appeal of a Zoning Enforcement Notice, dated 15 June 1999. 2. Identify counsel who will argue case: (a) For Appellant: Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire, Kluxen & Newcomer Address: 339 North Duke Street, P.O. Box 539, Lancaster, PA 17608 (b) For Appellee: William E. Miller, Jr., Esquire/Anthony E. Marrone, Esquire MILLER & ASSOCIATES, PC Address: 1822 Market Street, Camp Hill, PA 17011 3. 1 will notify all parties in writing within two (2) days that this case has been listed for argument. 4. Argument Court Date: 11 October 2000 MILLER & ASSOCIATES, PC Dated: 13 September 2000 r ? q '., (,,c-.-t Attorney f r Appellee -L tl cn : ntr„ o , ° SENDER: I also wish to receive the ¦ Cmples eemn t endfor 2 foradOw' ; OeMaw. following services (for an s Complete hems 3,,L, %'.i w. i •PrIntooyay r=m and cddwq mew mass ofe4e form sothat" W..bx aft e:dffl fee): •pAett?smlmt?tlib lam tO tlw lfa,d oldie mellPSn,amitw lwcke Weu doM and 1.? Addressee's Address I? ¦ Wme •MNm RscWRpuestedm sw nWOWM below me ends rarbsr. 2. ? Restricted Delivery 4 e The FletuM Receipt wttl *ow to whom sw sonde wee "Wrod W ew date (.?a oostrnaster for fee. I. '. 6 3. Article Addressed W: Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township 100 Gettysburg Pike Mechanicsburg, Pa. 17055-5698 9?-7394 CI' im 5. RR Ned By: (pdr; afe) ?I 1 8 Sig re: (Addressee ?A nt) g£ xnal o /_ • 9 PS Forth 3811, December 1984 ' ? Registered ? Express Meif ? Rehn fieoelpt Is paid) q CertFRed ? . ? insured ? COD requested. DRB, INC. T/d/b/a SUPERIOR IION] ES Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OFAPPEALS UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP ZONING Appellee : IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF : CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW : NO. 99-7394 CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I, Anthony E. Marrone, Esquire, attorney for Upper Allen Township, hereby certify that I caused a true and correct copy of the foregoing Amended Record to be served by first class mail, postage prepaid, on the date set forth below, upon the following entities/individuals: Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire Kluxen & Newcomer 339 North Duke Street P.O. Box 539 Lancaster, PA 17608-0539 Dated: ')I ?for,,.lw Locy Anthony (g. Marrone, Esquire Attorney for Upper Allen Township wa.._.:_.__.. ... `s H i?; _.. ca ..? , `? =i -- ` ? . , CO . ??? • r. ? L• :1? v: ??? J _? 1 6. DRB, Inc., Vd/bla Superior Homes V Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA NO. 99-7394 CIVIL TERM AND NOW, August 22, 2000, by agreement of counsel, the above-captioned matter is continued from the August 30, 2000 Argument Court list. Counsel is directed to relist the case when ready. By the Court, Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire For the Plaintiff William E. Miller, Jr., Esquire For the Defendant Court Administrator bb COF?e-s rnat'V.,.d 6 - D--Lk 0c, U.- DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee : IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF : CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW : NO. 99-7394 CERTIFICATION OF RECORD I, MAX AMAECHI, Acting Zoning/Code Enforcement Officer of the Upper Allen Township, do hereby certify that the foregoing are true and complete copies of the minutes for the hearings held on 24 August 1999 and 31 August 1999 before the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township Zoning Hearing Board, and of the Upper Allen Township Enforcement Notice dated 15 June 1999, in the proceeding of In Re: Appeal of Superior Homes, Inc., Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, Cumberland County Court of Common Pleas Civil Action Number 99-7394, along with an original Amendment to the Index of Record. In witness whereof, I have set my hand this 27th day of September, 2000. MAX A AECHI Acting Zoning/Code Enforcement Officer Upper Allen Township 100 Gettysburg Pike Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 (717) 796-0756 DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee : IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF : CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW NO. 99-7394 AMENDMENT TO THE INDEX OF' RECORD 14. Upper Allen Township Enforcement Notice dated 15 June 1999. 15. Minutes of Building Codes Appeal Board of Upper Allen Township hearings held on 24 August 1999. 16. Minutes of Building Codes Appeal Board of Upper Allen Township hearings held on 31 August 1999. COMMISSIONERS of UPPER ALLEN TOWNSI-IIP CUMBERLAND COUNTY COMMISSIONERS lopes F. ALLISON rm,N.m VIRGINIA M. ANDERSON Vim Iuwm WILLIAM E KANE Axsa nt 4ncun MARK E LEWIS LEROY C. ERICKSON Azm.t sru 100 GETTYSBURG PIKE MECIIANICSBURG. PA 17055.5698 TELEN IONS (717) 766.0756 rAX (717) 706!1833 June 15.1999 CERTIFIED MAIL NZ 295 4% 766 Mr, & Mts. Reedy L. Claris 78 Role Court MechmimbuM PA 17055 CERTIFIED MAIL NZ 295 4% 7154 Rolo Court Central Office Attn: Catty Whilsel 447 N. Shaman Street Mt. Wolf, PA 17347 Re: 78 Rob Cam Rolo Co wt Muhaniwburg, PA Dear Ladies and Geatlenwn: CERTIFIED MAIL NZ 295 4% 767 Superior Homes, Inc. 2187 Lincoln Iiighwuy Farr Lancaster, 1'A 17602 CERTIFIED MAIL NZ 293 496 769 Melvin E. Nawoomnr, Esquire Kluxen & Newcomer 339 North Duke Street P. O. Box 539 Lancaster, PA 17606-0539 Lipner Allen Township oflkiala here oonsidcrod all oorrosporsdettoe received as well as the tnaaings held oubsequaru to the issuance of Enforcemerse Nod= of 12 April 1999. Based upon Inc Township's feather review of the BOCA Codo and the Township's BOCA Building Code Ordinance (the 'BOCA Code') and it roinapeetion of the subject premises, the Tow:tthip hsj datermined that the construction of the preruim at 78 Rob Court does not comply with the BOCA Code. A summary of thou HO-CA Code deficiencies was outlined in the Enforcement Notice of t2 AP61 1999, a copy of which is attached for your reforctwo. Furthernimve, in addition to the BOCA Code deficiencies, the Towmhip has determined that the preatat condition of tlu premises is deemed to be uruafo and a health and safety hazard to iu residents. Accordingly, the Township reaf irim and reiterates its Enforcement Notice of 12 April 19% and hereby directs you to-correct the foundation and all of the deficiencies listed and u comply with all BOCA requirements. If you disagsec with the Township's imerpretstioo r the BOCA Code of that the provisiutu of the. BOCA Code do not apply, you have the rig' undef the BOCA Code to appeal this determination Your appeal mum be in writing s sent to th.c following address- STAFF I LARRY N. KROT. lit. tn.n.hin M.m,,, RICHAIM S. I.ASKEY Ann1W `111 ,n.h.I. M.ngn GREGORY C. MOLL. RE, TawtliipGpatt JOHN E MIZERAK o1r.,leoAC, Gfo,t.mem ortl?r WILLIAM E. MILLER. IR. Tn,m.hip $4tI(Ib. L_- ? t 79 Aolo Court Juno 15, 1999 PW 2 Chalon an BOCA Appeals Bout ofUpper Alloy Township 100 Oottydwr= Pilm MmNu io? ur& PA 17055 Wyou W to oonva the dadkiencios Wallin thirty (30) days of the d" of tNs Irma, tea Township will be oompolld to talon action gAng you to mforoe rho provisions of the Township's BOLA Code. The Township will doom rho dckitawles to ba violttiots of the Township's BOCA Code as natod In tho T"msWp's Icttor of 12 April 1999. if a violuion oowm you could be sobloa to the ponaMis as provided in Soction 116.4 of the Code. Y? Jams. Mitaak Zodnsr-Wo Eni x comcot officer Upper Allan Township JBM:tsn oc John F. Allison Proddsnt henry N. Krot, Jr., Township Msna®er argeory C. Moll, P.E., Towns* 8- Kash C. Giaprich. Btdldiny Inspector Wllllam E. M4lor, Jr.. Township Soliciw n UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD APPLICANTS: Superior Homes Randy Clark 79 Rolo Court Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Dr. Glenn Naser 220 Cumberland Parkway Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 DATE OF BEARING: August 24, 1999 LOCATION OF BEARING: Upper Allen Township Municipal Building PARTICIPANTS: Appeal Board Members: Robert D. Brickner, Jr., Chairman Earnest F. Zimmerman, Vice Chairman Joseph A. Rosi, Secretary John T. Titzel Edward R. Lewis Township Staff: John E. Mizerak, Zoning/Code Enforcement Officer Keith C. Gingrich, Building Inspector SUMMARY OF HEARING CALL TO ORDER: Chairman Brickner called the meeting to order at 5:05 p.m. OLD BUSINESS: APPROVAL OF MINUTES - JULY 20, 1999 Chairman Brickner asked if any of the Board members had any corrections or comments on the minutes of July 20, 1999. It was noted that there were a few corrections to the minutes on page 2, check the regulation number for OSHA, page 3, questioned the correct spelling of baluster and on page 5, under adjournment the word "adjourned" should be "adjourn". After a review of these comments the regulation number and baluster are correct. The correction was made on the word adjourn. Motion: Mr. Titzel made a motion to approve the minutes of July 20, 1999 with the comments and corrections as stated above. The motion was seconded by Mr. Lewis. The motion carried unanimously. NEW BUSINESS: 78 ROLO COURT: SUBJECT OF HEARING: Enforcement Notice of June 15, 1999, and Section 420.2 (Mobile Units) in the 1993 BOCA National Building Code. The Township has received written requests from Andrew C. Sheely, attorney for Mr. Randy Clark, and from Melvin E. Newcomer, attorney for Superior Homes. The Township has forwarded the information to the Building Code Appeals Board. The hearing was scheduled for Tuesday, August 24, 1999. Mr. Mizerak introduced Mr. Anthony Marrone of Miller & Associates, solicitors for the Township. Mr. Mizerak reviewed the request of 78 Rolo Court with the members. On October 31, 1997 an application was received for the placement of a new mobile home on Lot 78 of Rolo Court. On November 26, 1997 the building permit was issued. In 1998 the building department was going through open files for quality control and it was discovered at that time that the building permit was never picked-up. An inspection was made on December 1, 1998 and it was noted that the mobile home had been installed. On January 18, 1999 another inspection was made and the following items were noted on the field inspection report: I . Footings not installed (below frost). 2. Piers not constructed as per installation manual requirements. 3. Tie downs were not installed as per manufacturer's requirements. 4. Vapor barrier is not installed. 5. Plastic piping is not supported. 6. Electrical inspection is not present. 7. Stairs (rear) are lacking handrails. 8. Stairs are not level. 9. Exterior grade does not divert water away from dwelling. On February 12, 1999 a follow-up inspection was made. On April 12, 1999 an enforcement letter was sent stating the 11 deficiencies as follows: 1. Footings must be installed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual" requirements. 2. The footings must be protected from frost. 3. The support piers must be located and constructed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual". 4. Tie downs and anchors must be installed as per the manufactures instructions. 5. A vapor barrier must be installed. 6. Ventilation must be provided to cross-ventilate the entire space under the home. 7. The plastic piping must be supported at a maximum of four (4) feet intervals. 8. The electrical connections and bonding must be inspected and approved by a third party electrical inspection agency. 9. All exterior stairs greater than two (2) rises high must have handrails. 10. All exterior stairs must be level and stable. 11. The exterior grading shall divert storm water away from the building. Attorney Marrone stated that Mr. Gingrich would give testimony at this time on the discrepancies stated above. Nfr. Gingrich stated that on the field inspection report of January 18, 1999 are stated from Section 420.1 "General" of the 1993 BOCA National Building Code: "A mobile unit is a structure of vehicular, portable design built on a chassis and designed to be moved from one site to another, and to be used with or without a permanent foundation. Mobile units shall be designed, constructed and maintained to be transported from one location to another and not mounted on a permanent foundation. A mobile unit placed on a permanent foundation or on foundation piers shall be designed and constructed to comply with all the requirements of this code for on-site and prefabricated construction." 3. Also noted from the 1993 BOCA National Building Code is Section 1806.1 "Frost Protection": "Except where erected upon solid rock or otherwise protected from frost, foundation walls, piers and other permanent supports of all buildings and structures larger than 100 square feet in area or 10 feet in height shall extend to the frost line of the locality, and spread footings of adequate size shall be provided where necessary to distribute properly the load within the allowable loadbearing value of the soil. Alternatively, such structures shall be supported on piles where solid earth or rock is not available. Footings shall not bear on frozen soils unless such frozen condition is of a permanent character." Mr. Gingrich stated in item #4 of this letter, that this mobile home was not installed in accordance with the Liberty Homes Installation Manual. It was noted that in the manual that tie downs should be spaced every 10' maximum. There are only 4 tie downs for the entire mobile home. Items #5, #6 & #7 - was taken from the 1993 International Plumbing Code. Again Mr. Gingrich stated that all the deficiencies are major problems and safety issues. At this time Mr. Melvin Newcomer, attorney for Superior Homes cross-examined Mr. Gingrich on these deficiencies. There was discussion on the definition of foundation piers and foundation. Mr. Newcomer noted that some of the mobile homes have foundations, while others do not. Also discussed was the state requirement that went into effect on November 19, 1997, which is after this mobile home was installed. Mr. Gingrich noted that HUD has their own standards. Mr. Newcomer asked if Mr. Gingrich if the Township have an ordinance with manufacturers approved design and/or a manual design. Mr. Gingrich stated that the Township adopted the BOCA/93 and CABO/93 codes which is what they are required to use. It was noted that prior to the inspection of the mobile home the Township received from Mr. Clark the manufacture's installation instructions. Mr. Newcomer asked Mr. Clark if he is familiar with 66 Rolo Court, this was the mobile home his wife owned before they were married. Mr. Newcomer asked if footings were required when that mobile home was installed. As far as Mr. Clark could remember, there were no footings. Mr. Marione noted that there are federal standards, but no state law and that the Township codes are applicable. It was noted that the manual from Liberty Homes should have been used as a guideline for installing the mobile home. The building permit was issued with the mobile home installed either the day the building permit was applied for or the previous day. The mobile home has foundation with piers of masonry concrete block. Mr. Titzel asked for the clarification of foundation piers. There are no footings underneath the foundation piers. It was questioned on how did the standard come about. It was not known. Again, Mr. Marron stated that the federal standards are not applicable, but the Township codes are. Mr. Sheely, attorney for Mr. Clark, described to the Board the type ofblocks/stacks and how they were placed. One of the piers is sitting on an tree root. There was more discussion on Section 420.1 General under the section for mobile homes. Mr. Gingrich stated the reason for the piers is to the properly support the mobile home. Mr. Newcomer stated that these requirements were not stated on the building permit. Mr. Gingirch noted that there is no way they can put all the required codes on the permit, there is not enough room. Mr. Marrone noted that the mobile home was placed without the permit and that the permit was picked-up 14 months after issuance of the permit. That is when the building department made the inspection and found all of the deficiencies. Mr. Sheely presented background on the mobile home. In 1997 the homeowner applied for the building permit. In October of 1997 Mr. Clark paid $48,950.00, signed an agreement with Superior Homes for delivery and set-up. It was noted in the contract with Superior Homes the tie downs and steps where included. The vinyl skirting was not installed properly. It is felt that Mr. Clark did not cause the violations, but the contractor in accordance with the agreement (contract). Mr. Clark stated that he was given the installation manual after the home was installed. Mr. Clark had dealt with Donny Broderick from Superior Homes and was informed lie did not need footings under the support piers. Mr. Clark contacted Cathy Whitsel of Role Court regarding the electrical problems to get these problems fixed. 5. Mr. Clark stated that he had informed Superior Homes that he would buy the material to fix these deficiencies if they would do the work. He was told that they would not do the repairs. He is at a stand still, his family has outgrown the home and they cannot sell until this matters is resolved. He also noted that lie is still paying on this mobile home. Mr. Lewis asked Mr. Clark if he had any intentions of moving the home since it is a "mobile" home. Mr. Clark stated that he did not. Mr. Clark stated that within the last 6 or 7 months the paneling in the home is starting to buckle. At this time Mr. Newcomer asked Mr. Broderick of Superior Homes questions regarding this case. Mr. Broderick stated that he has been in this type of business for 35 years and with Superior Homes for 20 of those years. The mobile homes he sells, Liberty Homes, are manufactured with HUD approval, they have a certification number for approved design. He noted for a mobile home that is 8x8x16 the piers (concrete blocks) are placed flat side down and 2 side by side. This mobile home was installed on October 31, 1997 and Superior Homes subcontracts with Set-Rite Construction to install the homes. Mr. Brickner asked who installed the concrete blocks. Mr. Broderick stated that they came from Superior Homes and used by Set-Rite Construction. Mr. Marrone asked Mr. Broderick that prior to the state plan, adopted on November 19, 1997, was the installation manual used. Mr. Broderick stated that is only a guide. Ms. Whitsel of Rolo Court stated that she has managed the mobile home park for 20 years and since 1993 there have been approximately 5 or 6 homes placed in the park. A building permit had been obtained for each of these homes. She stated that all the homes have piers but none have footings. She also noted that the park is 40 years old and that under some of the homes there is concrete strips/runners and there are no footings under these runners. Mr. Titzel asked Mr. Broderick if he ever had to comply with any codes in other municipalities. Mr. Marrone stated that regarding the code the municipality has authority to adopt their own code as a minimum use. There is no evidence that the state overrides the Township codes. Mr. Titzel asked if the mobile home manufactures had a standard before the states. It was noted that was nothing. Mr. Titzel stated that he hoped that the manufactures would not want to have a home haphazardly installed or there would have been legal/civil actions. 6 Mr. Zimmerman noted that it could be either the homeowner or contractor that can apply for the building permit, but it is the park owners' (landowner) responsibility for the tic downs. Mr. Clark noted that the blocks are installed on the weak side and there are no footings. lle was told that he only needed 4 tic downs. Mr. Marrone stated that the rules of the BOCA Code apply. Mr. Rosi stated that the walls buckling could be the result of not having footings. Mr. Newcomer stated the BOCA code does apply but what sections apply? This should be looked at carefully at the sections of the code. The BOCA code is not an app codelstatues. The only agency that approves mobile homes is HUD by the design of the home. Mr. Sheely noted that Mr. Clark is the innocent person in this situation. Section 420.1 on foundation piers was reviewed once again. s are asked if there are federal monies (governing HUD sets the standards and question agency) involved. All trailers are HUD approved with no federal standards with HUD on installation. At this point in the meeting the 78 Rolo Court case concluded. The Board took a recess at 6:50 p.m. and reconvened at 7:05 p.m. 220 CUMBERLAND PARKWAY - DR. GLENN NASER SUJECT OF HEARING Denial of Permit was improper and based on an incorrect interpretation and application of the Township Building Code requirements. Mr. Gingrich reviewed his plan review comments with the Board as follows: I. Name the contractor on the building permit application. 2. Submit a certificate of workers compensation insurance or an affidavit of exemption for the contractor per PA Act 49 not signed by the architect. 3. The construction documents (plans) are 4. There does not appear to be a minimum of 36-inch clear passageway width from the desk area (1011.3). 7. J, 5. The toilet room doors appear to project into the required passageway width greater than allowable per BOCA Section 1011.1.4. 6. indicate whether the type of construction is -type 5A or 513 (606.1) 7. Mechanical plans were not submitted verify the ventilation requirements for a "change of occupancy: from zero () to six () person's ) (202.0) t 102.5 & 403.2). 8. A drinking fountain or water cooler is not proposed - required by I.P.C./1995 Section 404.1 10. The plans do not show the plumbing waste pipe size(s)/vents/supply piping (P- 106.3.1). The tenant space is 24 x 50 or 1200 square feet. Mr. Mizerak indicated that Mr. Zimmerman has a financial interest with regard to this appeal and may not hear the appeal. It was noted that this should be brought to the attention of the other Board members and the applicant. There is a quorum of the Board and it was noted that at least 3 members to overturn the decision of the code official. The applicant was asked if they wanted the hearing to continue. Mr. Hurley, attorney for Dr. Naser, noted that they would proceed with the hearing and waive the right to postpone the hearing. Mr. Gingrich stated that on item 94 of his review the plans that were received had no dimensions on it. Item #5 - the door is permitted to project into 1/2 the required area or 18" into the width. Mr. Gingrich noted that the building permit for the structure/shell was issued in 1991. A certificate of occupancy was not issued to date. Five of the tenant spaces are completed and certificates of occupancies were issued to four of them. Mr. Lewis stated that a certificate of occupancy follows up after the final inspection. It was noted that this area is not completed and is the last area to be completed and occupied Mr. Gingrich stated that the other spaces are drywall and have ceilings. He has not been in this particular tenant space. Mr. Hurley introduced Mr. Ronald Martzell, architect for Dr. Naser. The condo building originally had 10 units (some are combined - making 2 or more suites into 1). He noted the unit Dr. Naser is interested in also has drywall up, ceilings are in, HVAC and there is a concrete slab as the floor. The total cost of finishing this unit is approximately $15,000.00. Mr. Hurley stated that he would like to address each issue of Mr. Gingrich's review as follows: 4` 8. 1. There is no general contractor for the planned alternations. instead, Dr. Naser will individually (tire a plumber, electrician, etc. to perform the work shown on the plans. The names of those individuals were included on the permit application. 2. Dr. Naser has previously files two such Affidavits of Exemption in connection with his permit application. Mr. Hurley feels that with issues # 1 and 42 there is no basis for denial. 3. BOCA Code Section 114.1 requires that "the construction documents shall be signed, sealed and dated by the registered design professional in accordance with the professional registration laws of the state in which the project is to be constructed"". The Pennsylvania State Architectural Board requires plans to be dated and stamped with the architect's registration stamp. There is no requirement that the architect sign the plans. Thus, the plans were presented "in accordance with the professional registration laws" of Pennsylvania, as required by Section 114.1. 4. BOCA Code Sections 1011.0 et. seq. applies to Exit Access Passageways and Corridors, and Section 1011.3 deals with the width of those exit access passageways. The two foot passageway by the desk area is not designed to be the exit passageway for the office. Instead, the exit passageway is a circular route from behind the desk, to the back of the building, and then through the aisle by the bathrooms. This exit passageway complies with the Section 1011.3 requirement. 5. BOCA Code Section 1011.1.4 provides that the "required width of passageways, aisle accessways, aisles and corridors shall be maintained free of projections and restrictions; except that the minimum clear width resulting from doors opening into such spaces shall be one-half of the required width". Pursuant to 1011.3 the required width for the exit passageway by the bathroom is 36 inches. When the doors open into the passageway, the clearance must be one-half of the required width of 36 inches, or 18 inches. On Dr. Naser's plans, when the doors open into the passageway the clearance is 24 inches, thus complying with BOCA Code Section 1011.1.4. 6. In a letter dated April 4, 1991, from the Township to Integrated Properties, the Assistant Manager of the Township stated that fire-rated walls and ceilings would be required for the building, with a two-hour rating for separation walls. The building was constructed to that specification and a Certificate of Occupancy was issued by the Township for the building indicating such compliance. s Mr. Gingrich stated that the design professional would need to supply this information. 9. Because the building was designed, built and approved for business/office occupancy not to exceed the maximum occupancy permitted, the ventilation and mechanical system that already exist in this Suite, are appropriate for Dr. Naser's business use occupancy of Suite 8, have been approved by the Township as compliant with its then current requirements, and need not be altered in Dr. Naser's planned improvements to Suite 8. Thus, the failure to include the mechanical plans when an appropriate ventilation system exists and has been approved, is adequate for Dr. Naser's use, and is not to be altered, does not provide a proper bases for the denial of this permit. It was noted that a certificate of occupancy was issued from L&I 8. 1PC Section 404.1 requires one drinking fountain per 100 occupants in a business use. However, Dr. Naser is prohibited under OSHA from having unregulated sources of drinking water in his office. Under IPC Section 105. 1, when there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of the IPC, the code official is permitted to grant modifications for individual cases. To comply with the intent of Section 404.1 Dr. Naser has instead proposed to have a refrigerator filled with individual bottles of water, which would be available to his employees and to his patients on a supervised basis. Thus, the denial of the permit on this ground was improper because a reasonable modification was proposed. 11. Again, because the building was designed, built and approved for business/office occupancy not to exceed the maximum occupancy permitted, the plumbing vents and piping already exist for Suite 8, are appropriate for Dr. Naser's business use occupancy of Suite 8, have been approved by the Township as compliant with its then current requirements, and need not be altered in Dr. Naser's planned improvements to Suite 8. Thus, the failure to include the vent and piping sizes when the plumbing already exists, has been approved, is adequate for Dr. Naser's use. And is not to be altered, does not provide a proper basis for the denial of his permit. Mr. Martzall noted that only after serious investigation could these issues be determined. Mr. Rosi questioned the OSHA regulation on drinking water. Dr. Naser stated that OSHA's concern is contamination of water i.e. blood from a patient's mouth. OSHA deals with the protection of his employees, not the patients. There would be 3 sub-contractors doing the work and it would be coordinated by Dr. Naser. Other organizations that Dr. Naser has to deal with are OSHA and the State Dental Board. It was questioned if Dr. Naser deals with the Department of I lealth. lie stated that he does not. 10. There was discussion on the standards in air exchange in all of the open space besides the restrooms. In regards to item #5 the door swings from the restroom and can be reduced to 18 inches and that only 7 inches swings into the wall. The maximum occupancy capacity for this suite will be G. Mr. Mizerak noted that items #4 and #5 could be eliminated byjust labeling the plans. Mr. Martzall stated that this is an as-built with no special requirements. The same system that operates the rest of the building. Mr. Brickner asked if waste pipes will be installed. Dr. Naser indicated that yes they will. Mr. Gingrich stated that the plumbing plans do not show the pipe size of the new pipes. Mr. Martzall stated that should be up to the plumber. Mr. Mizerak indicated that some type of drawings are needed and to be able to show the sizes of the pipes. The Township will accept revisions or they can put the sizes on the current plans. Mr. Lewis asked Mr. Martzall about why won't he sign the plans if he is stamping them. Mr. Martzall stated that there is no requirement in Pennsylvania to sign plans. It's a principle. Mr. Mizerak noted that the Township will accept the seal under Section 114.1. There was discussion on testing of the air handling system - levels of ventilation air. W. Gingrich advised the applicant of a couple of options that would be acceptable to the Township, but this information needs to be provided. Mr. Zimmerman stated that someone (architect) has to determine this and it is not Mr. Gingrich's responsibility. Mr. Hurley asked when and how the decision will be made and will be done on all of the issues. He was informed that a decision should be made within a week. He will be notified of the date once it is set. which st tpoint, ime the Board meeting botday oAugust 31, 1999 at will ender recessed tf c appeal cases heard a 0 tonight's meeting. i MEETING RECONVENED - TUL SDAY, AUGUST 31, 1999 AT 5:00 P.M. The Building Code Appeal Board members reconvened on Tuesday, August 31, 1999 at C 5:00 p.m. to discuss the decision for 78 Itolo Court. The Board recessed until 6:05 p. m. DECISION -78 ROLO COURT' Motion: Mr. Titzel made a motion that the appeal for 78 Rolo Court the misinterpretation of the BOCA Code - Mobile Homes under the 1993 BOCA Building Code Section 420.1 General. Superior Homes did not follow the code under Section 420.1 and that the Liberty Home manual was not followed. An appeal is not granted. Mr. Rosi seconded the motion. The motion carried unanimously. The Board recessed to discuss the decision for 220 Cumberland Parkway at 6:07 p.m. Mr. Zimmerman noted that he was not going to be involved with this decision due to a financial interest in the case and he left the meeting. DECISION - 220 CUMBERLAND PARKWAY Motion: Mr. Titzel made a motion to the appeal for 220 Cumberland Parkway with the following decision on each item deficiency: 1. & 2. The name of the contractor is required the building permit or if there is no general contractor each separate contractor shall submit workers compensation insurance and obtain a building permit. 3. The signature of a registered design professional is not required as stated in Section 114.0 and 114.1 General: "shall be signed, sealed & dated" "in accordance with professional registration laws". 4. & 5. Dimensions shal I appear on the building plans. 6. The type of construction, 5A or 513, shall appear on the building plans. Proposed renovations constitutes a change of occupancy as stated in Section 202- General Definition. Mechanical plans shall be provided as required by the code officials. 8. The source of dri nking water shall be shown on the plan. 10. Piping and vent sires are to be shown on the building plans. Mr. Lewis seconded the motion. The motion carried unanimously. 12. Y ..? ^ CJ t d Ll, ' t_7 ( ?' J l i C1 - U. ??`J r: ? 7 C? ?' ?i __J ' l? V '1 L•: 1-? ? 1_) U C?, F nl [?. '! u 5 . P ?tL V - L F.. O M 0 C71 U o? zz Cq d > ,yow ai a a 3 N H po a Cn.C 3 0 o x N ,F,"S e p' P4 0 0 -.4 u > o° a z O ° p H iH 0zd F U.4 w c7w ?y m U U q ?-7 a v M x 0 l 0 [t?? W w p v Z Nfj H U j. IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES, Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee No. `i9.939Y?c??IT- APPEAL OF DRB, INC., t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES FROM A DECISION OF THE BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP 1. Appellant is DRB, Inc., trading and doing business as Superior Homes (hereinafter referred to as "Superior Homes"), a Pennsylvania corporation with its principal place of business located at 2187 Lincoln Highway East, Lancaster, Pennsylvania. 2. Appellee is the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township, 100 Gettysburg Pike, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055-5698. 3. On or about June 15, 1999, the Code Enforcement Officer for Upper Allen Township issued an Enforcement Notice regarding a mobile home located at 78 Rolo Court, Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania, which Enforcement Notice was issued against Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, the owners of the mobile home; Rolo Court Central Office, owner of the mobile home park in which the mobile home was located and Superior Homes, Inc., R.D. #4, Myerstown, Pennsylvania 17067, the alleged installer of the mobile home. 4. Superior Homes, Inc., was not a correct party to the Enforcement Notice; however, the Appellee has failed to correct that misidentification of party as evidenced hereinafter. 5. Appellant herein subsequently received a copy of the Enforcement Notice and filed a timely appeal of the Enforcement Notice with Appellee. 6. As to Appellant, the Enforcement Notice alleged inter alia, that the home was not installed in accordance with the applicable installation manual and that the failure to do so was a violation of Section 420.2 of the BOCA National Building Code/1993 as adopted by Ordinance in Upper Allen Township. 7. A hearing on the Appeal filed by Appellant with the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township was held before the Board on August 24, 1999. 8. By written Decision dated October 21, 1999, Appellee denied the Appeal of Appellant and sustained the Enforcement Notice issued by Upper Allen Township. A true and correct copy of the Decision is attached hereto, incorporated by reference herein and marked as Exhibit "A". 9. The written Decision was forwarded to the various parties involved in this proceeding by letter dated November 10, 1999, from John E. Mizerak, Code Enforcement Office for Upper 2 Allen Township; however, the letter was incorrectly addressed to Superior Homes, Inc., R.D. #4, Myerstown, Pennsylvania 17067, rather than Appellant. A true and correct copy of the transmittal letter is attached hereto, incorporated by reference herein and marked as Exhibit "B". 10. Appellant received a copy of the written Decision of Appellee in the mail on November 18, 1999. 11. Appellant hereby appeals from the decision of the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township, alleging that the decision of the Board upholding the Enforcement Notice was improper and that the Board committed an error of law and/or abused its discretion for the following reasons: (a) The Board erred in concluding that the home was installed on foundation piers in that there was uncontroverted testimony that the concrete blocks on which the home was resting were not foundation piers (See Finding of Fact No. 9), (b) The Board erred in ignoring the Building Permit issued by Upper Allen Township which indicated basement walls or foundation were not applicable. (c) The Board erred in concluding that the Liberty Homes Installation Manual was part of the approved design for the mobile home. (d) The Board erred in concluding that the Code Official had any authority to consider the approved design of a 3 ? f mobile home, since that design approval is exclusively within the province of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, a federal agency. (e) The Board erred in sustaining the Enforcement Notice against Appellant in that there was no evidence presented identifying any applicable ordinance in Upper Allen Township or statutes which govern the construction of the mobile home. (f) The Board erred in sustaining the Enforcement Notice against Appellant in that there was no evidence presented on any applicable ordinance in Upper Allen Township or statutes which govern the installation of the mobile home. (g) The Board erred in concluding that the approved design for a mobile home includes compliance with the instruction manual, since Appellant presented documentary evidence indicating that the Department of Housing and Urban Development had no specific standard on the installation of manufactured homes at the time the mobile home in question was installed. (h) The Board erred in concluding that the mobile home unit came within the provisions of Section 420.1 of BOCA in that the aforesaid section was never cited in the Enforcement Notice issued by the Code Official. (i) The Board erred in ignoring testimony from the Code Official that he was unaware at the time of issuance of the Building Permit of any requirements for installation in that he 4 did not have a copy of the Installation Manual or require the property owner to produce the Installation Manual. Further, the Code official did not require compliance with the Installation Manual by so indicating that requirement on the Building Permit. (j) The Board erred in concluding that the Liberty Homes Installation Manual was included as part of the approved design for the mobile home. (k) Appellant reserves the right to raise other grounds of error or abuse of discretion upon review of the transcript of the proceeding. 12. As an additional basis for this Appeal, Appellant believes and therefore avers that Upper Allen Township has improperly commingled its prosecutorial and adjudicatory functions in that Appellant believes that the written Decision of the Board was prepared by the counsel who represented the Township at the hearing, since the Board was unrepresented by counsel at the hearing. 13. Appellant does not believe that a stenographic record was kept of the hearing held on August 24, 1999; rather, Appellant believes that the proceeding may have been tape- recorded by a staff person of Upper Allen Township. 14. Simultaneously with the filing of this appeal, Appellant has requested Upper Allen Township to provide a 5 transcript of the hearing held on August 24, 1999. A true and correct copy of the letter being submitted to Upper Allen Township is attached hereto, incorporated by reference herein and marked as Exhibit "C". WHEREFORE, Appellant DRB, Inc. trading and doing business as Superior Homes, requests this Honorable Court to reverse the Decision of the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township and di.^.niss the Enforcement Notice issued on June 15, 1999. By: ?. Nelv.n E. omer, Esquire Attorney for Appellant, DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Attorney I.D. No. 27605 339 North Duke Street P.O. Box 539 Lancaster, PA 17608-0539 (717) 393-7885 6 I, Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire, verify that I am counsel for DRB, Inc., trading and doing business as Superior Homes, and that the statements made in the foregoing Appeal are true and correct to the best of my knowledge, information and belief. I understand that false statements herein are made subject to the penalties of 18 Pennsylvania C. S. §4904, relating to unsworn falsification to authorities. Dated: 13 I 7 IN RE: APPEAL OF BEFORE THE BUILDLNG CODES BOARD SL-PFRIOR HOMES, LNTC.. OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP RA>\TDY L. CLARK, and CUMBERLAND COUNTY, TERRY D. CLARK PENNSYLVANLA DEC15InN On 15 June 1999, the Code Enforcement Officer of Upper Allen Township (the "Township') issued an Enforcement Notice regarding the mobile home located at 78 Rolo Court, Rolo Court, Mechanicsburg, Upper Allen Township, Cumberland County, Pennsylvania. The Enforcement Notice was issued against Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, husband and wife (collectively referred to as the "Clarks"), owners of the mobile home, Rolo Court Central Office, as owner of the mobile home park in which the mobile home is located, and Superior Homes, Inc. ("Superior Homes"), the company which installed the mobile home. The 15 June 1999 Enforcement Notice incorporated by reference the eleven (11) deficiencies outlined in a previous Enforcement Notice dated 2 April 1999 and sent to the same parties. The deficiencies stated were: 1. Footings must be installed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual" requirements. 2. The footings must be protected from frost. 3. The support piers must be located and constructed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual." 4. Tie downs and anchors must be installed as per the manufacturers instruction. A vapor barrier must be installed. 6. Ventilation must be provided to cross-ventilate the entire space under the mobile home. The plastic pining must be supported at a maximum of four (4) feet intervals. 8. The electrical connections and bonding must be inspected and approved by a third party electrical inspection a;ency. 9. All exterior stairs greater than two (2) rises must have handrails, EXHIBIT "A" N .... 1 0. 411 exterior stairs must be level and stabl'. 11. The. exterior grading shall divert storm water away from the building. Superior Homes and the Clarks appealed the Enforcement Notice. The relevant provisions of the BOCA Code, 1993. and other applicable ordinances and codes of the Township are incorporated herein by reference. FINrDINGS OF FACT 1. The Township received a building permit applicationn, signed by Mr. Clark forth, placement of a new mobile home on Lot 78 ofRolo Court on 31 October 1997. 2. The building permit was issued on 26 November 1997. A Township Building Department official, during a review of open files in 1998, determined that the building permit for lot 78 had never been picked up. An inspection by the Township on 1 December 1998 determined that the mobile home on Lot 78 had been installed prior to receipt of the building permit by the applicant. 4. On 18 January 1999 a fiaiher inspection was conducted and several deficiencies wen: noted. 5. On 12 February 1999 a re-inspection of the premises was conducted. 6. The Township issued an Enforcement Notice on 12 April 1999 which listed the eleven (11) deficiencies as previously noted in this decision. 7. The Township's position is that the installation of the mobile borne was not in accordance with the requirements of the 1993 BOCA National Code as adopted by the Township, the Liberty Homes Installation Manual, and the International Plumbing Code. 8. Mr. Clark testified that he did not dispute the Township's position regarding the applicability of the codes as cited by the building inspector. He also admitted the mobile home was not installed in accordance with the Liberty Homes Installation Manual. 9. Mr. Broderick testified on behalf of Superior Homes. W. Broderick testified that he has over thim?-five (35) years experience in the mobile home business. He testified that in his opinion the concrete blocks supporting the mobile home were not foundation piers. He also testified that the Liberty Homes Installation Manual can be used as a guide for installing several models of Liberty homes and was not required to be followed. -2- tiW„1 DISCUSSION The 1993 BOCA ?rational Code (the "Code'), Section 420.1 provides that "... A mobile home placed on a permanent foundation or on foundation piers shall be designed and constructed to comply with all of the requirements of this code for on-site and prefabricated construction." The evidence indicates that the mobile home located at 78 Rolo Court is set on concrete blocks. Upon consideration of the evidence, this Board finds that such a foundation is a foundation pier within the meaning of the Code. As such, the installation of the mobile home must comply with all requirements of the Code for on-site and prefabricated housing. One such requirement, Section 1806.1 of the Code, entitled "Frost protection," provides that foundation piers shall extend to the frost line of the locality. Section 420.2 of the BOCA Code provides that residential mobile homes shall be of an approved design and shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable ordinances and statutes. The term "approved" is defined in the BOCA Code as "approved by the code official or other authority having jurisdiction." The Code official has testified that he considers the Liberty Homes Installation Manual to be the approved design for the mobile home in question and this Board concurs. Therefore, installation of the mobile home must comply with the requirements of the Liberty Homes Installation Manual. CONCLUSION Motion was made to deny the Appeals of Superior Homes, Inc. and Randy L. and Terry D. Clark and the motion was carried by all five (5) members of the Board. THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, it is the finding, of this Board of Appeals that the existing, conditions at the mobile home at 78 Rolo Court places that mobile home unit within the provisions of the 1993 BOCA National Buildin.- Code, Section 420.0 mobile units, 420.1 General, which states "... a mobile unit placed on a permanent foundation or on foundation piers shall be designed and constructed to comply with all of the requirements of this Code for onsite and prefabricated construction;" and FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Liberty Homes Installation Manual for the installation =3. of foundation piers was not followed as required by the Code official pursuant to the 1913 BOCA National Building Code, Section 420.2; and FURTHER RESOLVED, that the appeals of Superior Homes, Inc. and Randy L. and Terry D. Clark are denied in their entirety and the Enforcement Notice of the Township Code official is sustained. APPROVED by unanimous action of the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township. ?'1 11 ?? '??c-(fr Dated: Robert D. Bricker, Jr., Chairman Ernest F. Zimmerman Ja /eph A. Rosi Joh2T. Titzel Edward R. Lewis .q. COMMISSIONERS of UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP CUMI3F.RLAND COi)NTY COMMISSIONERS JOHN F. ALLISON It<:psm VIRGINIAM ANDERSON V,:, Pmaent Wa.LLMf A KANE Nwwtfport?q MARK E. LEWIS Msuwl 5urtury LEROY C. PJUCKSON A...wtS,mur, 100 CiMYSBURG PIKE MECHANICSBURG, PA 17055.5698 TELEPHONE (717) 766-0756 FAX (717) 796.9833 STAFF HARRY N. KROT 1R. T.m pMulppp RICHARDS. LASKEY Anuumruxplhp Mpnga GRF,GORY C. hIOLL. P.E. T-n.mp Fi 41*-, JOHN £ NIMERAK ].mm?gLndu Pnlureemenl ow..( WILLIAM £ MILLER. 1R. Taw1Rp5dw1of Randy L. R: Terry D. Clark 78 Rolo Court Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Superior Homes, Inc. R.D 43 Myerstowln, PA 11,067 Rolo Court Central Office Attention: Cathy Whitsel 447 N. Shuman Stl-cet Mt. Wolf, PA 17347 November 10, 1999 Re: Building Code Appeal Board Decision Case #99-4 Dear Ladies and Gentlemen: Enclosed is a copy of the Upper Allen Township Building Code Appeal Board's decision. Should you have any questions or concerns regarding this decision please feel free to contact me at the Township office. Sincerely, '- gkiI John E. ivlizerak Zoning/Code Enforcement Officer Upper Allen Township JEM:nez encl. i.l F".00\fMq[.n8000DAPL'.DECISID\U' 9?{.llcition.lv.lloc ' ? EXHIBIT 111311 KLUXEN & NEWCOMER ATTORNEYS AT LAW 339 North Duke Street P. O. Box 539 Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17608.0539 Melvin E. Newcomer David S. Kluxen, Jr. (1977 -1993) December 8, 1999 John D. Mizerak, Code Enforcement Officer UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP 100 Gettysburg Pike Mechanicsburg, PA 17055-5698 Re: Superior Homes/Appeal Dear Mr. Mizerak: Telephone No. (717) 393-7885 Fax No. (717) 393-0382 Simultaneously with the issuance of this letter, my client is filing an Appeal with the Cumberland County Court of Common Pleas from the Decision of the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township. By this letter I am requesting that a full transcript of the proceeding held on August 24, 1999, be produced by the Township. Thank you for your cooperation in, this matter. yours, E. 9.-.-. MEN:pam EXHIBIT "C" DRB, INC., t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES, INC., Appellant: VS. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee 99-7394 CIVIL IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW IN RE: PLAINTIFF'S APPEAL OF DECISION OF BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP BEFORE HOFFER, P.J.. HESS AND GUIDO, J.J. ORDER AND NOW, this / 2 tf day of December, 2000, the decision of the Building Codes Appeal Board of Upper Allen Township is REVERSED and the enforcement notice as to the within appellant DISMISSED. BY THE COURT, Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire For the Appellant Anthony E. Marrone, Esquire For the Appellee A. Hess' .1 , 4,-.) is-iC2 -00 0 Am 112: 6 CU ., ? C,JNNfY DRB, INC., t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES, INC., Appellant: IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA : 99-7394 CIVIL VS. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee CIVIL ACTION - LAW IN RE: PLAINTIFF'S APPEAL OF DECISION OF BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP BEFORE HOFFER, P.J.. HESS AND GUIDO, J.J. OPINION AND ORDER This is an appeal from a decision of the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township. The Board, by decision dated October 21, 1999, sustained an enforcement notice issued by Upper Allen Township. The notice, in turn, alleged that a certain mobile home, located at 78 Rolo Court was not properly installed. The township contends that the mobile home was not installed in accordance with the installation manual appropriate to this mobile home and therefore its installation is in violation of the Building Officials and Code Administrators (BOCA) Code as adopted by the township. In a nutshell, the position of the plaintiff is that there is no legal requirement that the mobile home be installed in accordance with its installation manual and that the installation at 78 Rolo Court is not in violation of the BOCA Code or any other statute or regulation. We agree. The standard of review in this matters is well established. Where, as here, a complete record was developed before the local agency, the court reviewing the matter on appeal must affirm the local agency unless it is determined that constitutional rights were violated, that an error of law was committed, 99-7394 CIVIL that the procedure before the agency was contrary to statute or that necessary findings of fact were unsupported by substantial evidence. Public Advocate v. Philadelphia Gas Commission, 544 Pa. 129, 674 A.2d 1056, 1060 (1996). No stenographic record was made of the proceeding before the board. Detailed minutes, however, are available and have been filed as part of the record. Both sides to this controversy agree that the record is sufficient for us to consider the merits of this appeal. As previously noted, the enforcement notice relies primari ly on the fact that the mobile home was not installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation manual. Based on that, the township cited appellant under section 420.2 of the BOCA Code. That section provides, in relevant part, as follows: 420.2. Construction: Residential mobile units shall be of an approved design and shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable ordinances and statutes. At the hearing in this case, Keith Gingrich, the enforcement code officer, testified that he considered the installation manual to be part of the "approved design" of the mobile home. fie was unable, however, to cite any provision of either the BOCA Code or any other ordinance within Upper Allen Township for this proposition. The installation manual provides for the installation of the mobile home on foundation piers with footings. The mobile home in question was installed like several others placed in Rolo Court after 1993. Testimony was that all of these homes have piers but no footings.' The occupants of the borne, Randy Clark and Terry Clark, have complained that the walls of the mobile home are buckling. There is suggestion that the buckling has been caused by the absence of footings. Liability to the Clarks by virtue of faulty installation would flow in an action by them against the instant appellant. Our holding in this local agency matter in no way is intended to predict whether Superior I lomes is liable to the Clarks for damages. 1) l: y'F lu 99-7394 CIVIL The argument of the board is that an "approved" design under the BOCA Code is a design approved by the code enforcement officer. Nowhere in the ordinances of the township, however, is there any indication that this is so, nor any advance notice as to the type of installation which will be "approved" by the code enforcement officer. In essence, the township argues that the same person who enforces the code is vested with the authority to define its terms. This circular argument is untenable. The minutes of the township contain their acknowledgment that the approval of the design of a mobile home is within the purview of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, a federal agency. Regulations dealing with the design of mobile homes are specifically set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations are 24 C.F.R. Chapter XX, Section 3280.1 et seq. Section 3280.1 sets forth the scope of the regulations and provides as follows: § 3280.1 Scope. This standard covers all equipment and installations in the design, construction, transportation, fire safety, plumbing, heat-producing and electrical systems of manufactured homes which are designed to be used as dwelling units. This standard seeks to the maximum extent possible to establish performance requirements. In certain instances, however, the use of specific requirements is necessary. These regulations also specifically define the word "approved." Section 3280.2 defines the word "approved" as follows: Approved, when used in connection with any material, appliance or construction, means complying with the requirements of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The mobile home in question is a FIUD-approved home. It is clear to us that "approved design" as that term is used in the BOCA Code means approved by 1-IUD. We agree, in any event, with 99-7394 CIVIL appellant that section 420.2 of the BOCA Code deals with the construction of mobile homes and not their installation. Section 420.3.1 in the BOCA Code contains a specific requirement dealing with the installation of a mobile home within a mobile home park. That section provides, in relevant part: 420.3.1 Anchorage and Tic-Down: Every parking space for mobile units shall be provided with devices for anchoring the unit to prevent overturning or uplift. The owner of the parking space shall anchor or cause to be anchored all mobile units located on the parking space. Where concrete platforms are provided for the parking of mobile units. anchorage shall be provided by eyelets embedded in the concrete with adequate anchor plates or hooks, other suitable means. The anchorage shall be adequate to withstand wind forces and uplift as required in Chapter 16 for building and structures, based upon the size and weight of the units. Clearly, the township had the foregoing language in mind when it issued the building permit for the installation of the Rolo Court mobile home. The remarks section of the building permit contains the language "tie downs required." In the space marked "basement walls or foundation" a notation of "N/A" appears. Nowhere in the building permit is there any reference to installation manual requirements. In conclusion, we agree with the appellant that the township did not have the unfettered discretion to require that the mobile home be installed in accordance with the installation manual. We agree, therefore, that the enforcement notice should be dismissed. 99-7394 CIVIL ORDER AND NOW, this /Z 'V day of December, ?000, Appeal Board of Upper Allen Township is REVERSED an within appellant DISMISSED. BY TE Kevig f Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire / For the Appellant Anthony E. Marrone, Esquire For the Appellee :rlm DRB, INC. t/d/b/a : IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF SUPERIOR HOMES : CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA Appellant : CIVIL ACTION- LAW V. NO. 99-7394 BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee INDEX OF' RECORD 1. Building Permit Application, dated 30 October 1997. 2. Building Permit No. 6310, dated 26 November 1997. 3. Upper Allen Township Building Inspector letter dated 12 February 1999. 4. Upper Allen Township Enforcement Notice dated 12 April 1999. 5. Kluxen & Newcomer letter dated 7 July 1999. 6. Upper Allen Township Zoning/Codes Enforcement Officer letter dated 2 August 1999. 7. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development letter dated 19 November 1997. 8. Upper Allen Township Zoning/Codes Enforcement Officer letter dated 10 November 1999 with decision of Upper Allen Township Building Codes Appeal Board dated 21 October 1999 attached. 9. Liberty Homes Installation Manual, revised 11/27/96. 10. Upper Allen Township Ordinance No. 478 dated 16 September 1993. linance No. 511 dated 21 May 1998. Code/1993, Chapters I, 4 and 18. ;ode/1996, Chapter 1. -l- 7" DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee : IN THE COURT OF COMNION PLEAS OF : CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA CIVIL ACTION - LAW NO. 99-7394 CERTIFICATION OF RECORD I, JOHN E. MIZERAK, Code Enforcement Officer of the Upper Allen Township, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a true and complete copy of the entire record of In Re: Appeal of Superior Homes, Inc., Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, before the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township "Zoning Hearing Board, Cumberland County Court of Common Pleas Civil Action Number 99-7394. In witness whereof, I have set my hand this aT`day of December, 1999. r? ' JOH E. MIZERAK ` Code Enforcement Officer Upper Allen Township 100 Gettysburg Pike Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 (717) 796-0756 t*q DRB, INC. t/d/b/a SUPERIOR HOMES Appellant V. BUILDING CODES BOARD OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP, Appellee CIVIL ACTION- LAW : IN THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF : CUMBERLAND COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA : NO. 99-7394 CERTIFICATION OF RECORD I, ANTHONY E. MARRONE, attorney for Upper Allen Township and its municipal agency, the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township, do hereby certify that the copies in the Record of In Re: Appeal of Superior Homes, Inc., Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, before the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township Zoning Hearing Board, Cumberland County Court of Common Pleas Civil Action Number 99-7394, marked BOCA National Building Code/1993, Chapters 1, 4 and 18 and BOCA National Building Code/ 1996, Chapter 1 are true and complete copies of the referenced chapters found in the BOCA National Building/1993 and the BOCA National Building Code/1996. In witness whereof, I have set my hand this 29th day of December, 1999. Anthony E?3Iarrone Law Offices of Miller and Associates, P.C. 600 North 12'h Street, Suite 101 Lemoyne, PA 17043 (717) 737-9210 Supreme Court ID#: 48182 Attorneys for Upper Allen Township and its municipal agency, the Building Codes Board of Appeals COMMISSIONERS of UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP CUMBERLAND COUNTY COMMISSIONERS ???Qv \7 \\\\ CCNArvIWUUttv, rn „v?wmu RAY E. TRIMMER DAVI U D S. MAZER RcNJem TELEPHONE (717) 766.0756 DAVID Acting T.vnMip hOmKr JOHN R ALLISON Q ,, ICJ PAX (717) 790.9410 GREGORY C. ATOLL, P.E v.eR idc., g (lice Hours: 8:00 am-4:00 pm T^."'hipGl?^?°• VIRGINIA M. ANDERS L1C, O HAP WILLIAM E. AIILLER.IR Auuunt5a,eury Nj0`r'IN`?NT r,.n.h?ps.Rdo,. WILLIAM F. E Sic=`n• UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP MARK ELEWIS 9 BUILDING PERMIT PROCEDURES WU iS.rz APPLICATION: Any Individual requesting a Building Permit must complete the appropriate Application(s). Suggest one of the following options to the applicant: 1. Leave the completed Application(s), plans, required permit, contractors Workmens Compensation insurance, and appropriate fees for review by the Township office. 2. Take the application along, complete and return to the Township office. Questions or additional information can be obtained either by calling the Township office or inquiring personally when returning the completed application. TIME FRAME: Applications and plans will be reviewed on a first come first serve basis. Building permits will be written as promptly as possible. Permits for remodeling and minor residential construction will be written as soon as possible. New residential construction as well as CommerciaUlndustrial construction may require additional time. Every effort will be made by the Township office to expedite permits in an efficient and timely manner. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: The following are required for a Building Permit, and should be included with the permit application. 1. Completed Application -signed/dated/ telephone number (Owners & Contractor) N .. 2. Fees: Listed below are the appropriate fees due upon submission of an application for a b Building Permit (Make checks payable to Upper Allen Township)(Payment of fees does not ' guarantee issuance of any permits). A.; BuildingPennit Fee Fee Receipt# $1 OJfirst 51,006. cast of construction; 2a f $7. for each additional $1,000. (or fraction thereof) $ No B. Plumbing Permit Fees $3Jfbdure plus $25. inspection fee $ C. Sewer Connection Inspection Per hour minimum one hour-$50.00 $ D. Sewer Connection Fee (Separate Check) $2,170JEDU (EDU = 300 g.p.d.) $ E. Recreation Land Acquisition Fee (Separate Check) $350JResidenbal unit (when applicable) $ $500JResidental unit (Undenwood) Fees A., B., & C, may be combined in one payment. Fees D. & E. must be paid separately. (ForTo wn .Only)... ...........................................................Fees.........Verified.................................................................... ship Use IL?? n..,,. „ I e-let 1 3. SUBMISSION RE_ OEN'IS: continued 11. Incomplete applications will be promptly returned to the applicant 14, Refunds - In the case of non-Issuance or a revocation of a permit or abandonment or discontinuance of a building project, the cost of work performed under the permit shall be estimated and anyexcess fee for the incompleted work shall be returned to the permit holder upon written request except that all plan examination and permit processing fees and all penalties that have been imposed on the permit holder under the requirements Of this da e shall first be collected. Moreover, no se code offici l beforebthe earllied f tne?d( 0) days such excess fee shall said written request is received by following said revocation, abandonment or discontinuance (as the case maybe) or one (1) year from the dale of the issuance of said permit nor to submitting 13 This is only to be used as a guide. Review the Codified Ordinances of Upper Allen Township p an application. -Payment of fees does not guarantee issuance of any permits. IIWe have read these Building Permit Procedures•r ?1? Date Applcant Two (2) sets of plans (all with dimensions) - a Plot plans (Site plan) - show all structures, easements, streets or alleys with dimensions from adjacent or adjoining buildings and setback lines so inspectors can plain. r hardwired locate the buiidinglslruclure. -Show any area within the 00 y ocationea b. Foundation and floor plans Including basement) - show interconnected, smoke detectors on floors; include dimensions of all rooms, corridors and spaces. C' Elevations of all sides of the building with dimensions. grade and height. d, Show typical wall section(s) and necessary e, swing for all doors and the type of fire door assemblies Show size and direction of where required by the building codes. ventilation and clear openings. L Show locations of all windows ? thsiziems, fire fa arm systems, or fire extinguishing 9. In ceseswhere emergency '9 9 sYs trequired, these =1 s submitted before approval f the building Is bta nedshown on orwith the drawing rated assembles and method of construction. h, Plans must rbe drawn equired fire to Show all req Show use group, type of construction and occupancy load. j, 4. Application must contain a contact person (name, address and telephone number). approved 5. All non-residential applications must Include a set Reg of plans Architect or by the Engineer. A Department of Labor and industry, and be sealed by with gNgi A117 1 g physically Handw'apPed Accessibility -when a building is required to comply 1992, the requirements must be shown on the architectural plans. 7, Workmen Compensation Insurance - required for all applications to comply with PA Act 44/1993. S. Plumbing Permit Application - must be included if any plumbing is proposed, and must be completed by a plumber registered with Upper Alien Township. 9, Sewer Connection Permit Application or copy of On-lot Septic PermiL 10. Conditional Plan Approval Documentation If applicable) to: Dept. Of Labor and Industry approved, PennDOT highway occupancy permit, etc. UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP GETTYSBURG PIKE MAP PARCEL MECHANICSBURG, PENNA. 17055 APPLICATION FOR PLAN EXAMINATION AND BUILDING PERMIT IMPORTANT - Applicant to complete all items in sections: 1, 11, Ill, 1V, and PLOT PLAN I • 0. AT (LOCATIOMI y ZONING V I OISTRIcT- LOCATION lead tsr.ccn OF BETWEEN AND BUILDING (CROSS sraurl ICRaaf aratcn LOT (16 SUBDIVISION LOT _ - BLOCK SI E II. TYPE AND COST OF BUILDING - All applicants complete Parts A - D A. TYPE OF IMPROVEMENT N D. PROPOSED USE - For "Wrecking" most recant us. 1 E et building 2 ? Addillmi'l/ residenlial. enter number Reside tlal Nonresidential 12 done family 10 ? Amusement, recreational of new housinR units added, if my. in Pmt D. 131 130 Twa ar more family - Ender 19 ? church, other r.ligiaus ? Alteration (See 2 above) number of units --- - y 20 ? Industrial 4 ? Repair .placement 140 Transient hotel, motel, 21 ? Parking garage E , SO Wrecking (I/ multifamily residential, ar dormitory - nter nronber of units ------- - y 22 ? S.rrice atallm, repair garage enter number o/ Stairs in building in 150 Garage 23 ? Hospital, Institutional Part D. 13) 60 Moving (reloeatlon) 160 Carport 24 ? Office, bank, professional 70 Fe.ndatlm only 170 Other - Specify 25 ? Public utility 25 ? Scha.l, library, other educational B. OW NE SHIP 27 ? Srons, m.rcantl Is 6 Private (Individual, corporation, 12 ? Tanks, lowers nanpra if institution, etc.) 29 ? Other - Specify 9 ? Public (Federal, State, or local government) C. COST (Omit cents) HanrOsIdent(al - Describe in detail proposed us. albuildings, e.g., food 60 - processing plant, machine shop, laundry building at hospital, elementary 10. Cast of improvement, . school, secondary school, college, parochial school, parking gura9s for. department stare, rental Office building, office building at Industrial plant. To be installed but at included If use of existing building is being changed, enter proposed use. in the above cost a. Electrical ...................... Jr. Plumbing ...................... Or. Heating, air conditioning......... d other ( l l . e .vo ar, rte.) ............. if. TOTAL COST OF IMPROVEMENT S IS U•? 111. SELECTED CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING - For new buildings and additions, complete Parts E - L; for wrecking, complete only Part J, for all others skip to IV. E. PRINCIPAL TYPE OF FRAME G. TYPE OF SEWAGE DISPOSAL J. DIMENSIONS . 30 OP ....'y (wall bearing) I 40 ? Public ar private company 48• Number of stories .............. 31 ood Lame 41 ? private (,spite tank, rte.) 49. Total square feat of (la., area, 32 ? S all lloon, board an estenar tructural st.el dimensions ..................... 33 ? Reinforced concrete H. TYPE pF WATER SUPPLY 34 ? Other - Specify 42 Q/Public at private company 50. Total land area, sq, ft............ 43 ? Private (..dl, cistern) K. NUMBER OF OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES F. PRINCIPAL TYPE OF HEATING FUEL 35 dOas 36 ? Gil 37 ? Electricity 36 ? Co.[ 39 ? Other - Specify 1. TYPE OF MECHANICAL Will Ih are be ."N.1 air e.nditloning} 44 ? Yes 45 dN. Will thoe be an ele.aror? 46 ? Yea 47 dNo 51. Eneios.d ....................... /T 52. Bard.... ........................ L. RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS ONLY 53. Number I bedroom.............. . 54. Numb., al Full.......... v bath'..-, Pmual.. .... DENTIFICATION - To be completed by all r? Nam. I Mailing addr.ss - Number. rtreet. city. and State 1 710 .,.d. 1 v1 L r O i] • "`?" I'WLO l./' I 1 VLC. 1 • ?j -340 5y ..ner a Lea.. ?. CIDV? it i o e 1. Contractor Si?bnr ?tmes 61 u cdn cask ?, Iilooz- hit r A t rc ec o Engineer The owner of this building and the undersigned agree to conform to all applicable laws of this jurisdiction. Signature of applicant ?.c9DAk- d Address ?B410 G.`'CYtecl?.r ?o j Dos Application date 10-30- U i V. PLAN REVIEW RECORD- Foroffice use I Plans Review Required Check Started Plans Plans By Aporoved Plans By Notes BUILDING PLUMBING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL OTHER VI. ADDITIONAL PERMITS REQUIRED OR OTHER JURISDICTION APPROVALS Permit or Approval Check a D Obta te ined Number By Permit or Approval Check Date Obtained Number By CURB OR SIDEWALK CUT SEWER ELECTRICAL SIGN OR BILLBOARD EXCAVATION STREET GRADES OTHER USE OF PUBLIC AREAS WRECKING PLUMBING OTHER VII. VALIDATION Building Permit number Building Permit issued 19 Building Permit Fee S Estimated Date of Completion Approved by: 4I7LE 2 lw. - 1OWNSIIIP SION S N ` cuM1 CQ\dl?'lI_, n 3IItLPNDCOl1N ,,,GE1-1'YSIILJIZG 6-M STAFF IARRY rv. Keor. IR. I NIiC11AN1C$IIURG. PA PA 17055-5 c.-n.n'r ?I'^4r• S EPHONE(717) 766-666 IUCIIARUS. LASKRY n cnMM In11N I'.. ALLISALLIS I +ON K TEL (7 17) 796-9933 I'AS Aru.umTn-",umT C,R[GORY C. MOLL. PE vIRGINIA M. AN1)Ii1Z50N WILLIAM E. r uLLER. IR. v.e I'rtu.lrn' T...unq SAwnw W II.LIANI IS KANE A..?.Un? s..rt?„r MARK a LEWIS February 1999 q,?rum Scartur. RAY E TRIMMER whom sl'.u Randy L. & Terry D. Clark 78 Rolo Court Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Re: 78 ROIO Court Dear Mr. & Mrs. Clark: a twenty-eight as a follow-up to the building inspections of the installation o 10 Court that We are writmo ? to you ,) „Doublewide manufactured Home" on your Wec ato ntedoout nume ous pointed (28) feet by fifty-two (5-)18 feet1999, and January 29, 1999. As you know, we performed on January violations of the BOCA National eesBuilding Codel 1993. ee deficiencies corrected as soon as pOssible.r The t ms that must we would like to you and your installer in having of occupancy are listed below: be correct Prior to issuance of a Certificate ,Liberty Homes Installation Footings must be installed in accordance with the "Liber Manual" requirements. 2 The footings must be protected from frost constructed in accordance with the "Liberty 3, The support piers must be located and Homes Installation Manual"- the manufactures instructions. 4. Tie Downs and Anchors must be installed as per 5. A vapor barrier must be installed. 6. Ventilation must be provided to cross-ventilate the of entire four (4) space feet intervals- 7. The plastic piping must be supported at a maximum be inspected and approved by a third g. The electrical connections and bonding must party electrical inspection agency. (- rises high must have handrails. 9. All exterior stairs greater than two 10. All exterior stairs must be level and stabile- away from the building. 11. The exterior grading shall divert storm water Please, as soon as possible, and in less than thirty (30) days, have the above deficiencies corrected and contact us at the Upper Allen Township office to schedule reins ccupancy ns. If the deficiencies are not issued by Lvlarch not corrected, Inspections be taken by the Township.eSu haaci on may resultr in a fine to you and/or will 13, 1999 further on vour installer. 3 IV," Mr. & Mrs. Randy L. Clark 78 Rolo Court February 12, 1999 Page 2 Should you have any questions regarding this matter, do not hesitate to contact us at the Upper Allen Township office. Prompt action to correct these problems would be appreciated. Sincerely, % Keith C. Gingrich Building Inspector Upper Allen Township KCG:nez cc: Mark Conte, PA D.C.E.D. Superior Homes, Inc. Rolo Court Mobile Home Park J: \ DU ILDI UG\ CORH.3\ 7 $JR0' ,?-..`;6. COMMISSIONERS of UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP CUMBERLAND COUNTY IOOGETTYSBURG PIKE COMMISSIONERS MECHANICSBURG. PA 17055.5698 STAFF NARR1 O 1F. N JOHN F. ALLISON TELEPHONE (717) 766.0756 µ " rA P FAX (717) 796-9533 RICHARD S. IJ+SFEV M. ANDERSON INIA VIRGINIA naunam Tn.nft0 M+mpa+ V FGnl GREGORY C. MOLL. P. L' WILLIAM M S RANE T-.hipEnp.cr wmm xsrc WILLIAM E MILLER.IR MARK E LEWIS Tnrmmp5olduv E 1999 APri] 12 R ETRIMM RAY , Au'uun[ xtrcuar Superior Homes, Inc. R. D. 4 Myerstown, PA 17067 Rolo Court Central Office Attn.: Cathy Whitsel 447 N. Sherman Street Mt. Wolf, Pa 17347 Randy L. & Terry D. Clark 78 Rolo Court Mechanicsburg PA 17055 Re: 78 Rolo Court Rolo Court Mechanicsburg, PA Dear Ladies and Gentlemen: This letter is a follow-up to the January 18, 1999, January 29, 1999 and March 22, 1999 building inspections at 78 Rolo Court. These inspections were relevant to Building Permit No. 6310. This building permit was issued in accordance with Section 420 Mobile Units of the BOCA National Building Codell993, (as adopted and amended by Ordinance No. 478 and hereinafter referred to as the Township Building Code), and was for the installation of a twenty-eight (28) feet by fifty-two (52) feet "Doublewide Manufactured Home". During these inspections, the Township identified numerous examples of how the home was not installed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual", (revised 11/27/96). The installation manual was used to reference the approved design for the home. As stated above, the building permit was approved under Section 420 of the Township Building Code. More specifically, Section 420.2 Construction of the Code states: "Residential mobile units shall be of an approved design and shall be constructed in `i accordance with the applicable ordinances and statues. All other mobile units shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this code. All mobile units on a permanent foundation shall be evaluated, inspected and labeled in plant in accordance with Section 1703.3." During the inspections of the site, the Township identified numerous deficiencies. These deficiencies were determined by inspecting the site and then comparing it to the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual, (revised 11/27/96)". The deficiencies were as follows: 1. Footings must be installed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual" requirements. 2. The footings must be protected from frost. 3. The support piers must be located and constructed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual". 4. Tie Downs and Anchors must be installed as per the manufactures instructions. 5. A. vapor barrier must be installed. 6. Ventilation must be provided to cross-ventilate the entire space under the home. 7. The plastic piping must be supported at a maximum of four (4) feet intervals. 8. The electrical connections and bonding must be inspected and approved by a third party electrical inspection agency. 9. All exterior stairs greater than two (2) rises high must have handrails. 10. All exterior stairs must be level and stable. 11. The exterior grading shall divert storm water away from the building. Please note, the electrical connections and bonding appear to have been repaired, but the entire electrical system still must pass an inspection by a third party inspection agency. In addition to these deficiencies referenced above, the home is occupied without a Certificate of Occupancy. A Certificate of Occupancy must be obtained prior to the occupancy of a building. In Section 118 of the Township Building Code it states: "A certificate of occupancy, indicating completion of the work for which a permit w a s issued, shall be obtained prior to any occupancy of a structure..." A Certificate of Occupancy is issued by the Township upon completion and passage of the final inspection. Absent the completion and passage of this inspection, the Township cannot issue a Certificate of Occupancy. All of the deficiencies must be addressed from the prior inspections before a Certificate of Occupancy will be issued. Considering the home was not installed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual", (revised 11/27/96) and the building is occupied without a Certificate of Occupancy, the Township considers these violations to the Code. More specifically, the Township considers the installation of the home, not in accordance with the installation manual, as a violation of Section 420.2 of the Code, as quoted above, and the occupancy of the home prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy a violation of Section 118 of the Township Building Code. Section 11 S of the Township Building Code states: "A certificate of occupancy, indicating completion of the work for which a permit was issued, shall be obtained prior to any occupancy of a structure eticept as provided for in Section 118.2." Givers the information at hand, please consider this letter an official ENFORCEMENT NOTICE. The Township is requiring you to forward a written "plan", within fifteen (15) days from the date of this Notice, to the Township explaining how the violations will be addressed. The violations must then be addressed within thirty (30) days from the date the Township receives the "plan". The nature of these deficiencies and violations is of great concern to the Township. I would hope that I can secure your cooperation in addressing these deficiencies and violations within the time period defined above. IfI am unable to secure your cooperation, the Township will deem it and the above-mentioned deficiencies violations to the Township's Building Code and you may be subject to penalties as provided for in the Township Building Code. If a violation occurs, you could be subject to penalties as provided by the Code. Section 116.4 of the Code states: "Any person who shall violate a provision of this code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who shall eretit, construct, alter or i epair a building or structure in violation of an approved plan or directive of the code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a violation of this code, and, upon conviction thereof before any District Justice of the Township or other court having jurisdiction over same, shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not more than Five Hundred ($500.00) Dollars and costs of prosecution for each offense, and, in default of payment of such fine and costs, to imprisonment in the County Jail for not more than thirty (30) days, The owner of a building or structure or portion thereof or premises where anything in violation of this code shall be placed or shall exist, and airy architect, engineer, builder, contractor, agent, person or corporation employed in connection therewith and who may have assisted in the commission of any such violation shall each be guilty of a separate offense, and, upon conviction thereof before any District Justice of the Township or other court having jurisdiction over same, shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not more than Five Hundred ($500.00) Dollars and costs of prosecution for each offense, and, in default of payment thereof; to imprisonment in the County Jail for not more than thirty (30) days. Each day that a violation continues shall be deemed a separate offense." If you should have any questions regarding this Notice and/or its requirements, please contact me at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, John Mizerak Zoning/Codes Enforcement Officer cc: All Township Commissioners Harry N. Krot, Jr., Township Manager Richard Laskey, Assistant Township Manager Greg Moll, P.E., Township Engineer Keith Gingrich, Building Inspector John Boyer, PA D.C.E.D. Mark Conte, PA. D.C.E.D. Andrew C. Sheely, Esquire Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire J:\BUILDING\CODL-EN?\7BR0L0_^..:NE KLUXEN S NEWCOMER ATTORNEYS AT LAW 339 North Duke Street P. O. Box 539 Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17600.0539 Melvin E. Newcomer David S. Kluxen, Jr. (1977 - 1993) July 7, 1999 Chairman BOCA APPEALS BOARD OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP 100 Gettysburg Pike Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Re: 78 Rolo Court Appeal of Superior Homes Dear Chairman: Telephone No. (717) 393-7885 Fax No. (717) 393.0382 As I believe representatives of Upper Allen Township are aware, I represent Superior Homes in an ongoing matter involving 78 Role Court. My client is in receipt of the Enforcement Notice dated June 15, 1999. By this letter, Superior Homes appeals the determination of Upper Allen Township. This appeal is batted both upon the belief that the Township has misinterpreted the provisions of the BOCA Code and that the BOCA Code doon not apply to this situation. I anticipate that the Board will schedule a hearing on this appeal. Because of vacation commitments, I will be unavailable from Thursday, July 22, through Friday, August 6, 1999. I would respectfully request that a hoarinq not be scheduled during that period of time. Thank you for your consideration of. this appeal. Should you need any additional information, pl.ea.se do not. hesitate to contact me. 5 Re: 78 Rolo Court Appeal of Superior Homes Page 2 July 7, 1999 By copy of this letter, I am appeal to counsel for. Mr. and Mrs at Rolo Court. MEN : pam forwarding a notice of Clark and Cathy Whitsel. CC: Andrew C. Sheely, Esquire Cathy Whitsel COMMISSIONERS of UI'Pfslt :V,LGV'('01VNSl'III' CUMBERLAND COUNTY 100GI11TYSIIURG PIKE COMMISSIONERS SII:CIIANICSnURG. PA 17055.5698 SIAF 1014N P. ALLISON '11:1 171111oN1? (717) 7660756 ILVIRY N. KRO11 lll. r2du<m . u.n,mr m,n..<. VIRGINIA M. ANDERSON FAX (717) 796.98 33 RICHARD S. 1,\SKI:.Y Vac P..&.. nau..m rll-h" nomvr WILLIAM li KANE GREGORY C MOLL. PC Auiaum S..man in.mnr L'nGinccr MARK E. LEWIS JOHN L MILERAK Nu.un.5cacury 1 mmr/GWO CnLm.mcm LeROY C. ERICKSON olr =` Aaai.un. Sc.mury August 2, 1999 WILLIAM LMILLER. IR LnmMr Sall...... Kluxen & Newcomer Attorneys at Law 339 North Duke Street PO Box 539 Lancaster, PA 17608-0539 Attention: Melvin E. Newcomer, Esquire Dear Mr. Newcomer: The Township is in receipt of your written request for a hearing with the Building Codes Appeal Board. The Board has scheduled a hearing for Tuesday 24, 1999 at 5:00pm at the Township Municipal Building to hear your appeal. If you should have any questions, please contact me. Sincerely, John Mizerak Zoning/Codes Enforcement Officer cc: Building Codes Appeal Board Greg Moll, P.E., Township Engineer Keith Gingrich, Building Inspector David Millitecs, Building Inspector File 1'?CO%( AIONVIDGC1) APL.COR RES 11017Rn.Ioa.ltrldna 6 ?I?aIIII?iR?n. • ?a w:ariyfn 1111 ea+toarxm N0?}1gmed1+L fwY1?%6 . AAYa"evnr. ua a iU tJ4W sKt- 8?ae?]. 31. heCa3leagy ?"?_o.Y?cyc??tc of G!•t7 ?Kasi L'3`u?1A apflw??t'"t?? C 0M,ddW'J7? of y7%nIZyl'valtir,? sbn 8raawpZvaai+a E7E2A g0=1 3tRa Yauu?ap2vania ttf ats 2L?a i Ship .la it Sma9R?18?. ? yzaY g8{[ttt4tst? bp' letia; dakad atsF tehbse t5. 1987, that. mm dm thm Am4ndad stun Plan Sor lbaasylvanis pax-ouptut to 24 cam $!2!12. ]02. `Cbs ?msaded Stmt& 71au rpaviilac for tbu Gaamortisaltb to -akx? auY{•ttu T uLavd SAN. actjv4,t m not tostb ib 24 CM 63282.301(b). at a1aa VrevLdsa for Aatip lvania to aoattor tbv iastallat3aa at aer eaaut4xtnrv4 basma. T=g; LZ am cR*ticm svailabis za Btatas wader the a= raOA&ti=sa 'ac 24 CYR $9212.303 mad epnou3CXgWd by Puri and n=mfma t=.Srn aimae it ho.L.po aasaura durahla Ssb+Aa far tha canavaar. 2110 }?yp%WlaAutt &a c*jM4r..=r. of inctu" mud 6taco aupp=t <_or Bare oonrirntent resolcticz of ias at&=% tomes, pretmrably at the at-ate Lsverl. WO nbts that ?o m de bqt stat:n t4oo "ibmitic baai.a Eor VmzWmy1VAhii.1a sRthcrieyr to maxsiter Lmatillatin••. rAmaravare t!:Za Cveeoavra3th dc&u qiw* vioagmaas7 aamaranasr is chm epaaad mraca &iau pixvoant to 2i CSR 93182.292 b (1)? vhich a that bSe a?rapraatas 9tats a{fsnoy jig or i3a>.a tbn lag suthcrity am.ososarp+ to ah3:- out tba stoLm we *1 0 Lilts the nc«+??srzatax?, sz_itia4tinp that th4 tt;xtz Flag will be VaLr--.ed auc is fnXl, xy -aquizad eordmr 26 CM 93292.302(a)(9). Othok a ss'uw tbXt hale 1ltcpzV=atud %" their GcACa VI&= a mioat to : a ccm and fonfarolL .inatAllaii.ta rvgot-- m=ta !Law* 114 kbeir rva 3.natallntiaa otadAzWs gro=zuaat to 0tate to ar rafa.LaCjAn. FApVArg1vflala• aae:,ag aca aR 0" ua0- -t;be atl'ttiTOd Saasit%q C"vtraatIAM msrd 04t0t;7 ELaOdb?da 74'rt? cta6' Oa tb,s 74dsral. JAW palsy La %hM 04" 6at++7t: th4t t? Z OW; has safc=Umeat aueharit--- amdar Ciao zvtt Bad .a.s 9:7711::513 is-3c-ll :::Oiw Fc c:0 3' ?a Sn. no apatc1liq 3aidcAj ut?r•?ia?-r1 nu 1-ha LAVtallatioa "f. aLZlzis brarS A=0(a. 110ithdr tt`.p stma rd in 74 CYR W3280.306(!a) P8t.vhftVA= at vvvIx. oach M=tjtartrr.tc Dravida inatrgctSCMns as a ci man rust th. aanmc?.r a+?ua1 t9?it ?co. iwu iarucul.au a an gat ttt app A09 thv msnuYant=XW Mme n%ndate , Qi?ciaular saf02aaable mAt3ou"• lua utaliaod. arururzhaleda, eherm are oscigt;.a7 F=dta.;?e aonmCreistfea ud aocaty °tattdazda. trust a?ly 1n4Fxiata_ ty hcv pha bmao is toot 'u-P, "x4wPLs Cho ata doQlaq sait? NLudatas? tmgalrc. aaeh manu:Eantwsvd &Qum t.?a bass a s$,zt au4 aem?+ Saa e,1'aXiaiat ayetem that, vhex prepa tI2, s,gaadraad by vait6. TL &L& anA J rrMili •....vQ?a?te tru=jnitaaand lataral eovonasgt asuced eeltsria. "a .7.4 CQg 931No.3QE{aI Q (e1 -AAmi anaA sSSn ?Aa I%" ocaagLSiGt jar+.tdirti an +Yith um to =a.Eorce Ada. py, h6ka i t?aaltered the hcaa in a. that uQuid ? zLt fp4t o? aaaoissuoe vitls tha k'edsrel. et 9?ssas a daalar or ito ai[ent aaeaaari'=. 28 Crs 63202.254(ct. t hnms as r caryiittap ai oal., a cM , y a4?es to l?s?all the daclea a •aet up or tha L as to t# S 1tia 3IIDp m.y sitar tlia cat of aonfcanu me W;Lt't. aag atiso? ahd'; the hone Les mat tahaa i.aatallati.al procougv 6 rndazaa puzdlrat dnri,ig the thk +tubieaa to the above gVa1i£icatiOcLa, tbo Capastmnat ?ap ==vice Avmf' Sut to the Stets ylaa s„?ttad ? the C?uwg f_h ar snannylyan a. &ixa:enlY? ?? ?• ?i113aismaa ni-rat-tar C."BLae di' Ccaavtmer acid. Rogtaav?-r; A-tfm-i.-s I c> COMMISSIONERS of UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP CUMBERLAND COUNTY 100 GM-NSBURG PIKE COMMISSIONERS MECHANICSBURG. PA 17055.5695 STAFF JOHN F. ALLISON TELEPHONE (717) 7G6.0756 HARRY N. KROT. JR. Tovnnhip M.", prcddcm VIRGINIA M. ANDUSON FAX (717) 796.9533 RICHARD S. LASKEY Vin Nuimni muwm Tnwmhip NI..", WILLIAM F KANE GREGORY C. MOLL. RE . ,Vrirunt Seueury TawvNp EnFimer MARK E LEWIS JOHN E. MIZERAK Amrum Sccrnury 1999 ber 10 N 1omnF/Codrs Fnlouemmr offi.r LTROY C. ERICKSON , ovem WILLIAM E. MILLER JR. Auuum scacury Towvhip Salinwr Randy L. & Terry D. Clark 78 Rolo Court Mechanicsburg, PA 17055 Superior Homes, Inc. R.D. #4 Myerstown, PA 17067 Rollo Court Central tOffrce Attention. Cathy Whitsel 447 N. Sherman Street Mt. Wolf ;PA •17347 Re: Building Code Appeal Board Decision -Case #99-4 Dear Ladies and Gentlemen: Enclosed is a copy of the Upper Allen Township Building Code •Appeal',Board's decision. Should you have any questions or concerns regarding this decision: please fed[free to contact me at the Township.office. Sincerely, ak/T Yohn E. MizeraR Zoning/CodeEnforcement Officer Upper Allen Township JEM:nez encl. F:NCOMMOMBDGCDAPLIDECISION199-4.dmsim,.lv.doc t IN RE: APPEAL OF BEFORE TIME BUILDING CODES BOARD SUPERIOR HOMES, INC., OF APPEALS OF UPPER ALLEN TOWNSHIP RANDY L. CLARE, and CUMBERLAND COUNTY, TERRY D. CLARK PENNSYLVANIA DECISION On 15 June 1999, the Code Enforcement Officer of Upper Allen Township (the "Township") issued an Enforcement Notice regarding the mobile home located at 78 Rolo Court , Rolo Court, Mechanicsburg, Upper Allen Township, Cumberland County, Pennsylvania. The Enforcement Notice was issued against Randy L. Clark and Terry D. Clark, husband and wife (collectively referred to as the "Clarks"), owners of the mobile home, Rolo Court Central Office, as owner of the mobile home park in which the mobile home is located, and Superior Homes, Inc. ("Superior Homes"), the company which installed the mobile home. The 15 June 1999 Enforcement Notice incorporated by reference the eleven (11) deficiencies outlined in a previous Enforcement Notice dated 2 April 1999 and sent to the same parties. The deficiencies stated were: 1. Footings must be installed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual" requirements. 2. The footings must be protected from frost. 3. The support piers must be located and constructed in accordance with the "Liberty Homes Installation Manual" 4. Tie downs and anchors must be installed as per the manufacturers instruction. 5. A vapor barrier must be installed. 6. Ventilation must be provided to cross-ventilate the entire space under the mobile home. 7. The plastic piping must be supported at a maximum of four (4) feet intervals. S. The electrical connections and bonding must be inspected and approved by a third party electrical inspection agency. 9. All exterior stairs greater than two (2) rises must have handrails. 10. All exterior stairs must be level and stable. 11. The exterior grading shall divert storm water away from the building. Superior Homes and the Clarks appealed the Enforcement Notice. The relevant provisions of the BOCA Code, 1993, and other applicable ordinances and codes of the Township are incorporated herein by reference. FINDINGS OF FACT The Township received a building permit application signed by Mr. Clark for the placement of a new mobile home on Lot 78 of Role Court on 31 October 1997. 2. The building permit was issued on 26 November 1997. A Township Building Department official, during a review of open files in 1998, determined that the building permit for lot 78 had never been picked up. An inspection by the Township on 1 December 1998 determined that the mobile home on Lot 78 had been installed prior to receipt of the building permit by the applicant. 4. On 18 January 1999 a further inspection was conducted and several deficiencies were noted. 5. On 12 February 1999 a re-inspection of the premises was conducted. 6. The Township issued an Enforcement Notice on 12 April 1999 which listed the eleven (11) deficiencies as previously noted in this decision. 7. The Township's position is that the installation of the mobile home was not in accordance with the requirements of the 1993 BOCA National Code as adopted by the Township, the Liberty Homes Installation Manual, and the International Plumbing Code. Mr. Clark testified that he did not dispute the Township's position regarding the applicability of the codes as cited by the building inspector. He also admitted the mobile home was not installed in accordance with the Liberty Homes Installation Manual. 9. Mr. Broderick testified on behalf of Superior Homes. Mr. Broderick testified that he has over thirty-five (35) years experience in the mobile home business. He testified that in his opinion the concrete blocks supporting the mobile home were not foundation piers. He also testified that the Liberty Homes Installation Manual can be used as a guide for installing several models of Liberty homes and was not required to be followed. -1- DISCUSSION The 1993 BOCA National Code (the "Code"), Section 420.1 provides that "... A mobile home placed on a pennanent foundation or on foundation piers shall be designed and constructed to comply with all of the requirements of this code for on-site and prefabricated construction." The evidence indicates that the mobile home located at 78 Rolo Court is set on concrete blocks. Upon consideration of the evidence, this Board finds that such a foundation is a foundation pier within the meaning of the Code. As such, the installation of the mobile home must comply with all requirements of the Code for on-site and prefabricated housing. One such requirement, Section 1806.1 of the Code, entitled "Frost protection," provides that foundation piers shall extend to the frost line of the locality. Section 420.2 of the BOCA Code provides that residential mobile homes shall be of an approved design and shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable ordinances and statutes. The term "approved" is defined in the BOCA Code as "approved by the code official or other authority having jurisdiction." The Code official has testified that he considers the Liberty Homes Installation Manual to be the approved design for the mobile home in question and this Board concurs. Therefore, installation of the mobile home must comply with the requirements of the Liberty Homes Installation Manual. CONCLUSION Motion was made to deny the Appeals of Superior Homes, Inc. and Randy L. and Terry D. Clark and the motion was carried by all five (5) members of the Board. THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, it is the funding of this Board of Appeals that the existing conditions at the mobile home at 78 Rolo Court places that mobile home unit within the provisions of the 1993 BOCA National Building Code, Section 420.0 mobile units, 420.1 General, which states "... a mobile unit placed on a permanent foundation or on foundation piers shall be designed and constructed to comply with all of the requirements of this Code for onsite and prefabricated construction;" and FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Liberty Homes Installation Manual for the installation -3- of foundation piers was not followed as required by the Code official pursuant to the 1993 BOCA National Building Code, Section 420.2; and FURTHER RESOLVED, that the appeals of Superior Homes, Inc. and Randy L. and Terry D. Clark are denied in their entirety and the Enforcement Notice of the Township Code official is sustained APPROVED by unanimous action of the Building Codes Board of Appeals of Upper Allen Township. Dated: ( 2 l / ' 9• Q Robert D. Bricker, Jr., Chainnan Ernest F. Zimmerman 0 A. Rosi Titzel -4- Edward R. Lewis JAN 2.q 1999 D UPPER ALLEN ?pip/NoHIP BUILDING DEPAR7(dEN7 LIFE RT HOMES INSTALLATION MANUAL A copy of this manual must remain with the home for reference by the home owner. OV181e 641 YISAIRS 41F LEANIMINUEND REVISED 11127196 ® ?a9o•lo•nooo.p q r' P Table of contents Chapter 1- Introduction 1.1 How To Use This Manual ............................... 1 1.2 Pre-Installation Considerations ........................1 1.3 Safety ............................................................. 1 1.4 Consumer Information Card ...........................1 1.5 Alterations ...................................................... 1 Chapter 2 - Definitions ................................... 2 Chapter 3. Site Preparation ........................ 3 3.1 Location And Layout, Use Of Zone Maps....:; ............................................... ........ a 3.1.1 Access For Transporter ......................... ........ 3 3.1.2 Encroachments And Setback Distances ................................................................ ........ 3 3.1.3 Issuance Of Permits ............................... ....... 3 3.2 Soil Conditions .............. .4 3.2.1. Requirements ................::s................... ........ 4 3.2.2. Bearing Capacity ............a :...... :............. . '...... 4 3.2.3. Soil Bearing Testing Methods And Equipment ............................................. ........ 4 3.3 Removal Of Organic Material ........................ 4 3.4 Drainage ........................................................4 3.4.1. Purpose ......................................................... 4 3.4.2. Elimination Of Depressions ........................... 4 3.4.3. Drainage Structures ...................................... 4 3.5 Ground Moisture Control .............................. 4 3.5.1. Importance .................................................... 4 3.5.2 Acceptable Type Of Ground Cover ...... ........ 4 3.5.3. Proper Installation ......................................... 4• Chapter 4 - Foundations 4.1 Piers ........................................................ ...... 5 4.1.1. Importance .............................................. ...... 5 4.1.2. Acceptable Types .................................... ..... 5 4.1.3. Design Requirements .............................. ..... 5 4.1.4. Design Procedures ................................. ...... 5 4.1.5. Location And Spacing .............................. ..... 5 4.2 Footings .................................................. ...... 6 4.2.1. Acceptable Types Of Footings .................. ..... 6 4.2.2. Footer Placement ............................................ 6 4.2.3. Proper Sizing Of Footings ............................... 6 4.2.4. Other Footing Design Consideration ............... 6 •4.3 Permanent Foundations ........................ .......... 6 4.3.1. Flood-Prone Areas ................................ .......... 6 4.3.2. Severe Wind Areas ............................... .......... 6 4.3.3. Special Snow Load Conditions .............. .......... 6 4.4 Important Reference Documents .................... 6 Required Footing And Pier Blocking ............... 8 Required Footing And Pier Blocking (With Perimeter Blocking) ............................... 1[ Chapter 5 - Set Up Procedures 5.1 Moving Home To Location ....,.......................... 13 5.2 Leveling And Blocking (Singlewides) .............. 13 5.3 Leveling And Blocking (Multisections) ............ 14 5.4 Crossover Connections For Multi-Section ...... 15 5:4.1. Utility Crossovers .......................................... 15 5.4.2. Ductwork Crossovers ..................................... 15 5.5 Tiedown Requirement for Single And Multi- Section Homes ............................................... 20 5.5.1. Anchoring Instructions ................................... 20 5.5.2. Severe Climatic Conditions ............................ 20 5.6 Installation Of On-Site Attached structures ... 20 5.6.1. Attached Garages .......................................... 20 5.6.2. Porches .......................................................... 20 5.6.3. Steps, Stairways And Landings ..................... 20 5.6.4. Skirting ........................................................... 20 5.7 Protection Of Window And Doors .................. 26 Chapter 6 - installation of optional Features 1 6.1 • Awnings And Carports 28 6.2 Accessory Windows ...................................... 28 6.3 Miscellaneous Lights And Fixtures .......... ..... 28 6.3.1. Exterior Lights ........................................... ..... 28 28 6.3.2. Ceiling Fans .............................................. ..... 28 6.33 Whole House Ventilation ........................... .... 6.4 Telephone And Cable Television ................... 28 1 ?* Table of contents, continued Chapter 7- Preparation Of Appliances 7.1 Clothes Dryer Vent ........................................... 29 7.2 Comfort Cooling Systems ................................ 29 7.2.1. Air Conditioners ............................................... 29 7.2.2. Heat Pumps ..................................................... 30 7.2.3. Evaporative Coolers ........................................ 30 7.3 Fireplace, Chimneys And Air Inlets ............. ..... 30 7.3.1. Minimum Extensions Above Roof ................ .... 30 7.3.2. Required.Components ................................. .... 30 7.3.3. Assembly And Sealing Sequence ................ .... 30 7.3.4. Combustion Air Duct Inlets .......................... ......30 7.4 Range, Cooktop And Oven Venting ................. 30 Chapter 8 - Utility System Connection And Testing 8.1 Proper Procedures .......................................... 33 8.2 Water Supply ................................................... 33 8.2.1. Maximum Supply Pressure And Reduction ..... 33 8.2.2. Connection Procedures ................................... 33 8.2.3. Freezing Protection ......................................... 33 8.2.4. Testing Procedures ......................................... 33 8.2.5. Anti-Siphon Frost-Proof Sill Cock (Faucet) .... 34 8.3 Drainage System ..................................... ......... 34 8.3.1. Assembly And Support ............................ ......... 34 8.3.2. Proper Slopes And Connector Sizes ........ ......... 34 8.3.3. Crossovers ............................................... ........ 34 8.3.4. Solvent Welding Procedures .................... ........ 34 8.3.5. Protection From Freezing ........................ ......... 34 8.3.6. Flood-Level Test Procedure .................... ..........34 8.4 Gas Supply ................................................. ..... 34 8.4.1. Type Of System Furnished With Home ....... ..... 34 8.4.2. Proper Supply Pressure ............................. ..... 34 8.4.3. Orficing For Specific Gases ........................ .... 35 8A.4. Crossovers .................................................. ..... 35 8.4.5. Testing Prior To Connection To Mains ........ ..... 35 8.4.6. Connection Procedures ............................... ..... 35 x.4.7. Gas Appliance Startup Procedures ............. ..... 35 8.5 Heating Oil Systems .................................... ..... 35 8.6 Electricity ........................................................ 35 8.6.1. Description And Rating Of House Wiring ........ 35 8.6.2. Grounding Of Homes With Feeder Connections ..................................................... 36 8.6.3. Connection Methods ....................................... 36 8.6.4. Crossover Connections ................................... 40 8.6.5. System Test Procedures And Equipment ....... 40 Chapter 9 - Final Inspection 9.1. Water And Drain System ................................ 44 9.2 Appliance Function And Operation .................. 44. 9.3. Windows, Doors And Drawers ....................... 44 9.4. Exit Windows ................................................. 44 9.5. Exterior Siding And Trim ................................. 44 9.6. Stack Heads And Vent Pipe Flashings On Roof ............................................................ 44 9.7 Composition Roof ........................................... 44 9.8 Skid Venting ................................................... 44 9.9 Low-Hanging Trees And Bushes .................... 44 9.10 Exhaust Fan Operation And Air Flow .............. 44. , 9.11 Bottom Board .................................................. 44 9.12 Ground Cover ................................................. 44 9.13 Anchors And Straps ....................................... 44 9.14 Interior Details ................................................ 44 Chapter 10 - Relocating The Home 10.1 Relocation Of Home ..................................... 44 10.1.1. New Zones ................................................... 44 10.1.2. Tires And Axles ............................................ 44 10.1.3. Appliances .................................................... 44 10.1.4. Dust Caps ..................................................... 44 10.1.5. Blocking During Storage ............................... 44 10.1.6. Transit Of Furniture And Belongings ............ 44 10.1.7. Multisection Homes ...................................... 44 4 1,t INTRODUCTION Thank you for purchasin one of our manufactured homes. This followed for the proper installation of your home. PLEASE READ Installation ALL INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO SET-UP. at must be 1. Chapter One -Introduction How to use this manual. This manual 1 1 1.3. SAFETY,_-ONLY TRAINED TALL . . contains detailed installation instructions, CREWS SHOUI D INS including specifications and procedures for THE HOME INSTALLERS erection and hookup of your manufactured f?I II THE FOLLOW D S H IH It has been written in an objective home . - E . and easy-to-understand manner so it can be I ICTI SAFETY INSTR- understood by people without extensive PROVIDED IN THIS technical training. It discusses the set-up of the home from preparing the site through MANUAL. final inspection. It includes many tables and figures giving important data for proper set- up. Careful adherence to this manual by the ill out card. F Consumer Information 1 4 homeowner and installation crew will ' CARD ' th e CONSUMER NFORMA assure you of a quality, safe and affordable located at the rear of your Homeowner's Home for many years to come. Manual and return it to the plant which manufactured your home, so that you 1.2. Pro-installation considerations. Prior to may be notified of revised instructions or loca locating g or or relocation your home, contact the new products. local authority having jurisdiction for installation to see if permits for such or utility anchoring ki Alterations. Prior to altering this home , ng, procedures as bloc after installation, such as modifying the e are required. Inspections may plumbing or heating systems, electrical be r be required ired during installation. On private property, zoning or development covenants , adding a room, carport garage or major be sure to contact the authority irs may apply and should be taken into arations of the Pre NOTE , repa having jurisdiction as a permit or plan p : consideration. [ site, when accomplished by someone other approval may be required. ALSO SUCH IN ION TERA A L O YV than the home installer, may not be in R O LIMIT ED N PART THE accordance with these instructions.] WARRANTY CONTAINED IN THE HOMEOWNER'S MANUAL THIS HQME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS _ USE ENOUGH TEMPORARY .WOOD. BLOCKING. TO. SUPPORT THE HOME DURING SET-UP OR WHEN LOCATED AT DEALER LOTS OR FACTORY FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME. NO ONE SHOULD BE ALLOWED UNDER THE HOME UNLESS THE BLOCKING IS SECURELY IN PLACE, EVEN IF THE HOME IS NOT MOVING. APPROVED BY REVISED DEC 12 1996 INC. Set-Up Manual - Page 1 FEDERAL MANUFACTURED HOME CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY STANDARDS. I2 Chapter 2 - Definitions Anchoring EguiRment: Straps, cables, tumbuckles and chains, including tensioning devices, that are used with ties to secure a manufactured home to ground anchors. Anchoring System: A combination of ties, anchoring equipment, and ground anchors that will, when properly designed and installed, resist the wind which might overturn the home or move it sideways. Footing: The part of the support system that sits directly on the ground at, below or partly below grade to support the piers or foundations. Foundation: That part of a building that is an engineered structure designed to transfer the weight of the building or structure to the soil. pier: That portion of the support system between the footing and the manufactured home, exclusive of caps and shims. Types of piers include, but are not limited to, the following% 1.Manufactured steel stands 2.Manufactured concrete stands, and 3.Concrete blocks Site. Manufactured Homes: A parcel of land designed and designated for the location of one manufactured home, its accessory buildings or structures, and accessory equipment for exclusive use of the home's occupants. Stabilizing System: A combination of properly installed anchoring and support system. Stand. Manufactured Home: That area of a manufactured home she which has been reserved for placement of a manufactured home. Support System: A combination of footings, piers, caps and shims that will, when properly installed, support the manufactured home. Set-Up Manual - Page 2 V. l Chapter 3 - Site Preparation 3.1.1• 0. Location and Layout - Use of zone maps. Your home is designed for certain weather conditions and roof loads (see zone maps in a bedroom closet or near main electrical panel and Figure 3.1 of this manual). Do not site or relocate your home in a zone requiring greater wind, roof load, or 3.1.2. heating/cooling capabilities than those for which it was designed. However, it is safe to locate your home in an area with lower toad or weather requirements. For example, a home designed for a northern roof load or 40 psf may be sited in the 3.1.3. southern roof load zones. Access for transporter. Before attempting to move your home to the installation site, be sure the transportation equipment can get through. Remove any overhanging branches and contact your local utility company to raise any overhead wires. Special transportation permits may be required from state, county or city officials. Encroachments and setback distances. Obey local laws regarding encroachments in streets, yards and courts, and permissible setback distances from property lines and public roads. Consider future additions, such as awnings and screen rooms. issuance of permits. Be sure that all necessary local permits have been obtained and fees paid. ZONE MAPS OF THE UNITED STATES WIND ZONE I f'16 PSFl Includes areas of the United Stales and its territories that are not otherwise Included as being In Wind Zone 11 or III. This home has not designed for the higher wind pressure and anchoring provisions required for ocean/coastal areas and should not be located with 1,500' of the coastline In Wind Zones 11 and III, unless the home and its anchoring' and foundation system have been designed for the Increased requirements specified for Exposure D In ANSVASCE 7.88 govemments, listed by state (countes or padshes, h are within bwld Zone It FLORIDA- An counties excepldwse identified as being within Wnd Zone III GEORGIA - Bryan, Camden, Chatam, Glynn, liberty, McIntosh LOUISIANA -Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption, Calcasieu, Cameron, East Rage, Eest Ferclana, Evangleline, Iberia, Iberville, Jefferson Davis, laFa Livingston, Pointe Capes, SL Helene, St James, SL John the Baptist St Land Mahn, SL Tammany, Tangipalwa, Vem0wn, Washington, West Baton Rouge, Fegdana :HUSEfrS-Berns0ble, BdstDL Dukes, Nantucket Plymouth IIPPI. George, Handcock Hartlean, Jackson, Pead River, Saxes CAROLINA - Beaufort Bnrnswkk, Camden, Chcwan, Columbus, Craven, Jones, New Hanover, Orelow, PaMice, Pasquolank Ponder, Perquimans, CAROLINA - Beaufort Berkeley, Charleston, Colleton, Dorchester, awn, Horry. Jasper, W itamsborg - Aransas, Bmzale, Callaun, Cameron, Chambers. Galveston, Jefferson, IOebelg, Matagorda, Nueces, Orange, Refuglo, San Patricks, Wilsey A -(Chles)Chesapeake, Norfolk Portsmouth. Princess Anne. Virginia Beach ZONE III 17 VANDZONEI WIND ZONE It WIND ZONE III The following local governments listed by State, (Counties or parishes, unless specified otherwise) are within Wind Zone III: FLORIDA - Broward, Charlotte, Collier, Dade, Franklin, Gulf, Hendry, Lee, Martin, Manatee, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas, Sarasota LOUISIANA - Jefferson, LaFourche, Orleans, Plaquemines, SL Semard, SL Charles, SL Mary, Terrebonne NORTH CAROLINA- Carteret, Dare, Hyde ............................................... The following states and territories are within Wind Zone III: Stale of HAWAII All ALASKA Coastal regions between the 90 mph isotach an ANSVASCE 7-88 wind map and the coast US TERRITORIES: America Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rioo, Trust Territory of Pacific Islands, U.S. Virgin Islands Set-Up Manual - Page 3 SUP.6DO.ZOff _NAC SDOELOAQ MAP 3.2. Soil Conditions 3.2.1. Requirements. To help prevent settling of your home, site it on firm, undisturbed soil or fill compacted at least 90% of its maximum relative density. Installation on loose, uncompacted fill may cause the home to shift and settle in such a way as to damage the home which may invalidate the home's limited warranty. 3.2.2. Bearing capacity. Test the bearing capacity of the soil at the depth of the footings after completing any grading and filling (see 3.2-3). If you can't test the soil but can Identify its type, use the foundation bearing pressure shown in figure 3.2 as a guide. If you cannot identify the soil, use the lowest value (1,000 psf from Figure 3.2)- Under unusual conditions, or If the soil appears to be peat or uncompacted fill, consult a local geologist or professional engineer. 3.2.3. Soil bearing testing methods and equipment. A pocket penetrometer (available from engineering supply houses) or other methods acceptable to local jurisdictions may be used. 3.3. Removal of organic material. Remove all decayable material such as grass, roots, and wood scraps from beneath the home, especially in areas where footings are to be placed, to minimize settling of footings and insect damage. Remove shrubs and overhanging branches from the immediate vicinity of the homesite to prevent windstorm damage. 3.4. Drainage. 3.4.1. Purpose. Drainage prevents water buildup under the home which may cause settling of the foundation, dampness in the home, damage to siding and bottom board, buckling of walls and floors, problems with the operation of doors and windows, AND COULD VOID YOUR WARRANTY. 3.4.2. Elimination of depressions. Grade the homesite to permit water to drain from under the home and away from home for a minimum of 10 feet from the side of the home. See figure 3.3. 3.4.3. Drainage structures. Depending on the local landscape, ditches and culverts may be needed to drain surface runoff. If so, consult a registered professional engineer. 3.5. Ground moisture control. 3.5.1. Importance. If the crawlspace under the home is to be enclosed with skirting or other material, a vapor retarder ground cover shall be installed that keeps ground moisture out of the home. Where a concrete pad is installed (solid) under the entire home floor area, the vapor barrier is not required, if the concrete is a minimum of 4" thick. 3.5.2. Acceptable types of ground cover. Use polyethylene sheeting or its equivalent, at least six mils thick. 3.5.3. Proper installation. Cover the entire area under the home with the sheeting and overlap it at least. 6" at all joints. Where soil and frost condition permit placement of footings at grade level, place the sheeting directly beneath them FIG.3.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF SOILS SOILTYPEBASEDONTHEUMFIED ALLOWABLE PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT) ROCKORKARDPAN 4,000ANDUP SANDYGRAVEL AND GRAVEL ?,000 SAND. SILTYSAND, CLAYEY SAND, SILTY 1,500 GRAVEL OR CLAYEY GRAVEL CLAY. SANDY CLAY, SILTY CLAY, OR 1.000 CLAYEYSILT UNCOMMIRED FILL (TYPES OF SOIL NOT SPECIAL ANALYSIS IS REQUIRED LISTED) PEAT OR ORGANIC CLAYS SPECIAL ANALYSIS IS REQUIRED NOTE: THIS TABLE IS TO DE USED ONLY WHEN NONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS AVAILABLE: A. SOILTESTING INVESTIGATION AND/4NLYSIS OF THE SITE 8. COMPLVACEWRHTHE LOCI. SUILDINOCODE C. COMPETENT OPINION BYALOCAL ENGNEER OR BUILDING OFFICV1_ • NO ALLOWANCES MADE FOR OVERBURDEN PRESSURE, EMBEDMENTOEPTH. WATERTABLE HEIGHr SETTLEMEHTPROBLEMS FIGURE 3.3 - ELIMINATION OF WATER BENEATH THE HOME Skvla salon tlcn A MWS SenM muws? IZQ: Crown and grade site to slope away from home DON'T: Grade site so that water celleets beneath and cover with 6 mil thick polyethylene sheeting or home or place footers above frost line. 1 equivalent. 1 1 Set-Up Manual - Page 4 ,r 4. Chapter 4- Foundations NOTE: This chapter covers only foundations. Figure 4.1 and Table 4.1 summarizes the usual types. Set-up procedures and methods for securing the home to its foundation are discussed in Chapter 5. 4.1. Piers 4.1.1. Importance. Incorrect size, location or spacing of piers may cause serious structural damage to your home. It is important to install piers around the perimeter, if required for your home. Failure to do so may lead to sagging floors, walls and roofs, and could void your warranty. 4.1.2. Acceptable types. Piers to be concrete blocks capped and shimmed with wedges, or adjustable manufactured metal or concrete stands (see Figure 4.1). 4.1.3. Design Requirements. 4.1.3.1. Load-'Bearing Capacity. The load that each pier must Carty depends on factors such as the dimensions of the home, the roof live load, the spacing of the piers, and the way they are used to support the home. Center beam/marriage wall blocking is required for multi-section homes. See tables 4.2 and 4.3 for pier loads. Piers must be rated to resist the noted loads (see 4.1.3.2). 4.1.3.2. Configuration. Figure 4.1 shows the recommended arrangement of concrete block piers constructed on-site. Concrete blocks to have nominal dimensions of at least 8" x 16". They must be stacked with their hollow cells aligned vertically. When piers are constructed of blocks stacked side- by-side, every layer must be at right angles to the previous one (see Figure 4.1). Cap hollow block piers as shown in Figure 4.1 to distribute the structural load evenly across them. Caps shall be of solid masonry or hardwood, and of the same length and width as the piers they rest upon. Avoid plywood, as it may lead to unwanted settling or movement Use 4!'x 6" hardwood shims to level the home and fill any gaps between the base of the I-beam and the top of the pier cap. Always use shims in pairs (see Figure 4.1). Drive them in tightly so they do not occupy more than 1" of vertical space. When the space to be shimmed is less than the minimum thickness of available caps or concrete blocks, pressure treated hardwood dimension lumber may be used under the caps. Select manufactured pier heights so that their adjustable risers do not extend more than 3" when finally positioned. All piers must be set on footings (see paragraph 4.2) that are installed in such a manner so as to provide a stable environment for your home. 4.1.3.3. Clearance under the home. After the home is leveled, the resulting distance between the bottom of the chassis and the ground must be no less than 12" for 75% of the home. The remainder of the home may be less than 12" above the ground but may not touch the ground. The maximum clearance should be no more than the maximum described in Figure 4.1. 4.1.4. Design procedures. 4.1.4.1. Piers up to 36" high. You may construct piers less than 36" high out of single, open or closed-cell concrete blocks, 8" x 8" x 16". Install them so that the long side is at right angles to the supported I-beam (see Figure 4.1). Position open cells at right angles to the footers. Horizontal offsets should not exceed 1/2" top to bottom. Mortar is not normally required. Manufactured piers should be listed and labeled. Do not extend their adjusting studs beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer of the pier. 4.1.4.2. Piers 36" to 80" high. Construct all piers between 36" and 80" high, and all comer piers over three blocks high, out of double, interlocked concrete blocks (see Figure 4.1). Mortar will not normally be required. 4.1.4.3. Piers over 80" high. Where permitted by local codes, lay them in concrete mortar with steel reinforcing bars inserted in the block cells and fill the cells with concrete. Where such construction is not permitted by local codes, have piers over 80" high designedby a registered professional or structural engineer. 4.1.5. Location and spacing. The location and spacing of piers depends upon the dimensions and weight of the home, the roof load zone, the type of construction and other factors such as the locations of doors or other openings and heavy pieces of furniture In general, locate piers no more than 2' from either end (unless specified). Place piers of your home as follows: Set-Up Manual - Page 5 , 4.1.5.1. Single and Multi-section homes. A) Homes not requiring perimeter support. Figure 4.2 shows the recommended location and spacing of piers for homes not requiring perimeter blocking generally located at south (20 PSF) and middle (30 4.3,1 PSF) roof zone areas. B) Homes requiring perimeter support. See figure 4.3 for homes requiring additional perimeter supports (generally at 40 PSF or higher roof load zones). 4.1.5.2. Under doors and heavy furniture. Place piers on both sides of all exterior doors, sidewall openings wider than 4' (such as entry and sliding glass doors), under porch posts, fireplaces and wood stoves, and under the expected locations of heavy pieces of furniture such as . pianos, waterbeds, etc. This additional blocking is required 4.3.2. with all types of foundation. 4.2. Footings. Support every pier with a properly designed footing as follows: 4.2.1. Acceptable types of footings. 4.2.1.1. Concrete. Footings may consist of precast of poured-in-place concrete, pads slabs, or ribbons with a 28-day compressive strength of at least 3,000 psi (see figure 4.4 for minimum footer 4.3.3. thickness). 4.2.1.2. Other materials. You may also use other materials approved for this use by local authorities if they provide equal load-bearing capacity and resistance to decay. 4.2.2. Footer placement. For homes which are to be set in areas susceptible to frost, in order to prevent the potentially harmful effects of frost heave, footings should be placed below the frost line or the home must be installed in such a manner as to provide a stable environment 4.2.3. Proper sizing of footings. Proper sizing of footings depends upon the load-carrying capacity of both the piers and the soil. See Table 4.4 for recommended footing sizes based on pier load (table 4.2 and 4.3) and minimum soil bearing capacity. 4.2.4. Other footing design considerations. You should check with applicable state or local building authorities concerning any other requirements they may have concerning design, construction or placement of acceptable footings. 4.3. Permanent Foundations. Check local building codes and regulations and consult a registered professional or structural engineer when you are setting your home on a permanent foundation (such as a full basement, crawl space or load-bearing perimeter foundation). You may get a permanent foundation design that meets most local codes by writing to the address located on back cover of manual, Attention Customer Service. Flood-prone areas. We do not recommend selling your home in river or coastal flood-prone areas. Special local regulations or flood insurance provisions may apply. Special elevation and anchoring techniques are required when locating in a flood-prone area. Consult a registered professional or structural engineer to make sure that home design and construction conform to applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations. The FEMA publication listed in section 4.4.3 contains design and construction recommendations. Severe wind areas. Special foundation and anchoring techniques are required when your home is located in a severe wind area. Consult a registered professional or structural engineer. HUD foundations design guide listed in section 4.4.4 contains recommendations for designing foundations and anchoring systems. Do not place your home in a wind zone more severe than the one indicated on your home's Data Plate. Special snow load conditions. Homes designed for and located in heavy snowfall areas or subject to other extreme loading conditions will require special piers or footings. See table 4.2 for pier loads up to 50 psi roof load. For higher roof load consult a registered professional engineer for your foundation design. Do not place your home in a roof zone more severe than the one indicated on your home data plate. 4.4. Important reference documents. 4.4.1. ANSUNCSBCS A225.1 - 1987, "Manufactured Home Installations," NCSBCS, 505 Huntmar Park Drive, Hemdon VA 22070 (703) 437-0100. 4.4.2. ANSI A58.1 - 1982, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings _ and Other Structures," ANSI, 1430 Broadway, New York NY 10016. 4.4.3. FEMA 85, "Manufactured Home Installation in Flood Hazard Areas," FEMA; Washington DC 20472 (202) 646-2708, September, 1965. 4.4.4. HUD Handbook Foundations Guide HUD, 415 7th Street, June, 1976. 4930.3 (1989), "Permanent for Manufactured Housing," SW, Washington DC 20036, 4.4.5. "Frost-Free Shallow Foundation Design Guidelines," Energy Design Update, March, 1988. Set-Up Manual - Page 6 FIGURE 4.1 -TYPICAL FOOTING & PIER INSTALLATION Single blocks, maximum height of 36 Inches m:%=V0 Steel or concrete manufactured pier For piers exceeding 80" in height, the concrete blocks must be filled with concrete grouting and steel bars must be utilized. TABLE 4.1 TYPE OF CONCRETE BLOCK MAXIMUM PIER HEIGHT SINGLE STACK 36" DOUBLE INTERLOCK 80" NORMAL MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION Type of Foundation System 1. Piers - Ground Anchors - Home rests on piers of concrete block, formed-in-place concrete, permanent wood or steel pedestals on permanent wood, cashed stone or concrete footers. Ground anchors in soil angled to resist straps or embedded In concrete. Straps tied to the frame, with or without over-the-top straps. 2. Concrete slab or continuous fooling. Home rests on a concrete slab or ribbons of concrete. Straps tied between frame and perimeter footers or concrete slab. Recommend installing earth anchors prior to pouring concrete slab. Concrete slab should be sloped to prevent water accumulation under home. 3. Pile/post system. Home rests on piles/posts place sufficiently deep in the ground to resist all wind, snow, frost heave and earthquake forces. Straps fasten home to piles/posts or caps placed thereon, 4. Concrete or concrete block load-bearing perimeter walls (basement or crawl space). Home rests on exterior load bearing walls which sit on concrete footings, sufficiently heavy to hold down home to resist all external forces. Set-Up Manual - Page 7 Double interlocked blocks, maximum height of 80 inches - -11 REQUIRED FOOTINGS & PIER BLOCKING In table 4.2 below are the design loads used to determine the support structure for homes not requiring perimeter blocking. The minimum values to be used for pier and footing design based on the indicated roof live load and a floor live load of 40 pounds per square foot (PSF) are specified in table 4.2. See figure 4.2 for typical pier layouL All load bearing pier supports and footings may be subject to approval by the local enforcement agency. As specified in Table 4.2, each pier shall have adequate capacity to support the design load shown. The required sizes of footings will depend on soil bearing capacity test results. In lieu of soil tests, confer with the local building authority for recommended soil bearing capacity in your area. The areas beneath the footing shall have all grass and organic materials removed before installation. All footers must be placed on either undisturbed soil or compacted fill. ?purrrrrrrrrrpr,- TABLE 4.2 ? ' No. PIER LOADING UNDER MAIN I-BEAMs (For Homes NOT Requiring Perimeter Blocking a or 24' WIDE HOMES 14' or 28' WIDE HOMES 16' or Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pierrrrr rrrn Spacing Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Under Main (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) I-Beams 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF (Ft) Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load (South (Middle (North (South (Middle (North (South (Middle (North Zone) Zone) Zone) Zone) Zone) Zone) Zone) Zone) Zone) 4 2130 2420 2560 2410 2740 2940 2700 3060 3320 5 2260- 3020 3190 3020 3420 3670 3370 3830 4150 6 3190 3620 3830 3620 4110 4110 4050 4590 4980 7 3720 4230 4470 4220 4790 5140 4720 5360 5810 8 4250 4830 5110 4820 5480 5880 5400 6120 6640 9 4780 5440 5750 5430 6160 6610 6070 6890 7470 10 5320 6040 6380 6030 6850 7340 6750 7650 8300 12 6390 7250 7660 7250 8250 8800 8100 9200 9950 NOTES: 1. See Table 4.4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and pier loads are minimums required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports or 256 square inches. 2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 12 feet. 3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axles area, the average of the distance to each adjacent support may be used to determine support requirements, for example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were 6-0" and 8'-0", the average spacing would be T-0". 4. Homes located in the north (40 PSF) roof load zones MUST have perimeter blocking per table 4.3 unless indicated otherwise by a letter from plant of manufacturing. Set-Up Manual - Page 8 FIGURE 4.2 PIER LAYOUT FOR HOMES @ SOUTH AND MIDDLE ROOF LOAD ZONES. i <IN, c??Q?EN L<YOl/i _1,? } MAIN FBEAM PIER BLGCIBNG. SEE NOR A4 BELOW (2M 14 BEAMS) ---?-?I %X (MAX) I (MAX) (MAX) I I (MA%) I (MAX) I (MAX) I I li) I ? I 1 i I i I, I 'I I I I I I I I I I I II r- T -? I -J?_ I = T f=TJl- fM ®= MET \ I I PI MAIN RA 0pNG I ? gL ER U B I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I i I__ I I I I I I I ?°ECTION PIER aI y01? 4? WN BEAMS) MAIN I-BEAM PIER BLOCKING. SEE NOR H SELOW ( ( (MAX) I 17d .? MkX) (MVO I (MA%) (MAX) ?mw I I A(MAX) I (MAX) I I I I I I I I I II I I II ? T ? I I? ? I I I I -,7 I I I I -BEAMS I I I I I I I I /> PIERS OCpNG - _ _ PAC r T ' I I I I I I I I COLUMN SUPPORT PIERS TYP ' PIERSUMIONG I FBEAMB n?.IFBEAM MAIN RAILS I I ?y I I I I I I I I I I ? I ? ? SEE NOR 01 GENERAL NOTES: 1. PERIMETER PIER BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED AT BOTH SIDES OF ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND ANY OPENING IN AN AND PORCHES.) (INCLUDING EXTERIOR WALL 4 FEET OR WIDER ENTRIES, 2. FFOOTIN S AND PIERS PPORS MUST BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE LOAD VALUES SHOWN. 3. COLUMN SUPPORT PIERS. LOCATE ONLY AT BOTH SIDES OF CENTER LINE WALL OPENING. 4. THE TABULATED PIER LOADS INCLUDE THE INDICATE S. LREC RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM MAIN 10 CHASSIS -BEAM PACING FOR AND WALLS.) THE FOLLOWING I-BEAM SIZE IS: \\\\L?1,1Qp111111ppFAA A" HOME FLOOR \\ O?J ?OM.9 A?/? CNASSiS S' I•BEAM ... 8'-0' O.C. \\ \ 10' I-BEAM ... 10'-0.0 .C. `?PQF'Gy`NNo ?1?O ?i. 12"I-BEAM ... 12'-0' O.C.= #, j•r??i ?"?' I9 -----muFrarns---', Pte) STLATEOFJ:B EaONLYIEY/ Set-Up Manual - Page 9 / J;1 REQUIRED FOOTINGS & PIER BLOCKING In table (For homes requiring perimeter blocking) .3 below are the design loads used to bl eking. The minimum values to be used for pier andlfooting design based on the indicated roof lives ad and a floor live load of 40 pounds per square foot (PSF) are specified in table 4.3. See Figure 4.3 for typical pier layout Ah load bearing pier supports and footings may be subject to approval by the local enforcement agency. As specified In Table 4.3, each pier shall have adequate capacity to support the design load shown. The required sizes of footings will depend on soil bearing capacity test results. In lieu of soil tests, confer with the local building authority for recommended soil bearing capacity in your area. The areas beneath the footing shall have all grass and organic materials removed before installation. All footers should be placed on either undisturbed soil or compacted fill. Tables PIER LOAD FRAME PLUS PERIMETER BLOCKING (When both frame and perimeter blocking are required. See Width I Roof Live Load I I 4 I Fit PSF Pier Location 14 or 16 20 6' I 1_ 1 uoor80 Frame 1100# a-labu 24', 28' or 30' 20 Perimeter See note 2 2100# See note 2 Doublewides Frame 1400#. 2100# Perimeter Center Line 1470# 2206# 30 . Frame 2941# 4411# Perimeter 1400# 1800# 2100# Center Line 3601# 2701# 40 Frame 1400# 5401# Perimeter 2130# 2100# 3196# 60 or 80 Center Line. 4261# 6391# Frame Perimeter 1400# 2100te Center Line See note 2 See note 2 See note 2 See note 2 NOTES: No. 8' See note 2 2800# 2941# 5882# 280D# 3601# 7202# 2800# 4261# 8522# 2 082 o# See note 2 1. Perimeter blocking is required at North Zone (40 PSF) or higher roof load areas. Use above loads when optional perimeter blocking is provided at South (20 PSF) and Middle (30 PSF) roof load zones. 2. Homes at 60 and 80 PSF roof load areas must have a continuous perimeter foundation support. Set-Up Manual -Page 10 ? i FIGURE 4.3 PIER LAYOUT FOR HOMES @ NORTH ROOF LOAD ZONES. MAIN I•BEAM PIER .,I I-, I ISM, I I-) I (NAA) I (MAK) I (MAK) - I (MA I I I I I I I I ? rT I - I -rmT I I ??? II - I -1 II - - I 1- II - =nil I I I II I I RAILS I PIER 0 OCIO G Ni _ I I_ I I_ {I? I I I I I I I III I ea M,ITIS CTION PIER AYOIT MAIN 1-BEAM PIER BLOCKING, SEE NOTE W BELOW (44MIN BEAMS) _ ea_. I Ira . yr ra Ira I I I I I I r II I- II T1 I I I II I -T??? ? I II I ???T I I I ?I-fL f I J I _- L Pi a OCa M"IaEAM5 1 L 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 o T _ ®=r-- --I ==Er -T ?-r CENT R LNE BL?G TO EI ? IGM TO MSPACIINGANDU DER EACH SU?RT CO LUMNI ®TON r E I T ?1 -?T i OR--, -1===m1--7 . rL_ jjI I I II TYP. PIEABLOCNMGI MAIN FARAILS NS I I I I I ?fI I I a I I Iy I ly I 1• I I I I L Ira '•_Ira _ Ira Ira ' 81a r ea I Ira I as I PERIMETER PIER BLOCKING, ASERIES OF MAX. 8'-W CTRL TO CTR SPACINGS (BOTH SIDES) NOTES 1. PERIMETER PIER BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED AT BOTH SIDES OF ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND ANY OPENING IN AN EXTERIOR WALL 4 FEET OR WIDER QNCLUDING PATIO DOORS, RECESSED ENTRIES, BAY WINDOWS AND PORCHES). 2 FOOTINGS AND PIER SUPPORTS MUST BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORTTHE LOAD VALUES SHOWN. 3. COLUMN SUPPORT PIERS, LOCATE ONLY AT BOTH SIDES OF CENTER LINE WALL OPENING. HOMEP R 4. THE TABULATED PIER LOADS INCLUDE THE °Ug INDICATED LIVE LOADS PLUS HOME DEAD TTLIII IIL (INCLUDING CHASSIS AND WALLS). k T( 'A ° %STE No. cniDe - - cane _ erlen n, F1iGNLYIEN Set-Up Manual - Page 11 IfM TABLE 4.4 i FOOTING SIZES M PAD SIZE F0O' I X IN) );X'20 3: X24 ):X30 3X16 24 PAD THICKNESS Y SINGLE STACK DOUBLE STACk PIER PIER 4" 4" 4" Foundat ons in soil with a bearing capacity of less than 1,000 PSF or more than 4,000 PSF must have soil verified by a local Registered Professional Engineer familiar with local site conditions. TABLE 4.6 PIER LOADING UNDER CENTERLINE BEAN! DOUBLEWIDE HOMES 24' WIDE HOM ES 26'& 28' WIDE HOMES 30' WIDE HOM ES Span Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Pier Between Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Load Columns (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (Lbs) (FT.) 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF E F 30 PSF 40 PSF See Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof Roof i Roof Roof Note1 Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone Zone 6 1080 1440 1800 1260 1680 2100 O 14 1920 2400 10 1800 2400 3000 2100 2800 3500 2000 3200 4000 12 2160 2860 3600 2520 3360 4200 2880 3840 4800 14 2520 3360 4320 2940 3920 4900 3360 4480 5600 16 2880 3840 4800 3360 4480 5600 3840 5120 6400 18 3240 4320 5400 3780 5040 6300 4320 5760 7200 20 3600 4800 6000 4200 5600 7000 4800 6400 8000 24 4320 5460 7200 5040 6720 8400 5760 7680 9600 NOTES: 1. Where a column is located between two openings or when two columns are too close for separate piers, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required pier load. 2. See Table 4.4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing 3. The concentrated loads consists of roof loads only. 4. Pier locations at the marriage wall are marked with paint or metal indicator straps (or see specific foundation plans for pier locations.) Set-Up Manual - Page 12 -71 F5. Chapter 5 - Set-Up Procedures 5.1. Moving home to location. Make sure the following items are completed before placing the home: 1. The site is properly prepared. See Chapter 3. 2. All concrete work necessary to setting the home is finished. 3. Utilities are installed or available. 4. Any trenching, for crossover drain lines or for wheels that will be left in place, is complete. 5. Items that could be difficult to install after the home is sited (such as anchors and ground moisture retarders) are in their proper locations. CAUTION: THE HOME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS, US ADEQUATE TEMPORARY SUPPORT BLOCKING TO SAFEGUARD WORKERS WOOD BLOCKING FOR YOUR HOME IS RECOMMENDED 5.1.1. Positioning the home. When not placing the home on a concrete slab or poured-in-place footings, mark the comers of the home and lay out footings, and support devices close to where they will be used. 5.1.2. Then move the home or first section into position. 5.2. Singlewide Homes - Leveling and Blocking 5.2.1. Before doing any jacking, place *support piers for the home in the locations under the home as specified in the home installation instructions. 5.2.2. Use a minimum of two jacks, each with a rating of at least ten tons. 5.2.3. Jack only on the main chassis ]-Beam. Locate the jack directly under the vertical web of the I-Beam. Do not jack on the seam (joint between flanges) of a twin I-Beam. 5.2.4. Use a large 318 inch thick steel plate, Cchannel or other equivalent plate between the main chassis (- Beam and.the jack head to distribute the load. 5.2.5. The jack base, and any blocking, must be located on fine ground. 5.2.6. Do not operate the jacks while you are under the main I-Beams of the home. 5.2.7. Use jacks only for raising the home. Do not rely on the jacks to support the home. 5.2.8. Place 4" x 6" x 48" minimum safety Umbers between the I-Beams and ground in case of jack failure. Timber should be hardwood. 5.2.9. Raise the home in small increments and provide additional blocking between the home and the piers and safety piers as the home is raised. 5.2.10. Do not go under the home while it is supported on the jacks. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS MAY 13Ra_tJLT.IN_MKQV5 NLJURY Ofd DEA1H Reminders before jacking... 1. Use only jacks in good condition with a minimum rating of 10 tons. 2. Use a Minute Man C-Channel jacking plate or equivalent between jack and steel kBeam to distribute the concentrated loads from jack to I-Beam. .3. Use a fine support under the jack base to prevent tipping or settling of the jack. A 12" x 12" or larger pad is recommended. 4. Always follow the sequence of jacking outlined below to avoid overstressing structural members. 5.2.11. The jacking procedure is as follows: 5.2.11.1.After the home is located in its final position, you can preliminary level it by using the hitch jack but only after adequately wheel blocking the home so it does not roll. 5.2.11.2.Jack up one side of the home by placing one jack just forward of the front spring hanger and the other just behind the rear spring hanger of the same I-Beam. These two jacks must be operated simultaneously to raise the home. Jack low side of the home first. Install footings and piers; one just forward of the front jack and another just behind the rear jack (taking care not to exceed the correct spacing selected from Table 4.2. 5.2.11.3.Next, jack the main I-beam at the front and position a pier within 2'-0" of the end of the I- Beam. At the completion of this step, this side of the home should be approximately level. 5.2.11.4.Repeat Steps 5.2.11.2 and 5.2.11.3 for the other side of the home. At the completion of this step, the home should be roughly level from front to rear and from side to side. 5.2.11.5.Place the remaining pier supports under the main [-Beam on each side taking care to maintain a maximum distance of no more than the spacing determined from Table 4.2 with piers located as specified at each end of each I-Beam (see Figure 4.2). 5.2.11.6.Level the home within reasonable tolerances, using a 6 foot carpenter's level, water level or similar equipment The final height adjustment is obtained by jacking the [-Beam and placing hardwood shims between the piers and I-Beam or other approved methods such as adjustable piers. THIS LEVELING PROCESS IS IMPORTANT FOR THE APPEARANCE Set-Up Manual - Page 13 AND IS ESSENTIAL OR THE PROPER OPERATION OF DOORS FvJINDOWS AND THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM. oris at each side of 5.2.11.7.PIace additional supp sidewall openings over 4'-0" wide and each side of exterior doors. 5.2.11.8.Wilhin g0 days after initial set-up, the home should be releveled, if necessary. to compensate for any pier settlement. Following the procedure in item 5.2.11.6. above. 5.2.11•g•RELEVELIINGINGPRTHE LEVELING OR OCESS, LOOSEN R TO JACKING THE (IPROVIDED) PROV I HOME. 5.3.2. 5.3.2.1 the U-side to keep it level as • you work towards the ends, jack it only under the (- beams and only enough to make it level. Leveling and Blocking the X Half. CAUTION: Do not proceed with the X-half until a U-haftis, completely level and properly blocked. After proceed as follows: Remove the plastic used to close up the open side of T remove each half during transportation, but Do O the move ceiling the wood supports holding up the sides. Park the X-side as closely as possible to the U-side. At this point, insert a mating gasket between insulation and roof. 6" floor li,ne, fiberglass endwalls the two hhalves use of the suggest or an nt sill sealer. Slide the :X-half sideways oneoend equivalethe placing U-half by using two come-a-longs, on the U-half I-beam and the other end on the one if I-beam. Use one come-a-Ion et interim t t the front and locations. the rear, or more If necessary 5.3. muito-Section Homes Blocking and Leveling With the exceptton of walleofirement or support under the marriage doublewide units, I leveling and blocking procedure are the same as for singlewide units: Prepare the desisite to j previously described. It may rode height) construct the footing and piers (to g j prior to moving the home to its final ilocation. i Figure 4.2 and 4.3 illustrate the typical pier layouts, making special note of additional piers required at center beam support locations. 5.1 5.3.1. Leveling and blocking the U Half. Figure the shows the way we recommend You level a fine home. To prevent lipping or settling, use f support under jacks. Use asteel channel or plate t between jacks and steel beams to distribute the load. Use equipment in good working condition ill and strong enough to handle the loads. Work ! safety whenever you are under, in or around a i home that is being set Use the following jacking 5.3.2.2. Place a 1o ton jack under the X-half inside I-beam about 113 of the floor length from each end. Carefully jack the X-half inside 1-beam until the X-half floor edge is about even with the U-half floor edge, as shown in Figure 5.3. 5.3.2.3. Loosely lag the X-half floor joists to the U-half floor joist using 318" x 5" lags, 36" o.c. at Wind Zone I and per Figure 5.13 for Wind Zone 11 and Ill. ll. T may Prevent the splitting of rim joist pre-drilling o holes be required. Do not tighten these lags at this time. 5.3.2.4. Temporarily block the X-half inside I-beam at selected pier spacings, removing the jacks and place them under the X-half outside I-beam about 913 of the floor length from each end. sequence: 5.3.1.1. Using the water level described in Figure 5.1 or a 6 level, check the level of the floor the floor is not crosswise in the axle area. if the ton jack level from side to side, place under the low side I-beam at the axle area and carefully raise the I-beam until the floor is level. Place blocks under the I-beam, on each side, at the pier points closest to the jack. Insertwedges, as shown on Figure 5.1, so that the blocks bear the weight 5.3.1.2. Place the level lengthwise on the floor, and working towards each end of the home, place blocks and wedges under both (- beams, at selected pier spacings. Make continuous checks with the level, both thwise and crosswise. If you must jack 5.3.2.5. Carefully jack the X-halX ely I even crosswise. half floor is app o Temporarily block the X-half outside the U•half, points. The X-half should be very close the floors and and the small space (if any) between ceilings of the X and U halves should be the same. The two sides should now be loosely attached at the floor joists. The U-side is completely level and blocked. The X-side should be nearly level because the ceilings and floors were made to match up. You are now ready to level the X-half so that it is even with the U-half, and to permanently block it. 5.3.2.6. Place a 10 ton jack under each I-beam of the X-half at the axle area. Carefully adjust the floor to the X- half until it is level with the floor of the U-half. Go to the outside I-beam of the X-half and adjust it so that the X-half floor is level crosswise. The X-half floor should now be level crosswise and even with the U- half floor. leng Set-Up Manual -Page 14 5.3.2.7. Place blocks under the I-beams, on each side of'lhe 5.3.6. X-half at the pier points closest to the jacks. Insert wedges, as shown on the drawing, so that the blocks bear the weight 5.3.2.8. Work towards either end, placing blocks and wedges under the kbeams on both sides, at selected pier spacing. Make continuous checks with the level to be sure that the floor of the X-half is level and even with the U-half. CAUTION: Do not over-jack the X-half or you will strain the lags attaching the two halves together, make the floor unlevel or cause other problems. 5.3.2.9. Both halves should now be blocked and level. Before tightening the lags through the floor joists underneath the home, check all alignments. Pre the front and rear end walls flush? Are the floors and ceilings flush? Tighten the lags through the floor joists, starting in the center and working towards each end. NOTE: When the two sections are in place, aligned and leveled, gaps between floors or ridge beams, 1 1/2" wide maximum, which DO NOT extend the full length of the home may be closed up with plywood or lumber shims. The lag screws in the shimmed portion may need to be increased in length to ensure that they engage both the floor dm or roof ridge beam with the same penetration as area's without gap. 5.3.2.10.Now that each half is properly leveled and blocked, and the floors are securely lagged together, you are ready to move to the ridge beam. 5.3.3. Roof Ridge Fastening. See figure 5.4 at Wind Zone I and Figure 5.13 at Wind Zone II and III. 5.3.4. End Wall Fastening. 5.3.4.1. Secure the end wail studs, where the two halves come together, by driving #8.X 3" wood screws 6" O.C. into both sides of the matching end wall studs at Wind Zone I (Ref. Figure 5.13 at Wind Zone 2 & 3.) The home should now be level, properly blocked and property and securely fastened together. CAUTION: Once again, use the level and be sure that the floor is property level throughout the home. Many problems will result if the floors are not level or if the home is not properly fastened together. This is your final check for level Adjust•.the wedges between the blocks and the I-beams so that the floor is level. 5.3.5. Shingle Roof close-up. (see figure 5.5) 5.3.7, 5.4. Interior closure. 5.3.6.1. Carefully remove the ridge beam supports used to brace the ridge beam during shipment. Oo not damage the ceiling. 5.3.6.2. Interior marriage column support studs at each end of open span area must be toe- nailed together with 16d nails 12" OC (see Figure 5.6). 5.3.6.3. Install the center beam furnished with the home. 5.3.6.4. Fit and secure carpet Use your carpet stretcher. Bond carpet seams with your heat bond tape and seaming iron. Put the tape (glue side next to carpet) under the seam and apply heat to the top of the tape, pressing the carpet into the glue. (NOTE: You must stretch the carpet up to the seam and tack it down temporarily until you get the carpet seamed.) 5.3.6.5. Install interior trim moldings, as necessary. 5.3.6.6. Adjust for proper operation all cabinet doors, interior and exterior doors and sliding or folding doors, as necessary. Exterior closure. 5.3.7.1. The house-type exterior lap siding (if applicable) needed to close-up the ends has been famished with the home. Starting at the bottom, Install each course of siding, cutting to fit as necessary (see Figure 5.7). Crossover connections for multi-section homes. 5.4.1. Utility crossovers. Connect water, drainage, gas, electricity, telephone and utility crossovers as outlined in chapter 8. 5.4.2. Ductwork crossovers. Clamp the flexible air conditioning and/or heating ducts to the sleeves projecting through the bottom covering, seal the ducts adjustable collars with several wraps of duct tape, and suspend them above the ground. If sleeves are not installed, cut opening for one sleeve and attach to main duct close as possible directly under furnace (see Figure 5.8); opposite sleeve(s) should be attached to the main duct(s) at a point where there are approximately as many registers forward as there are to the rear. Inspect to insure that duct work is not crushed or touching the ground and is as level as possible. Set-Up Manual - Page 15 i t FIGURE 5.1 - USE OF WATER LEVEL Material to Make Level Five gallon pall with lid Plastic tubing -100 feat x 318' or 12' Cork -1-1/2- M ale barbed filling - 318' x 3/4" Steel washer. 7/8' Nut-314" Female barbed filling . 3/8"x 12" Male valve- 12' Pipe sealant... Food coloring. B GL FIGURE 5.2 - WATER LEVEL PLACEMENT WEDGE \ PLACE ATANY POINfAR0eN0 HOME 'How to Use a Water I ever Unroll tubing: Position level where h Is to be used. Take care not to have kink In 8, step on it or lay anything on It... Check for air bubbles: To remove bubbles; lower valve below bottom of container and open. Close valve when bubbles are out... Container location: Located so valve can reach all areas of home. Build up container so waterline In valve end of tubing Is at the predetermined height support devices will be set... Leveling: Secure valve above determined height and open. Adjust device as needed. Close valve and move to next leveling location... User RV sohreld In cold weather... FIGURE 5.3 -CAREFULLY JACK THE X HALF' Level all support devices before lowering home. INSIDE I-BEAM UNTIL THE X HALF FLOOR EDGE IS ABOUT EVEN WITH THE U HALF FLOOR EDGE. Set-Up Manual -Page 16 im SUGGESTED TYP. ROLLER SYSTEM FIGURE 5.4 - ROOF RIDGE FASTENING (WIND ZONE 1) FIELD INSTALLED SHINGLES. (1) ROW EACH HALF RIDGEBFAMS FIGURE 5.5 - SHINGLE ROOF CLOSE-UP 4"x 16'x 30 GA. (.0120' MIN.) GALV. STRAPS FASTEN TO RAFTERS AT EACH END OF ROOF AND EVERY 4'-0' FASTEN WITH (4) 10d NAILS OR (4) 15 GA. X 7/16' X 2.1/2' STAPLES AT EACH END OF EACH STRAP INTO RAFTER. 1. INSTALL 15# FELT RIDGE CAP OVER PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED 4X 10 METAL STRAPS. RIDGE CAP SHINGLES ARE 36 X 12 CUT IN THREE SECTIONS, FASTEN WITH MINIMUM I" LG. GALV. FASTENERS, APPROX. (4) FASTENERS PER SHINGLE (APPROX 1Y WOE ) FIELD INSTALLED SHINGLES 15# FELT CAP (1)ROWEACHHAIF . 2. ADD TWO ROWS OF SHINGLES AS SHOWN BELOW OVER 15# FELT RIDGE CAP. 3. INSTALL RIDGE CAP SHINGLES ALONG THE ROOF PEAK AS SHOWN ABOVE BEGINNING AT EITHER. END OFTHE ROOF AND OVERLAP EACH PIECE APPROX. 8". SHINGLE FASTENING DETAIL V x 1'x 16 GA. (MIN) GALV. STAPLES 413 0.407 x 1"x 12 GA. (MIN) ROOFING NAILS (4 PER SHINGLE, MIN.) (D] WIND ZONE 1 (6 PER SHINGLE) (d1 WIND ZONE It AND III X=1'+/-1- Y =1' FROM END OF SHINGLE 7 = S 518' FROM EOGE OF SHINGLE FASTENERS ARE NOT TO BE ABOVE TAR STRIP OR BELOW RAIN SLOTS WHO ZONE I TYPICAL SHINGLE SFASTEHERS NANO ZONE II 6111 TYPICALSHINGLE 6-FASTENERS (OR FOLLOW INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON SHINGLE WRAPPER) NOTE: WHEN SHIPPING STRAPS ARE REMOVED FROM THE ROOF THE NAIL OR STAPLE HOLES MUST BE SEALED WITH A ROOFING CEMENT. LIFT THE SHINGLE TAB WHERE THE HOLE IS AND APPLY CEMENT ON THE UNDER SIDE OF THE FASTENER HOLE. Set-Up Manual - Page 17 rr <t,ti` I . FIGURE a.4 - TYPICAL FASTENING AT MARRIAGE WALL COLUMNS INTERIOR MARRIAGE WALL COLUMN SUPPORT STUDS (AT EACH END OF OPEN SPAN AREA) TOE NAIL TOGETHER WITH 16d NAILS 12' O.C. OR # 6 X 4' WOOD SCREWS AT 24' O.C. STAGGERED `- HOMECENTERLINE FIGURE 5.7 - FIELD APPLIED HORIZONTAL LAP SIDING FASTEN RIDGE CAP SHINGLES (SHIP LOOSE) ON TOP OF RIDGE VENT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. (SHIP LOOSE) FASTENING RIDGE VENT TO ROOF, NAIL TO SHINGLES EACH TRUSS W2' GALV. ALV. ROOFING NAILS. S, SHINGLES EACH SIDE. (SHIP LOOSE) f i DECKING (OPTIONAL) RIDGE VENT INSTALLATION INSTALL SIDING PER FOLLOWINO DEfANSATHgOUGH E ON PAGE I\ WINDOW OR FOLLO'NMANUFACIIIRERS WSTALATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLED _ YATNJRAR MOUND I PORCHUGHT VVITH DOOR WAIL ?.? LLED HOME RBAOVEiALLER TO INSTALLED CORNER TRIM TRANSIT CORNER INSTALLED TRIM I [Ell INSTALLED , DOUBLE-SECTION HOMES WITH HORIZONTAL LAP SIDING MAY BE SHIPPED WITH NO SIDING ON THE FRONT AND REAR END WALLS. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WOULD BE INSTALLED: DOORSAVINDOWS TRIMMED WITH J-RAIL; CORNER TRIM; AND COVER WITH PLASTIC SHEETING FOR TRANSIT. ALL SIDING, STARTER TRIM, FASTENERS AND VENTS WILL BE SHIPPED LOOSE IN THE HOME FOR INSTALLATION ON SET UP. HOME INSTALLER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION AFTER HOME IS SET UP. THIS WOULD INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ROOF VENTS, IF REQUIRED. Set-Up Manual - Page 18 FIGURE 5.7 (CONTINUED) LAP SIDING INSTALLATION INCORRECTLY CORRECTLY INCORRECTLY APPLIED APPLIED APPLICO DETAILA uelwL n MARKANGLE FOR CUT 25CRAP PIECES OF SIDING PATTERN FOR ANGLE DETAILC JTRIM V(APPROX) ?MIN. INVERTER J.TRM ALLPURPOSE TRIM DEraID DETAIL E FIGURE 5.8 CROSSOVER FURNACE DUCT INSTALLATION , ? Z VINY4 LAP-- DING Apply a 2" wide strip of duct tape at the marriage joint of the endwalls for the entire height of the walls. Apply the duct tape directly over the sheathing. The siding panels should be attached using 7/16 x 1 12' x 16 gauge galvanized steel or aluminum staples. (6d galvanized nails may also be used.) Staples should be driven so that there is a 1/32" Clearance between the siding and staple crown to allow some lateral movement. Fasten every 16" to each stud. See DetaK A for proper fastening. Snap the bottom course of siding into the starter strip and fasten to the wall. Leave a 1/4" space at comer posts and'J' channels around window and door openings to allow for expansion. Do not fasten within 4" of an accessory. Vertical butt joints in panels should overlap 1". Do not fasten the panel within 4" of the joint. Install vinyl, aluminum, fell or other suitable material for flashing at bottom comers of doors and windows per Detail E. Apply caulk around siding and light blocks, water faucets, or other small penetrations. Install successive courses similarly to the first. Butt joints in adjacent courses should be offset by at least 24". Joints in alternate courses should be aligned vertically (see Detail 8). Panels will have to be cut at headers and sills. A single panel should extend without joints across the width of the opening. When cutting a panel at a sill, measure the distance between the bottom of the opening and the top lock of the lower course, then deduct 1/4' (see Detail C.) Slide the cut panel into the under sill trim and install. Note that the undersill trim piece may have to be furred to maintain the proper pitch of the siding. Measure and cut the header panel in the same manner as indicated above. The top sections at the gable will need to be angle cut. Use two scrap pieces of siding to make a pattem (see Detail D). Interlock one piece with the siding panel below. Hold the other piece on top against the gable. Mark a tine on the bottom piece and wt. Use this piece as a pattern for cutting gable pieces. Install the gable pieces by interlocking with the lower course, sliding Into the gable'J' rail and fastening. DUCT CROSS4WER DUCT ADAPTER LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE DIRECTLY BELOW FURNACE. USE ADEQUATE DUCT SUPPORTS AT L EVERY IO FEET TO PREVENT GROUND CONTACT. (MIN. CLEARANCE TO GROUND TO BE 4•). OUCTADAPTER IV FLEXIBLE (INSULATED) CROSSOVER DUCT Wn.O PERM. MAX VAPOR BARRIER Set-Up Manual - Page 19 5.5. 5.5.1. 5.5.1.1. 5.5.1.2. 5.5.1.3 5.5.2. Tie down Requirements for Single and Multi Section Homes. Anchoring Instructions. After blocking and leveling, the installer should secure the home against the wind loads. The type of installation determines how this should be done, as follows: CAUTION: In order to avoid electrocution and the possibility of damage to underground services, prior to digging for the purpose of securing anchors, make sure that the location of underground electrical cables, gas lines, sewer lines, and water lines are clearly marked above ground. Number and location of anchors. Select the number and location of straps and anchors from the chart and diagram of Figure 5.9. Only listed and approved ground anchors capable of resisting at least the minimum loads given In the chart must be used. Installation of anchors. Tie down systems are designed using anchors with minimum working capacity of 3150 lbs. Installation of anchors (angle, stabilizer plates, type of soiling, ...) should be per anchor's installation instructions. Install the anchors at the locations selected from Figure 5.9 and 5.10 at wind zone 1 and figures 5.11. 5.12 and 5.13 at wind zones II and III. When connecting more than one strap to a single anchor, lining the shaft of each anchor between the two straps is recommended (refer to anchor's installation instruction.) Tie-down Instructions. Because high winds can occur anywhere, the home should be "tied down" to the ground in order to withstand sliding and/or overturning. See figure 5.9 and 5.10 for anchor and be down strap at wind zone I and-figure 5.11 through 5.13 for anchor and be down strap requirement at wind zone II and III. Vertical ties or straps positioned at studs are available as an optional item for additional stability in wind zone I (standard at wind zone II and III). When provided, attach to ground anchors with 3,1507E minimum rating. Severe climatic conditions. 5.5.2.1. Freezing climates. Be sure anchor augers are installed below the frost line. During period of frost heave, be prepared to adjust tension on the straps to take up slack. 5.5.2.2. Severe wind zones. Installing your home in any zone that requires greater wind-resisting capabilities than those for which it was designed is not recommended. (See data plate. 5.5.2.3. Flood-prone areas. Installation of our manufactured homes in flood prone areas are not recommended. Foundation considerations are discussed in section 4.4.1 and the FEMA document referenced in Paragraph 4.4.3. Unconventional anchorage and bedowns often are needed in designing and constructing the special elevated foundations that may be required in flood- prone areas. Consult a registered professional or structural engineer. 5.6, installation of on-site attached structures. Design all attached buildings and structures to support all of their own live and dead loads, and to have fire separation as required by state or local ordinances. 5.6.1. Attached garages. Attached garages must be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions and to all applicable local codes. They must be supported independently of the factory-built portion of the home. Electrical circuits in garages should be provided with ground fault interruption. 5.6.2. Porches. Site-constructed porches must be constructed and inspected according to applicable local building codes. They must be supported independently of the factory-built portion of the home. 5.6.3. steps, stairways and landings. Steps, stairways and landings must be constructed and inspected according to applicable local building codes. 5.6.4. Skirting. Skirting installed around the home must have non-closing vents located at or near each comer and as high as possible to cross-ventilate the entire space under the home. Vent free area must be equal to at least one square foot for every 150 square feet of the home's floor area, and this area must be further increased when insect screens, slats, etc. are used over the open vent area. In freezing climates, install skirting so as to accommodate 1-2 inches of frost heave uplift to prevent buckling of floors. Take care to insure that rainwater cannot be channeled or trapped between the skirting and siding, and that normal movement of siding is not restricted. Set-Up Manual - Page 20 FIGURE 5.9 WIND ZONE I TIE DOWN REQUIREMENTS MAXIMUM STRAP ANCHORMIN. ANCHOR METHOD WORKING SPACING CAPACITY ZONE I SINGLE STRAP 3150 LBS. 101-0' 2a SEE ABOVE CHART 2a O O O O 0 FRAME HIEMI - - O 0 o O O SWGLEWDE 20 MAXIMUM 0 0 O 0 0 - >RAMEWEAM . ANCHOR DOUBLEVVIDE No. Set-Up Manual - Page 21 FIGURE 5.10 -TIE DOWN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SINGLE AND DOUBLE SECTION HOMES ATWIND ZONE I PIERBLOCIONG APPROVED ME-DOWN MAIN WEW APPROVEDTIE-00'AN STRAPS APPROVEDTIE- DOMN STRAPS ANCHOR OO To 4r ANCHOR 'NO ADDRIOWLL STRAPS AT INSIDE I-BEAM LOCATIONS AREREOURED. HOME FLOOR CROSSMEIABER DOUSLEVADE ? ?3rrom A ANCHOR CENTERLINE BLOCKING FOR CLEAR SPANS HOME FLOOR -1 ANCHOR NOTE. FAME AND MARRIAGE WALL BLOCIONG INSTALLED WITH HOLES VERnOAL SEE TABLE 4.1 FOR T PIER CONSTRUCTION. N PIER PIER -0S SLOCIONG BLOCIONG. 30.TO67 FACTORY INSTALLED HURRICANE STRAPS EN PROVID DUE TO D ESIGN) TO BE TIED TO AN ANCHOR Wrni D X. 3150MM. PATING. ANCHOR 1. Other methods approved by local building authorities may be used. '?,? `?c' ::?!OIAN.`•' \?', gA'a1•s .. a?.``?. 2. Steel anchoring equipment exposed to the weather shall be protected with at least 0.30 oz. ?bfi???t?p rA1e fool of steel. 3. Anchoring equipment shall be capable of resisting an allowable load of 31509 and should be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect to resist these specified forces in accordance with testing procedures in ASTM standard specification D3593-91, standard specification for strapping gat steel and, seals. 4. Anchors should be certified for these conditions by a professional engineer, architect or a nationally recognized testing laboratory as to their resistance, based on the installed angle of diagonal tfe and/or vertical lie loading and angle of anchgr installation, and type of soil in which the anchor is to be installed. 5. Ground anchors should be Installed to their full depth and embedded below the frost line and be at least IT above the water table. 6. Tiiedowns must start no more than 7.0' from each end of unit (i.e. open end anchorage). Protection shall be provided at sharp comers where the anchoring system requires external straps or cables. In all cases, no exposed part of anchoring system shall protrude past edge of floor. Set-Up Manual - Page 22 FIGURE 5.11 - WIND ZONE 2 & 3 TIE DOWN INSTRUCTIONS SEE TABLE FOR MINIMUM & MAXIMUM HEIGHT (FOR PIER HEIGHT SUBTRACT THE HEIGHT OF HSEAM.) Hans Awr IIOn4EOa, C 7 C DETAIL'A \i A11Uwr 1B.q ]SUC/s9.1? Fig I F'? Tstrrlllil? q 1 le n HEIGHT l_ J ll.? ?l FROM GROUND rj j Ld L -IT GRADE ?I_J T. Tu_ - -GRADE _1 _ STRAP PLAGUE STRAPANGLE `I 237047(M NDZONEII A. 'ANCHOR 23T047@VVLNDZONEII 22TO51(MWINDZONEIII 22 TO51 O WNO ZONE III • ANCHOR TO BE RATED 315W TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS ANCHOR (INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS) SEE TABLE FOR MINIMUM 6 MAx0.1UM HEIGHT (FOR PIER. HEIGHT SUBTRACT THE HEIGHT OF1BEAM) HOME FLOIX1 HEIGHT FROM ROUND L _ I_IT GRADE T1_I __ - ../ STRAP ANGLE \.? ANCHOR' 237047 OVANO ZONE II 'ANCHOR` 22 TO 510 WIND ZONE III 'ANCHOR TO DE RATED 31 SON TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS (INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS). INSTALL HURRICNIE STRAPS (VERTICAL S DIAGONAL) PER DETAIL 'K ONLY AT AREAS WHERE ANCHOR& STRAP UISTALLATION DIRECTLY UNDER SIOEWALL IS NOT POSSIBLE Our TO CUT FLOOR AT ENDS (SKEWED CORNERS) OR RECESSED ENTRY AT SIDEWALL 1. Vertical ties are required in addition to frame tiedowns. Frame tiedowns and anchors are not supplied. 2. Steel anchoring equipment exposed to the weather shall be protected with at least 0.30 oz. of zinc per square foot of steel. 3. Anchoring equipment shall be capable of resisting an allowable load of 31507E and should be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect to resist these specified forces in accordance with testing procedures in ASTM standard specification D3593.91, standard specification for strapping flat steel and seals. 4. Anchors should be certified. for these conditions by a professional engineer, architect or a nationally recognized testing laboratory as to their resistance, based an the installed angle of diagonal tie and/or vertical tie loading and angle of anchor installation, and type of soil in which the anchor Is to be installed. 5. Ground anchors should be installed to their full depth, and embedded below the frost line and be at least 12' above the water table and 6. Tledowns must start no more than 2'-0' from each end of unit (i.e. open end anchorage). 7. Protection shall be provided at sharp comers where the WIDTH MIN. 6 MAX HEIGHT FROM GROUN ZONE 11 D -(SEE ABOVE) ZONE III anchoring system 8. In all cases no 1T 79112 OM SP 14'TOW 9%iWUMSP WA 791? BM SP it TO4z 9S1?DM SP WA , protrude past edge Design based0 9 1, Is- TO46' ITT03Y Ir TO57' ITTO41' . amaximum sidew 15' 21* To SP 17 TO 41' 17 TO 6T 12'TOW 16' 77'7054 14'7046' 217066' IT TO 52' 24' 1r TO 37 WA IT TO ]P WA 2B 17 T04T 12- TO 45' 17'70 Sr IT TO M. 30 IT TO 56' Ir TO 56' 1TTOiW IT TOW requires extemal straps or cables. exposed part of anchoring system shall of floor. n 75 1/2' or 99 112' I-beam sparing & all height of 7'-8'. Set-Up Manual - Page 23 FIGURE 5.12 -LONGITUDINAL TIE DOWN DETAIL /WWn 7nNF 2 AND 31 ' I f? I I \ AWNI-0EAM I 1 - i1 \- - I_ - ALTERNATE TIEOOWN II II STW-SEE BELOW R" 1M ? STANDARD ANCHOR INSTALLATION FRONTORREAR CROSSMEMBER LONGITUDINAL TIE CAB E DOYM L I 1 GROUNDANCHOR , 4- -- a AWNFBEAM NS 'ALTERNATIETIEDOWNSTRAP ``AYA q0itt T011?j1 I DOUBLENDE SEEBELOW E MAINWEAM ; POD(j\ST q :''fie`` N0.Fc 6MD - FWNFBEAM - =II= - -_ `* "• T'A' MP1N FEIEPM -:=. - - ? ' Aass?ONAL --i t-,- I- -\ A//////111111111111' )GATE ANCHOR BACK FROM ENO OF UNIT DISTANCE APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO IPPORTHEIGHT. EYEBOLT, NUT. WASHER NOTINCLUDEDA ?T aT7VIP FRONT Ofl HEAR IV I III vI ALTERNATE LONGITUDINAL TIE DOWN DETAIL LOCATE STRAP NOT MORE THAN V4' FROM FRONT OR REM ` INSIDE OF MJJN I-0EAMS CROSSMEMBER EDGE OF / SIDLIVAU. 1-{EDGE OF SOEWALL ; FRONTOfl OR REAROFUNIT M SINGLE rj AINFBEAM DOUBLE LONGITUDINAL•TIEDOWN STRAP J -p- WADE LOCATE ANCHOR BACK HOME GROUNDIEVE I FROM END OF UNITA FRONTORREAR DISTANCE UNDLEVEL CROSSMEMBER EL LAPPROXaMTELYEGUAL TO SUPPORT HEIGHT. I----- A-.------------------------ ----- Notes: B 1. Longitudinal tie-clowns, when required, are In addition to diagonal Ile-downs along the main beams. Locate anchor back from each end of house a distance approximately equal to the support height. 2. Ground anchors, straps, and cables (including eyebolts; nuts, etc.) shall be capable of resisting an ultimate load of 47251bs. (3150 lbs. design load). Install ground anchor in accordance with the anchor manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Anchor system subject to local inspection at time ofinstallation. 4. Other methods approved by local authorities having Jurisdiction may be used. Longitudinal tiedown requirements (home length given as box size, not including hitch): Singlewides: Wnd zone 2-homes less than 50' long, 2 tiedowns in front, 2 tiedowns in rear. Homes 50' or longer no tiedowns required. See note 1. Wnd zone 3-Install 2 tiedowns in front, 2 tiedowns in rear for all single & double wide homes. See note 1. Doublewides: Wind zone 2-homes less than 55' long, 2 tiedowns in front, 2 tiedowns in rear. Homes 53' or longer no tiedowns required. See note 1. Wind zone 3-inst2112 tiedowns in front, 2 tiedowns in rear for all single & double wide homes. See note 1. Set-Up Manual - Page 24 FIGURE 5.13 - ROOF RIDGEIFLOOR FASTENING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENTS FOR WIND ZONE 2 & 3 AT MARRIAGE WALLS _ k ANCHOR 12" i 12" 7 ANGLE (EACH WJF7 WHEN SPECIFIED IS ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF PIERAT COLUMN NOTE PGSRIONINa OF ANCHORS FROM EACH OTHER TO BE PER ANCHOR INSTRUCTIONS. ALT. #1 CENTERLINE STRAP DETAIL (SEE NOTE #2) Notes; ERIWE/exa'$CREW9 AT 0 318"x6"lag screws 2 AND rmcr OC (MA1q ATzoNE (Pre drill) 16" 6c zone 2 14" oc zone 3 (Staggered) GRADE M1 I I ?-H GRADE ANCHOR -SEE DETAILS BELOW mID IGLS (EA ({EA 1 ADE COLUMN STUD PLATE FA CTORY INSTALLED ST ' ' OW5 x 1.114 HU RRICANE STRAP .I FOR ION t ANE STRAP IRED ON EACH HALFAT BMIEANCHOR WSOr MB1 LO 'nON, BOTH ANCHOR STRAPS MAY CONNECT TO ONE DOUBLEHEADED ANCHOR COLT LTul RIM JOTS ANCHOR (l CENTERLINE STRAP DETAIL ONLY ONE SECTION OF ALT. #2 NOME IS SHOWN FOR CENTERLINE CLARITY. STRAP DETAIL (SEE NOTE #2) 1. Marriage wall anchors to be rated at 3150# minimum Capacity (47259 ultimate 2. Optional angles or 1.1/2' x 1.12' x 11 ga. (min.) steel angle with two (2) 7/16' dia. holes 314- minimum from each end and 2' to 3' between hole centers. Angle is lagged to centerline joist with (2) 3/8' x 3.112' lags. Maximum opening at Zone 2 for 1 set of angles = 23'-11' ; maximum opening at Zone 3 for 1 set of angles= 17'-8`, if optional angles are used, angles are required at all column locations. Set-Up Manual - Page 25 5.7 - PROTECTION OF WINDOWS & SLIDING GLASS DOORS BY HOME OWNER f' Exterior Siding Plywood as per window manufacturer specifications For homes designed to be located in Wind Zones II & 111, the homeowner should install shutters or equivalent covering devices. It is strongly recommended that the home be made ready to be equipped with these devices with the following recommended methods: are hold the a) Window clips - Certain windows may be provided with aluminum cli ndwhi the i sWcfined t attaching protective plywood in place. If your home is equipped with this type of the plywood and the clips will be shipped with your home. For plywood ood type and attachment f olll on the are instructions provided to you by the window manufacturer. if clip attachment and plywood p of this not provided, use table 5.1 below for plywood and the figure shown below for a typical application type of protective covering. wall Al b) Direct plywood attachment - If your home is not equipped. with previous types of protective window covering provisions, then the following instructions apply to your home. This type of wind storm protective window and door covering is plywood installed over the window and doors. Plywood to be bolted to the window frame with a 0.19" dia. bolt with 518" washer, and common nut The bolts are spaced 8' on center along the long sides of the window frame. Holes will have to,be predrilled into the window frame. Use plywood listed in table below for the application of this type of window covering. For doors, sliding glass doors and windows without flange, remove mounting screws hold the door or window frame to exterior wall. Place the required plywood (from table below) over the door or window framing and fasten the plywood and framing back into the wall studs through the same holes in the door or window frame. Use ft8x3" screws 8" o.c. for windows, and ft8x4" screws 6" o.c, for sliding glass doors. See figure 5.14 for a typical application of this type of protective covering. Set-Up Manual - Page 26 -See figure 5.14 ror woua uaouay ?? FIGURE 6.14- PROTECTION OF WINDOWS AND SLIDING DOORS BY HOMEOWNER 0 / PLwlooorAre/ OP/.M \ 7 X LUMBER \ PLYWOOD PER WINDOW SIZING CHART .010 CIA BOLT WI5AT WASHER S COMMON NUT. a B' O.G. MAx WIND ZONE II 6 6 OG MAX a NANO ZONE III. PLACE WASHER BETWEEN BOLT HEAD 81 x LUMBER WNDOWFRAME PLYWOOD FROM TABLE 5.1 (PAGE 24) 1 r LUMBER (ANY GRADE SPF( BB \ - I ` NAIL®GEACH ?IMFA EC ON x 4'BLW2Atl 2x4#2 SPF 16 O.C LAID FL1T(REOUIRED FOR 4e.6 ORIAAGER WNDOWS 0a x 317 VvOOD SCREWS a60.C. INTO RECEMNGMEMBER SEE NOTES BELOW DOOR SIZE SEE TABLE SI 08 x T WOOD SCREWS a 6' O.C. I?.Y Notes: 1) 31a- plywood spa rated exterior sheathing with 2010 span rating 2) Locate plywood seam over 2 x 4 member 3) Fasten plywood to 2 x framing members with full pva white glue 6d nails or #8 x 2' screws g 6- D.C. all around OCORFRAME WALL 1 STUDS /B x7 WOOD SCREWSa6 I O.C. ?l /I I WOG FARMING BOXOUT FORANY PROTRUSIONS ON DOOR aEQIK N AA ....r?!?1gs°? ?P: ?GtSTEgF • ;Bi e No. o '•. 60999119 Set-Up Manual - Page 27 6.1. 62. 6.3. Chapter 6 - Installation of optional Features _ Awnings and carports. Choose free-standing products with columns to support their weight. Accessory windows. Install accessory windows or components with the installation materials supplied, and follow the manufacturer's installation instructions. Miscellaneous lights and fixtures. NOTE: Circuits must be turned off to eliminate the risk of shock. 6.3.1. 6.3.2. FIGURE 6.1 -INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR LIGHTS Some exterior lights, ceiling fans and chain-hung fixtures may not yet be installed when the home is delivered. All of these fixtures must be grounded by a fixture-grounding screw or wire. For chain-hung fixtures, use both methods. When fixtures are mounted on combustible surfaces such as hardboard, instal) a non-combustible ring to completely cover the combustible surface exposed between the fixture canopy and the wiring outlet box. If siding has not been installed at a fixture location, remove the outlet box and install the siding with a hole for the outlet box. Then reinstall the outlet box and proceed as for other fixtures. Exterior lights. Remove the junction box covers and make wire-to-wire connections using wire nuts. Connect wires black to black, while to white and ground to ground. Caulk around the base of the light fixture to ensure water tight seal to the sidewall- Push the wires into the box and secure the light fixture to the junction box. Install the light bulb and attach to the globe. Refer to Figure 6.1(a). Ceiling fans. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions. To reduce the risk of injury, install ceiling fans with the trailing edges of the blades at least 64" above the floor (see manufacturers instructions). If no instructions are available, connect the wiring as shown in Figure 6.1(b) (max. 35# ceiling fan). r' oie vhe w(I M 1 _ J?B= Wro n,.t 6.3.3. Whole house ventilation. Your house v equipped with one of the following to introduce outdoo air to interior environment. A) Fresh air through furnace. (Philips-Ventline) How it works: When the furnace air circulator is ON, a negative pressure (suction) is created in the furnace plenum This suction draws in fresh air which is mixed with th, return air'from the room, and distributed through home duct system. The fresh air supply your may be energized at any time by switching the fuma , control (or thermostat control, if so equipped) ventilation. B) Fresh air by an exhaust fan. How it works: Inside air is exhausted outside by a mechanical fa allowing fresh air in through the louvered grill installed 1 exterior wall. Exhaust fan is operated by a manut switch. 6.4. Telephone and cable TV. INSTALLATION OF THE TELEPHONE AND RCABLI TELEVISION LINES MAY BE HAZARDOUS. The wall and floors of your manufactured home contain electric: circuits, plumbing and duct work. Avoid contact wit these home systems when drilling through and placin cables within these cavities. Only trained professional should handle such work. FAILURE TO FOLLO' THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOU• PERSONAL INJURY OR one procedure for ttelephoneEFigure crossover connections I D multi-section homes. FIGURE 6.2 -TELEPHONE WIRING FOR MULTI SECTION HOMES Wer. 1) Comes l i,W, red W red, Y. yeWx, and preenb 7) Co rot 0 `w?a"v.tKe, )wan mn Wires Ydo Ba = 1 pxm wim tlww 4?24 per. pass pe po,fon b mat rnrv+etlon Bo, GMUMW o _ Bottom G i. Comeon (fYP) Fe .. G wnd vhe a) Exterior Light Fixture b) Chain hung fixture or piling fan (35" max.) Set-Up Manual - page 28 7. Chapter 7 - Preparation of Appliances 7.1. Clothes dryer vent. Your clothes dryer must The home's electrical distribution panel may exhaust to the exterior of the home, or of any contain optional factory installed circuits (Figure perimeter skirting installed around it, through a 7.2) for air conditioning. The maximum full load moisture-lint exhaust system, as shown in Figure 7.1 amperes draw for the desired air conditioning IMPORTANT: DO NOT LET THE EXHAUST unit must not exceed the circuit rating shown. SYSTEM END UNDER THE HOME WHERE On the other hand, electrical circuits within the EXCESS MOISTURE OR FLAMMABLE MATERIAL home may NOT have been sized for additional CAN ACCUMULATE. Install a flex duct after the load or non-factory-installed air conditioning, home is set up at the site. Access for dryer vent is and a separate outside electrical supply may located under the home in bottom board at the dryer have to be provided. location (bottom board is taped and marked with paint Any field-installed wiring beyond the junction or colored tape for access). Hold the duct in place fused disconnect located include a must box with metal straps spaced 2' on center secured to the the condensing unit The sight within bottom of the floor joists or frame. Vent openings are maximum fuse size is marked on the located in either the wall or the floor. After the duct is condenser data plate. Local codes will installed, seal the openings, both inside and outside, determine the acceptability of the air Follow the dryer manufacturer's instructions for conditioning equipment, rating, location of installing the exhaust system. disconnect means, fuse type branch circuit If your home did NOT come equipped fora protection, and connections to the equipment gas dryer, remember that installing one "A" coil air • conditioning units must be requires substantial alteration to the home. compatible and listed for use with the furnaces You must provide gas supply piping and in the home. Follow the air conditioner adequate venting as specified by the gas manufacturer's instructions. dryer manufacturer. Only a trained and experienced person should install a gas dryer. If a remote (self-contained, packaged) air Cutting major structural elements (such as conditioner (cooling coil and blower located rafters or floor joist) to allow for gas dryer outside the home, Figure 7.3) is to be installation is not permissible. Home connected to the heating supply duct, install an manufacturer Is not responsible for any automatic damper between the furnace and the weakening of the home's structural home's air duct system, and another between soundness resulting from dryer installation. the remote unit and the home's air duct system. Secure the duct system leading from the NOTE: Some dryer manufacturers require to the home and'do not allow it to remote unit that metallic duct be connected to the dryer be lo the con touch the ground. Insulate ducts with material . and or si floor and vented through of thermal resistance (R) no less than 4, and a Comfort cooling systems. Only qualified 7 2 perm rating of not more than 1 perm. Connect . . personnel may install any comfort cooling system not the duct carrying air to the home to the main provided with the home. Follow the manufacturer's duct at a point where there are approximately installation instructions and conform to all local codes, as many registers forward of the connection as there are to the rear. Locate the return air duct 7.2.1. Air conditioners. The air distribution system in the center of the home. of this home has been designed for a central air Do not cut or damage floor joists. Return air conditioning system. Equipment you install must not and supply ducts are sized to fit between floor exceed the rating shown on the home's compliance joists. Replace insulation removed during the certificate. installation, and seal the bottom board around the duct connection. Set-Up Manual - Page 29 C i is i+ t: i Direct all condensation runoff away from the home by connecting a hose to the equipment runoff outlet or other means specified by the equipment manufacturer. 7.2.2. Heat Pumps. Install heat pumps according to the heat pump manufacturer's installation. 7.2.3. Evaporative coolers. Install a roof-mounted cooler following the manufacturer's instructions. 7.3. Fireplace chimneys and air inlets. Fireplaces require on-site installation of additional section(s) of approved, listed chimney pipe, a spark arrestor and a rain cap assembly. See Figure 7.4. 7.3.1. Minimum extensions above roof. To assure sufficient draft for proper operation, extend the finished chimney at least 3' above the highest point where it penetrates the roof and at least 2' higher than any building or other obstruction located within a horizontal distance of 10'. If the site has obstructions extending higher than the home's peak within 10' of the chimney, the installer may have to provide an additional section of chimney pipe if required by local codes. 7.3.2. Required components. The required components of a correctly-installed chimney are as shown in Figure 7.4. FIGURE 7.1 -DRYER EXHAUST SYSTEM CAUTION: INSTALLATION OF THE EXHAUST SYSTEM MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRYER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. CAUTION: THIS EXHAUST SYSTEM MUST NOT TERMINATE UNDER THE HOME. wMl piMw+Mod We nWdwLhd=W Set-Up Manual - Page 30 7.3.3. Assembly and sealing sequenc Assemble and seal your fireplace chimney accordance with the fireplace manufacture: instructions supplied with the home. Avc cutting any roof trusses or floor joists whc installing chimney pipes or combustion I intakes. Carefully seal all roof penetrations avoid leakage. Periodic inspections a1 resealing of all roof penetrations are required. 7.3.4. Combustion air duct inlets. Combustion I intake ducts end just below the bottom coverir of the floor. You must extend them to the outsic when your home has a basement or crawlspac These added ducts are not supplied, but may I purchased at your local hardware store. TI fireplace manufacturer's instructions for installir combustion air ducts are in the fireplace or wi the chimney parts. Do not allow the combustic air inlet to drop material from the hearth benea the home. Locate its inlet damper ab6i expected snow level, as shown in Figure 7.4. 7.4. Range, cook top and oven venting. If yo home is equipped with a combination rant (cook-top)Igrill or oven that contains its ov exhaust system, route the exhaust so that it dot not exhaust under the home. Connect flexib metallic duct between the elbow protruding fro the floor and the termination fitting, and support according to the manufacturer's installatic instructions. EOv hwdweq?pw FIGURE 7.2 - OPTIONAL FACTORY-INSTALLED AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUITS NOTE REFER TO REC. AND AIR CONDITIONING INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISTRIBUTION INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PRE M" UELOW UNE FIELD PROVIDED AND INSTALLED. ----FUSEDDISCONNECT UNCTION BOREMOTE CONDENSING UNIT QONDUIT FIGURE 7.3 - TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF SELF-CONTAINED OR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT Note: Electrical connections made to energize air-conditioning equipment should be made only by qualified personnel. The completed installation must conform to Article 440 of the National Electric Cade and applicable local Codes. When the electrical connection is made at the junction box, the field installation wiring beyond the junction box must incorporate a disconnect (sized in accordance with NEC article 440) located within sight of the condensing unit. The acceptability of all air-conditioning equipment and its installation are to be determined by the local inspection authorities. REMOTEAIR CONDITONING OR HEATING EQUIPMENT DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCT AIR CONDITIONING BE IN CONTACTVAnt THE - OR GROUND HEATING EQUIPMENT SINGLESECTION USE ADEQUATE DUCT SUPPORT AT LEAST EVERY 17 TO PREVENT GROUND CONTACT. MIiIMUM CLEARANCE TO GROUND TO O E 4•. DUCT DUCT AIR CONDITIONING OR ?. HEATINGEOUIPMerr FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT BE INCONTACT VAn1 THE GROUND MULTISECTIDN . Y Set-Up Manual - Page 31 FIGURE 7.4 - FIREPLACE CHIMNEY AND AIR INTAKE INSTALLATION ROUND-TOPASSEMDLY 7 F OOTMINMUM L RAIN CAP SPARKARRESTOR CHIMNEY CAP TRIPLE WALL PIPE STORM COLLAR FLASHING DAMPER FUWDLE CLOSED IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I In1 F OPEN MET DAMPER HANDLE Set-Up Manual - Page 32 PUSHDOWN STORM COLLAR OVER BASEMENT OR CRAWL SPACE INSTALLATION SHEARS F IT IS DIFFICULT TO MAKE FLASHING LAYFTATON ROOF CAUUONG SW ABOVE SNOW LEVE J 8. Chapter 8 - Utility System Connection and Testing 8.1. Proper procedures. Consult local, county or state authorities before connecting any utilities. Only qualified service personnel, familiar with local codes and licensed where required, should make utility connections and conduct tests. 8.2. Water supply. 8.2.1. Maximum supply pressure and reduction. The water systems of your home were designed for a maximum inlet pressure of 80 psi. If you are located in a. water district where the local water supply pressure exceeds 80 psi, install a pressure-reducing valve. 8.2.2. Connection procedures: 8.2.2.1. To supply mains. Connect the home's water system to the water source through the inlet located under the house, usually below the water heater compartment A tag on the side of the home marks its local on. 8.2.2.2. Remove the shipping caps from the crossover water line connectors, provided with the home, and install as shown (see figure 8.2). The connection is via a single 3/4 inch inlet beneath the home. A master shutoff full flow valve must be Installed in the water supply line adjacent to the home; this.valve should be a full port gate or ball valve with threaded or solder joints. After removing the aerators from all the faucets, open all the faucet valves. and allow the water to run for 15 minutes. This should remove any foreign particles left in the line that might cause an unpleasant taste or become lodged at faucet washers and cause dripping faucets. 8.2.3. Freezing protection. 8.2.3.1. Necessity. In areas subject to subfreezing temperatures; protect exposed sections of water supply piping, shutoff valves and pressure reducers, and pipes in water heater compartments with uninsulated doors, from freezing.' Otherwise, burst pipes and costly damage may result 8.2.3.2. Use of heat tapes. Heat tapes (either automatic or non-automatic) can protect exposed plumbing from freezing. USE ONLY HEAT TAPES LISTED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY FOR USE WITH MANUFACTURED HOMES, AND INSTALL THEM ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. Plug the 3-wire, grounded cordset of the heat tape into the outlet under the home near the water supply (Figure 8.1) FIGURE 8.1 TYPICAL WATER CONNECTION WRAP VATTI HEAT TAPE IF NECESSARY FOR LOCALFREEZING CONDITIONS. INSTALL HEATTAPEIN ACCOROANCEWTTH 1AANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. HEAT TAPE ISTO BE LISTED ORAPPROVED FOR MANUFACTURED HOME use TO HEAT TAPE RECEPTACLE UNDER HOME WARNINGI HEAT TAPE RECEPTICAL IS NOT GFCI PROTECTED. DO'NOT USE THIS OUTLET FOR ANY CONNECTION EXCEPT THE HEAT TAPE. - SIDERABS INSPECTION COVERS ALLOW CONNECTION TO BE MADE AND INSULATED AFTER THE TWO HALVES ARE SETUP AND BLOCICED INSULATION FIGURE 8.2 TYPICAL WATER LINE CROSSOVER CAUTION: !f freezing conditions exist, wrap water connector with insulation. Use water connectors supplied by manufacturer, where applicable.. 8.2.3.3. Freezing protection for unoccupied homes. If the home is to be left unheated in cold weather, drain the water lines and blow them clear with compressed air to prevent damage from freezing. 8.2.4. Testing procedures. Even though the water system was tested at the factory, it must be rechecked for leaks at the installation site. Close all water faucets, spigots and stool tank float valves, and use one of the following procedures: 8.2.4.1. Hydrostatic. Be sure the water heater tank is full of water. Pressurize the system with water at 100 psi, and then isolate it from the pressure source. The system must hold this pressure for at least 15 minutes without any loss. If the pressure falls off, re-pressurize the system and locate and correct leaks. MASTEn SHUT-0FF VALVE Set-Up Manual - Page 33 i 8.2.5. Anti-Siphon Frost-Proof Sill Cock (Faucet) - All 8.3.3. Crossovers. Connect multi-section home Materials Provided drain line crossovers as shown in Figure 8.6. 8.2.5.1. Locate area on home for installation of faucet. 8.3.4. Solvent welding procedures. The solvent 8.2.5.2. Remove access panel, cover, etc, underside of cement used to connect drain lines must be home at this location compatible with the pipe installed in the home. 8.2.5.3. Place putty tape material to back side of faucet Follow the manufacturers instructions on the container. (between mounting flange of faucet and home). 8.2.5.4. Position siding wedge between faucet and side of 8.3.5. Protection from freezing. Fittings in the home. drainage system subject to freezing, such as 8.2.5.5. Insert shaft of faucet through hole provided in side P-traps in the floor have been insulated. Replace this insulation if removed during of home from outside. assembly or testing. Insulate drain lines 8.2.5.6. Position faucet so the outside spout is pointing installed below the bottom board in areas down and in a slightly downward angle to the subject to freezing as shown in Figure 8.7. If outside (so it will drain property). the home is to be left unheated in cold . 8.2.5.7. Secure faucet to side of home with two (2) #8 or weather, pour an approved antifreeze Into P- #10 wood screws (provided). Make sure that putty traps at all fixtures and stools. tape is between faucet mounting flange and side of 8.3.6. Flood level test procedure. You must home to provide weatherproof installation. conduct a flood level test on the completed 8.2.5.8. Remove plug from end of factory installed tubing. drainage system before connecting it to'the 8.2.5.9. Thread on end of factory installed tubing to end of site sewer. With the home in a level position, faucet tightly. all fixtures connected, and all tub and shower drains plugged, connect the drainage piping 8.2.5.10.Pressure the system with water at 100 PSI and system to the site water inlet and fill the hold for 15 minutes. Check field installed system with water to the rim of the toilet bowl connection at exterior faucet through a higher fixture. Release all trapped 8.2.5.11 .If pressure falls off, re-pressurize the system and air. Allow the system to stand at least 15 locate and correct leaks. minutes. Check for leaks, Drain the system. Replace access panel, cover etc. making sure the Plug all fixtures, sinks, showers and tubs and , insulation is positioned between faucet/tubing and fill with water. Release the water in each access panel cover. fixture simultaneously to obtain the maximum possible flow in drain piping. Check all P-traps 8.3. Drainage system. and the drain system for possible leaks. 8.3.1. Assembly and support. If portions of the drainage Repair any leaks and retest. system were not installed at the factory, all 6.4. Gas supply materials and diagrams required to complete it have 8.4.1. Tyne of gas system fumished with home. been shipped as loose items in the home. All gas appliances in this home, including the Assemble the drainage system following these heating system, are equipped for natural gas. specific instructions and diagrams. Start at the If LP-gas is to be used as the gas supply most remote end and work toward the outlet, instead, a qualified service person must supporting the piping with temporary blocking to convert the appliances to LP gas following the achieve the proper slope (see Paragraph 8.3.2). instructions provided by each appliance When the entire system has been completed, install manufacturer. permanent drain line supports at 4' on center, as shown in Figure 8.3. 8.42. Proper supply pressure. THE GAS PIPING 8.3.2. Proper slopes and connector sizes. Drain lines SYSTEM IN YOUR HOME HAS BEEN must slope at least 1/4" fall per foot of run unless DESIGNED FOR A. PRESSURE NOT TO otherwise noted on the schematic diagram (see EXCEED 14" OF WATER COLUMN (8 OZ. Figure 8.4). OR 1/2 PSI). IF GAS FROM ANY SUPPLY Exception, 1/8" fall per foot is allowed when a SOURCE EXCEEDS, OR MAY EXCEED cleanout is installed at the upper end of the run. THIS PRESSURE, YOU MUST INSTALL A Connect the main drain line to the site sewer PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE. To operate hookup using an approved elastomer coupler gas appliances safely and efficiently, do not (Figure 8.5). exceed the design pressure limitations. For Set-Up Manual - Page 34 11. natural gas systems, the incoming gas 8.4.7 pressure should remain between 6" and 8" of water column. For LPG systems, the pressure should lie between 12" and 14" of water column. 8.4.3. Orifcing for specific gases. SPECIAL ORIFICES AND REGULATORS ARE REQUIRED FOR EACH KIND OF GAS AND AT ALTITUDES ABOVE 3,000 FEET. SEE THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING EACH GAS-BURNING' APPLIANCE FOR MODIFICATION'INSTRUCTIONS. BEFORE MAKING 8.5. ANY CONNECTIONS TO THE SITE SUPPLY, CHECK THE INLET ORIFICES OF ALL GAS APPLIANCES TO ENSURE THEY ARE CORRECTLY SET UP FOR THE TYPE OF GAS TO BE SUPPLIED. 8.4.4. Crossovers. Install the gas line crossover in multi- section homes as shown in Figure 8.8 before performing any system tests or connecting the system to the gas supply. All crossovers and fillings must be listed for manufactured housing exterior use and be properly sized. Do not use tools to connect or remove the fieAble connector quick disconnect. Flex connector with shut off valve when used must be listed for outside use. Shut off valve (nondisplaceable rotor type) must conform to ANSI Z.21.15 -1992. 8.4.5. Testing prior to connection to mains. Even though the gas system was tested at the factory, it is essential that it be rechecked for leaks at the site. DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE IN EXCESS OF THOSE SPECIFIED BELOW OR YOU MAY DAMAGE GAS VALVES AND/OR PRESSURE REGULATORS. Conduct one of the following two tests when the air and piping temperatures are nearly equal and will remain stable. 8.4.5.1. Test of gas appliance connections. Close all gas equipment controls and pilot light valves according to the Individual gas equipment manufacturer's instructions. Assure that gas shut-off valves for all gas equipment are in the OPEN position. Attach a pressure gauge calibrated in ounces at the home gas inlet Pressurize the system with air to at least 6 oz. and no more than 8 oz. Check all gas shutoff valves and flex line connections to valves and appliances for leaks, using soapy water or bubble solution. DO NOT BUBBLE CHECK BRASS FITTINGS WITH SOLUTIONS CONTAINING AMMONIA. Repair any leaks found and retest. Close all equipment shutoff valves upon completion of testing. 8.4.6. Connection procedures. Inspect gas appliance vents to ensure they have been connected to the appliance and make sure that roof jacks are installed and have not came loose during transit. Have the gas system connected to the gas supply only by an authorized representative of the gas company. 8.6. 8.6.1. Gas appliance start up procedures. One at a time, open each equipment shut-off valve. Light pilots and adjust burners according to each appliance manufacturer's instructions. MAKE SURE THE WATER HEATER IS FILLED WITH WATER BEFORE LIGHTING ITS PILOT. Check the operation of the furnace and water heater thermostats and set them to the desired temperatures. Heating oil systems. Homes equipped with oil burning furnaces must have their oil supply tankage and piping installed on site. These items are not supplied with your home. Consult the oil fumace manufacturer's instructions for proper pipe sizing and installation procedures. ALL OIL STORAGE TANK AND PIPING INSTALLATIONS MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL REGULATIONS AND SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY EXPERIENCED QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. Electricity. A large enough power supply must be available at the site. 'An inadequate power supply may result in improper operation of, and possible damage to, motors and appliances. It may .also increase your electricity costs. The current rating in amperes of your home can be found on the tag located outside next to the feeder or service entrance and also on the electrical distribution panel. . Description and rating of housing wiring. Your home is designed for connection to an electrical wiring system rated at 120/240 volt AC. PROPER AND SAFE CONNECTION DEPENDS ON THE TYPE OF SUPPLY SYSTEM YOUR HOME IS EQUIPPED WITH. The connection to this home requires feeder wiring at the site. The following paragraphs describe the wiring and grounding of electrical feeders; if your home is equipped with a service meter base, skip directly to section 6.6.4.4. Proper feeder wiring and junction box material and size. The main breaker and the label on the electrical distribution panel give the feeder current capacity and amperes. Using this information, determine the required feeder size from the tables at figures 8.9 and 8.10. These sizes are based on an ambient temperature of 86°F and do not take voltage drop into consideration. Set-Up Manual - Page 35 8.6.1.1. Overhead Feeders. Homes equipped with overhead through the home's hitch caster will not satisfy ortant grounding requirement. NEVER the im (mast weatherhead) feeder entrances contain all p USE THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR .OF THE necessary conduit to the electrical distribution panel. FEEDER CABLE AS A GROUND WIRE. DO However, you must install feeder conductors (not NOT GROUND THE NEUTRAL BAR IN THE provided) on site. Refer to Figure 8.9. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL. 8.6.1.2. Underside feeders. Homes with an under-the-floor come with a permanentlyatiached conduit t 8.6.3. Connection methods. Connections should trician l rance en t runs from the electrical distribution panel th . ec be made only by a qualified e or a raceway to a point under the floor. Install an approved conduit Connect homes equipped for 100 amp eater service by one of the three following panel to a point under the floor. Install an approved gr ethods conduit fitting or junction box at the termination point . m Refer to Figure 810. 3.1. A feeder cord. Your home may be equipped 8 6 . . with a permanently-connected 50 amp feeder 8.62. Grounding of homes with feeder connections. cord stored in a compartment under the floor. 6.2.1 8 . Necessity. The home must be grounded property to if so, it is ready to be plugged into a 5 amp, 3- . protect the occupants. The only safe and approved pole, 4-wire, 120/240 volt grounding service method to ground your feeder-connected home is receptacle after electrical tests have been through the grounding bar in the electrical distribution completed (see 8.6.6). WARNING: MANY panel. This bar grounds all noncurrent-carrying metal HOMES ARE EQUIPPED FOR 100 AMP OR parts of the electrical system at a single point GREATER SERVICE. UNLESS YOUR 8.6.2.2. Procedure. The ground conductor of the power HOME IS EQUIPPED FOR ANY 50 AMP DO NOT ATTEMPT TO USE A E supply feeder cable connects the grounding bar to a , SERVIC 'PIGTAIL' good electrical ground. Follow the feeder connection FEEDER CORD OR procedures described in 8.6.4.1,•- 8.6.4.2, or-8.6.4.3 to CONNECTION. achieve proper grounding. Mast weatherhead feeder. The routing, ection and support of the service drop must Insulate the grounded circuit conductor (neutral or conn meet local codes. Homes equipped this way white wire) from the grounding conductors (green contain all necessary conduit to the electrical wires) and from equipment enclosures and other distribution panel. However, feeder conductors grounded parts. Insulate neutral circuit terminals in the s (not provided) must be installed on site in distribution panel board - and in ranges, clothe accordance with Figure 8.9. If the masthead is dryers, and counter-mounted cooking units - from the located above the roof overhang, allow a minimum equipment enclosure. Bonding screws, straps or B' clearance above all roof points the conductors buses in the distribution panel board or in appliances There are two exceptions to this rule: over. pass should have been removed and discarded at the clearance may be reduced to 3' if ) vertical be The manufacturing facility. (Bonding screws, straps, etc. in and 4 in 12; and 2) a minimum slope has roof the appliances must be removed on appliances to be n clearance may be reduced to 18" The vertical r installed by persons other than the manufacturer.) You service drop conductors pass 4' than more s may provide the required continuity of ground between roof overhang, and if they terminate at above the sections of multi-sect on homes by bolting outriggers through-the-roof raceway or approved support A together. When the outriggers other overlapping minimum clearance must also be provided from etheon metal joints of adjoining f are not bolted together on the final grade to the service-drop conductors. houses with shingle rooofs s and non-metallic siding, This measurement may vary from 10' to 18' ground wire connection between the chassis. install depending on the types of traffic anticipated below o This bonding connection is commonly made with #8 the service drop (refer to the National Electric tive approved positive other wire AWG bare copper Code). Unless impractical, locate service heads using (Figure 8. parts between connection above the point of attachment of the service-drop approved grounding lugs with bolts, star washers and conductors and make them rain-tight. If individual nuts, or self-tapping screws that are shipped with the conductors do not extend downward, forth drip home. loops. 8.6.2.3. Unacceptable methods of grounding homes. Grounding to a rod, a water pipe, or Set-Up Manual - Page 36 I . FIGURE 8.3 - DRAINPIPE SUPPORT METHODS T"160 raJ1 WoM Imt na Two 16dda 16d ne Ms*nmd2 x 3*xhk W 4Wadxed or eklnixan nrPP a? TwP Gx Zk 7116a 2?na1 xapba anal eM (f ivtf 1W WS t6drwWS la I Ikon Plea k.TJW xnEer T. 16drob Nodoor bial Mkinun a 2x3YCh olanPVa k bar (2) 10drwhor7116x C2) IC In far 2S x 16 W abplu 7116x25 x 16 pa. abpka esN ass MkOrrm a2 x 3-im km GaNantoay Whsiradar akmkxm akgr akmkaxn strap FIGURE 8.4 - DRAINAGE SLOPES AND CONNECTIONS Main alPdarry sl?bvkq tx4 FIGURE 8.5 CONNECTION TO SITE SEWER Word nnolmw sm ftgp d .1 WW rotas 0 P Flold4mtallaa, aIPPa 1M Inch per foot a To- TOW cmro mPk_ e (diga(na P1pP6ed M do a1 mwft m d AMMMdukmarOMOW Slbaaw+rhookaP Note: Fittings in the drainage system that are subject to freezing, such as P-traps in the floor, have been protected with insulation by the manufacturer. Insulation must be replaced if it is removed to gain access to the P-trap. Set-Up Manual - Peg ) i f 1? 11 . FIGURE 8.6 - DRAIN LINE CROSSOVER CONNECTION T? HOME So" 114 nN wfwt FIGURE 8.7 - DRAIN LINE FREEZE PROTECTION Cap"chon Swpolt aVep mmmmtm of 4• fool ntela4 SInEB.p Fla Iom' -n TT "I I I See Detag 8 See DeW A InsubteA Onn Lne FLeam `FU JoISt \ Suppon :Q ~? ?= \L: YIUJe4an ????\`\ ABS Onnfro RJ DETAILA DETAILB ABS Dnn Lne FIGURE 8.8 TYPICAL GAS LINE CROSSOVER Supp5ad wnovee flax Y (pglxy Woo! um stew f.r outooorms) emove NOT 4R xfpe opa4tliq n ? F? ? StppWY ,off veto(ccdpmap to ANS@1.15-1992m 61tf op Wgwvat) Suppf acs fla[im (papoM lwf wo sow fwouleaa/ws) NOTE: R.mwe wft cans bola. cp ., ? 'f I ? ??`imu?LM?em Fla , t amm5iff-?mw SW 1I .Y31ee %u=D METEERF pu[It cl m Set-Up Manual - Page 38 t .r Flocaicnl toadaL_B?utilit?5fi?1e?C9.Onastl9n NOTE: Parial box is wired with the grounding system insulated from the neutral system. Connect the grounding through a properly sized green-colored insulated conductor to the service -entrance equipment (meter base) located on or adjacent to the home. Do not use a 3 wire feeder system that does not connect to the ground bar. To service White - Neutral entrance Black - Power (Meter base Black or red - Power Green - ground Clamp - type service head. Ground to metal frame Electrical feeder sizing Main Junction in. size raceway Feeder conductors breaker Box Conduit diameter Copper conductors / sizes Aluminum conductors / sizes size in min. with with panel size Copper Aluminum bleck/red White Green black Jred White Green box: (Inches) conductors conductors IPawerl (Neutral) tarounding) (Power) (Neutral) (Grounding) 100 amp. 1Ox1 Ox4 1.25 ' 1.5 " #4 94 #8 #2 #2 #6 125 amp. 10x12x4 1.5 ' 2 " 02 #2 #6 9110 #110 #6 150 amv, 1012x4 x 1.5 " 2 " #1 #1 #6 #210 #210 #4 200 amp. x12x4 12 2 " 2 " .#2/0 #1 #6 #410 #210 #4 Color coded conductor- red, black, white & green. Roof line. FIGURE 8.9 TYPICAL OVERHEAD FEEDER ASSEMBLY Bushing b others. Junction box, if required by othi $to above chart for min. size Color coded v, distribution or others. Bushing by others. FIGURE 8.10 TYPICAL UNDERSIDE FEEDER ASSEMBLY Set-Up Manual - Page 39 CAUTION: Be sure to connect double - section chassis together with bonding wire and lug. Connect wire with screw terminal on each end to frame parts on each half of the double - section home. Else. raceway Connect wires of same color together with approved connectors, or hocked up direct. Flex electrical conduit with Color-Coded wires by others. 1i M Is u, "i 8.6.3.2. Underside junction box feeder. A raceway from the main panel board to the underside of the home allows for installing an approved junction box or fitting, which must be used to connect it to the supply raceway (see figures 8.10 and 8.12). Install properly- sized conductors from the main power supply to the panel board. Refer to Figure 8.10 for conductors and junction box requirements. The homeowner or installer must provide the supply connection including the feeder conductors, junction box and raceway connectors. Protect conductors emerging from the ground from a minimum 18" below grade to 8' above grade, or to the point of entrance to the home. The distance measured from the top surface of a buried cable, conduit or raceway to the finished grade must meet minimum burial requirements outlined in the National Electric Code. Use a moisture-proof bushing at the end-of the conduit from which the buried cable emerges. 8.6.3.3. Service equipment meter base. Either an overhead or underground entrance may be provided. The exterior equipment and enclosure must be weatherproof, and conductors must be suitable for use in wet locations. When a meter is provided on the home, connect the neutral (white) conductor to the system grounding (green) conductor on the supply side of the main disconnect Refer to Figure 8.13 for typical meter base installation and on method of grounding the service equipment The homeowner must provide the grounding electrode conductor(s). The grounding electrode shall be an 8' length of 1/2" diameter copper rod or 3/4" galvanized steel pipe. Drive it into the ground at least 12" below the surface and 2' from the foundation, or bury it horizontally in a 2 1/2' deep trench. Connect the grounding conductor wire to the grounding electrode with a grounding clamp. For added protection, homes with metal frames or siding should be connected to earth by means of an additional bonding wire to underground metallic water pipes, ground rings, additional ground rods, etc. to prevent buildup of hazardous voltages. 8.6.4. Crossover connections. Refer to Figure 8.14 for typical crossover wiring connections, for multi- section homes (located along the centerline between sections). Crossover locations can be distinguished by metal junction boxes or access cover panels. Remove these panels and connect the enclosed wires as illustrated. Some crossover connectors plug together and do not require junction boxes. 8.6.5. System test procedures and equipment. 8.6.5.1. Pre-connection tests. Conduct both of the following tests before any electrical power is supplied to the home. 8.6.5.1.1. Circuit conductor continuity. Conduct a continuity test by placing all branch circuit breakers and switches controlling individual outlets in the "on" position. The test should give no evidence of a connection between any of the supply conductors (including the neutral) and the grounding circuit. You may use a flashlight continuity tester. 8.6.5.1.2. Grounding continuity. Using a continuity tester, test all noncurrent-carrying metal parts to assure continuity to ground. The parts to be checked include: appliance enclosures, including fans; fixture enclosures and canopies; metal siding and roofs; metal water supply and gas lines; metal ducts (except foil-covered insulated ducts); and the home's frame.On multi-section units, perform this test only after completing all electrical and bonding connections between the units. NOTE: Groundino is not required go the metal inlet of a plastic water system nr on plumbing Mures surtias tubs faucets shower risers earl metal sinks when they arg connected only to plastic water and drain oloi0g. 8.6.5.2. Post-connection tests. Conduct the following three tests after turning on the main circuit breaker and each u.dividual circuit breaker. CAUTION: Allow the water heater to fill completely hefnre activating the water heater rirc"uit. Failure to do Pvenr nor cpverea uy i e wo n 8.6.5.2.1. Polarity and grounding of receptacles. With receptacle and lighting circuits energized, check the polarity and grounding of each 120-volt receptacle and light socket using a polarity tester capable of determining an incorrect wiring configuration. A conversion device maybe required to test various fixture bulb sizes and outlet configurations. Investigate any indication of reversed polarity, open grounds or shorts and correct it. 8.6.5.2.2. Ground Fault Circuit Interruption (GFCI). Make certain that all receptacles requiring GFCI protection are- in fact on the correct circuit(s). Check each ground fault circuit interrupter device by pushing the test button to determine if the power route to all receptacles requiring GFCI protection has been interrupted, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Replace any GFCI that does not operate properly. 8.6.5.2.3. Operational checks. Check all light fixtures by placing a bulb in the socket and turning the switch on and off. Using a pigtail light, check all 240 volt receptacles to determine of both legs of the circuit are powered. Check all 120 volt receptacles to be sure that each is operational. Switched receptacles require the switch to be turned on and off. It is not necessary to check appliances, but their power sources must be assured. Failure of electrical wiring or fixtures requires repair and re-testing. Set-Up Manual - Page 40 FIGURE 8.11 - MULTI-SECTION FRAME BONDING FRAME PART HA LF F X 7-: GROUND CLAMP / 'MTHSCREVV GROUND LMRE SHOULD 8E THE SAME USED ON PANEL BOX MAIN PANEL -GROUND 0 MAIN PANEL ELECTRODE OLECT ORODE DE E%TETtlOR METERI PANEL 80%COMBINATON ELECT OVMMUHAOENTRANCE ENO a.ROlNO ER DRANCE FIGURE 8.12 - TYPICAL UNDER CHASSIS FEED CONNECTIONS 0 FLOOR C A. FLEX CONDUIT C. FEECERNBOX TORS A C. RACEW BOX E. CONDUIT CONNECTOR a F. APPROVED ELECTRICAI. CONNECTORS Jh? 0. ULSUTATED SUBHWG FIGURE 8.13 - TYPICAL METER BASE INSTALLATIONS AND GROUNDING O BRANCH \ CIRCUIT METER BASE MAIN F, DISCONNECT L u 3A MAIN PANEL ENCLOSURE AINPER GROUND BUS I OAR CHASSIS BONDING WARE GROUNDING LUG ON CHASSIS TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SERVICE-DROP CONDUCTOR CLEARANCES AND ATTACHMENT SERVICE SWILL BE PER NEC 27624 AND ENTRY BONDEDTO ENCLOSURE / METER C BASE NEURAL BUS BAR CONOUITOR CABLE SERVICE GROUNOINGELECTROOE Set-Up Manual - Page 41 MAIN PANEL METER SEANCE /( y i A BASE HEAD d ll STRAP CONOUR y GROUNDING ELECTRODE ENTRANCE OELON ROOF LINE ?.T o FLOOR i I FIGURE 8.14 - ELECTRICAL CROSSOVERS ,zw crauE r W1Ne Blew Ca ws fn ei$UWM purl Pm; u mmm h pnclwl 2 CRlLI raMWm. wM IwVhfw=ss hAndm boa Juclbn8ov Jurlimbox BOB ED FIWUm IIHpPW bou fafoldlmuuS00 Caredanf=cfist NionpmwI bouE Iumileodhke imlo+ NM a wtblabrunt. wits,wllf . bnpllHaeoleaveroabG elxYo bae eaeu purl JurlbnBm 62 OeEO}siA Ia NM Mbb -/ ?? Imel"eprdec4aasbppeC baola freUSe,eYe,m T 1r leP W;M I3 screw! WbId. T '0be erm-S'as'peileC W an pa»IS- WMEs. IN FLOOR -ALTERNATE A (SIDE VIEW) IN FLOOR -ALTERNATE B (SIDE VIEW) (PERIMETER TYPE FRAME) THIS NOME MAY BE SHIPPED WITH ONE OR MORE PLUG-IN CONNECTORS. THESE CONNECTORS ARE TO BE SNAPPED TOGETHER ON SETUP. CONNECTORS WILL BE COLOR. CODED AND/OR TAGGED TO PREVENT NIXING OF CIRCUITS Fba DeWq I IN WALL - ALTERNATE CONNECTORS FROM DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARD TERMINATED INJUNCTION NM CABLE FOR BRANCH CIRCUr WITH SUFFICIENT LENGTH FI CROSSOVER COILED ABOVE ACCE PAN CABLE JUNCTION BOX ?. ----------------- ACCESS T T ACCEBB PANELS FASTENED TO FRAMING WITH SCREWS. NARDS'EIEC ACCESS' PAINTED ON PANELS. THE CONNECTORS ARE INTENDED FOR FACTORY OR ON.SRE INTERCONNECTION OF MODULES OR OTHER BUILDING COMPONENTS. THEY MAY BE CONCEALED OR SURFACEMOUNTED AS DESCRIBED IN ARTICLES 54&13. 550.10(1( AND 551-1G(A) OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE Set-Up Manual - Page 42 FIGURE 8.14 - TYPICAL ELECTRIC CROSSOVERS ncwm THE WIRES ARE COILED UP UNDER THE SHIPPING SEAL. BEFORE THE UNITS ARE _ t PULLED TOGETHER PLACE THE WIRES FROM'U' HALF INTO JUNCTION BOX ON'X' HALF. VNRES WILL BE COLOR CODED AND/OR TAGGED TO PREVENT MIXING OF CIRCUITS. MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS wf0 tg AFTER UNITS ARE PULLED TOGETHER. ?Sa?ann \ Fm-&Tmo wan ALTERNATE ELECTRIC CROSSOVER • CONNECT THE FLEX CONDUIT TO THE JUNCTION BOX ON THE'X'HALF. THEN MAKE THE WIRE CONNECTIONS USING APPROVED WIRE CONNECTORS. WIRES WILL BE COLOR CODED ANDIOR TAGGED TO PREVENT MIXING OF CIRCUITS FIMI Cmdud(I1 aapowdnant W W;WV Grtad)' - THIS HOME MAY BE SHIPPED WITH ONE OR MORE PLUG-IN CONNECTORS. THESE CONNECTORS ARE TO BE SNAPPED TOGETHER ON SET-UP. CONENCTORSWILL BE COLOR-CODED AND/OR TAGGED TO PREVENT MIXING OF CIRCUITS. THE CONNECTORS ARE INTENDED FOR FACTORY OR ON-SITE INTERCONNECTION OF MODULES OR OTHER BUILDING COMPONENTS. THEY MAY BE CONCEALED OR SURFACE-MOUNTED AS DESCRIBED IN ARTICLES 545.13, 550.10(1) AND 551-16(0) OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. Maw Atrtbn ® ® Bm? Set-Up Manual - Page 43 Make a final inspection when home installation is complete to make sure that no items have been overlooked and that all work was done properly. Place special emphasis on the following "checklist" items. 9,1. Water and drain systems. All water and drain systems work property and do not leak. Appliance function and operation. have been tested and work property. Windows, doors and drawers. doors and drawers work properly. Exit windows. One window in each bedroom is designated as a secondary exit to be used in case of emergency. Each exit window is labeled as such with operating instructions. All shipping hardware should be removed, and the window should operate as explained in the window manufacturer's instructions. Exterior siding and trim. No gaps, voids or missing fasteners and all seams are sealed. Stack heads and vent pipe flashings on roof. All stack head or vent pipe flashings are property attached and sealed. Composition roof. Shingles are properly attached, none are loose or missing, and all holes are filled. Low-hanging trees and bushes. If there are any low-hanging trees or bushes near your home, trim or cut them. Think about the plants' possible movement during windy conditions or under snow or ice loads in limiting their future growth. Exhaust fan operation and air flow. Check all exhaust tans for proper operation and air flow. Bottom board. Carefully inspect the bottom covering of the home for loosening or tears from installation of pipes or wires. Seal openings around the floor perimeter, pipes or pipe hangers and splits or tears with weather-resistant tape. Ground cover. Repair ground cover with tape. Anchors and straps. Be sure the correct number of anchors have been installed at the proper angle, and that all straps have been tightened. Interior details. Inspect for, and correct, all interior finishing details, such as loose molding, carpet seams, etc. The retailer's representative should inspect the home with the homeowner, give the homeowner a copy of the Homeowner's Manual, and brief the homeowner about maintaining the home. 1o. Chapter 10 - Relocating the Hiome 10.1. Relocation of home. If it is necessary to move your home, have it moved by a professional manufactured home mover, make sure he uses enough temporary wood blocking, and check the following items: 10.1.1. New Zones. Check the roof and wind load and the temperature requirements at the new location. If the new requirements are greater than those shown on your home's compliance certificate, check the cost of adapting the home before moving. Otherwise any resulting damages will not be covered under your warranty, and you may be held liable for any failures. Check with home's plant of manufacturing, your retailer, or a qualified manufactured home mover about making these home improvements. 10.1.2. Tires and axles. Replace any removed tires or axles as required by the manufacturer. Be sure that tires are inflated correctly, have at least 1/16" tread, and do not have any cracks or splits. Check and repair bearings and brakes as necessary. 10.1.3. Appliances. Secure appliances to prevent movement during transportation. 10.1.4. Dust caps. Place dust caps on the ends of all pipe connections. 10.1.5. Blocking during storage. Any home placed in storage, including those on sales lots, must be immediately blocked under each I-beam, both at the rear of the home and midway between axles and hitch, to prevent excessive deflection and possible structural damage. i i' I .F. i 10.1.6. Transit of furniture and belongings. Substantial damage may result if furniture, personal belongings, ' set-up materials or other items are stored in the home during transit. TRANSIT DAMAGE IS NOT COVERED UNDER YOUR WARRANTY, I 10.1.7. Multi-section homes. Re-Install temporary structural supports and bracing materials before moving the home. Cover open sides of sections with weather-proof material such as 6 mil plastic sheeting. After the sections have been separated, secure 2" x 6" shipping braces at the front end and in the axle area. Place ridge beam supports in open areas or at a maximum of 4' on center. Set-Up Manual - Page 44 J V LINBEIRTY Corporate Office: P.O. Box 35 Goshen, Indiana 46527-0035 \1 /I 0 I? t 1993 F:ie /0eev/ AV 7le.4rf. ORDINANCE NO. H-1 9 AN ORDINANCE OF THE TOWNSHIP OF UPPER ALLEN, COUNTY OF CUMBERLAND AND COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA, TO AMEND the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, in order to adopt, with certain modifications, the 1993 BOCA Codes relating to the following Chapters: Chapter 97, Building Construction, Chapter 138, Fire Prevention, Chapter 168, Mechanical Standards, Chapter 185, Plumbing, and Chapter 189, Property Maintenance. Be it ordained by the Commissioners of the Township of Upper Allen as follows: Section 1. Chapter 97 of the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, entitled Building Construction, is hereby amended to adopt The BOCA National Building Code, Twelfth Edition, 1993, as the Building Code of the Township of Upper Allen, with such additions, insertions, deletions, and changes, as described in § 97-4, as herein amended as follows: Section 97-1, Adoption of standards; copies on file, shall be amended to change the reference in the first sentence thereof, line four, to "Twelfth Edition, 1993" in lieu of the "Eleventh Edition, 1990". Each of the Subsections of § 97-4, Modifications to standards, shall be amended as set forth below: § 97-4(A). The two references to Section 100.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 101.1. § 97-4(B). The two references to Section 100.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 101.2. § 97-4(C). The phrase "Section 101.5 of said Code is amended" shall be replaced with the phrase "New Section 102.5 shall be added immediately following Section 102.4", and the section number of the provision then set forth shall be changed to 102.5 in lieu of 101.5. § 97-4(D). The two references to Section 101.7 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 102.6, and the reference to Section 101.6 shall be changed to a reference to Section 102.5. § 97-4(E). This subsection shall be amended to read as follows: The first paragraph of Section 3408.2 of said code is amended and shall read as follows: to 3408.2 Applicability: Structures existing prior to the effective date of this subsection, in which there is work involving additions, alterations or changes of occupancy, shall be made to conform to the requirements of this section or the provisions of Sections 3403.0 through 3407.0. § 97-4(p), The two references to Section 109.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 104.1. § 97-4(G). The two references to Section 109.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 104.2. § 97-4(H). The two references to Section 109.4 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 104.4. § 97-4(1). The two references to Section 113.6 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 111.5. § 97-4(3). The two references to Section 114.3. in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 112.3.1. § 97-4(K). The two references to Section 114.5 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 112.5. § 97-4(L). The two references to Section 114.6 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 112.6. § 97-4(M). The two references to Section 117.4 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 116.4. § 97-4(l). The reference to Section 117.5 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section 1 16.5, and the reference to Section 120.6 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section 119.6. § 97-4(0). The two references to Section 118.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 117.2. § 97.4(p). This subsection shall be deleted in its entirety. § 97-4(Q). The phrase "Section 124.0 (124.1 through 124.7, inclusive)" shall be replaced with the phrase "Section 121.0 (121.1 through 121.7, inclusive)". -1). § 97-4(R). The reference to Section 2101.6 in the first line of said Subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section 3107.0; the remain- ing references to the following sections and the section numbers of the provision then set forth therein shall be changed throughout the Subsection as follows: 2101.6 3107.1 2101.6.1 3107.1.1 2101.6.2 -? 3107.1.2 2101.6.2.1 3107.1.2.1 2101.6.2.2 -? 3107.1.2.2 2101.6.3 -? 3107.1.3 2101.6.4 3107.1.4 2101.6.5 3107.1.5 2101.6.6 -? 3107.1.6 2101.6.7 3107.1.7 2101.6.8 -? 3107.1.8 and the two references to "Appendix A" in Section 2101.6.4 (new Section 3107.1.4), entitled Protection of electrical andmechanical systems, shall be changed to be references to "Chapter 35". § 97-4(S). This subsection shall be amended to read as follows: 3203.11.6 Bonds and liability insurance: Signs erected, installed, removed, rehung, or maintained over public property, for which a permit is required, shall be considered unlawful unless the person responsible for such has complied with Sections 3203.11.6.1 through 3203.11.6.3. 3203.11.6.1 Filing: A person shall not erect, install, remove, rehung, or maintain over public property any sign for which a permit is required under the provisions of this code until an approved bond has been filed in the sum of one million dollars ($1,000,000.), as herein required or until an insurance policy has been filed for public liability in the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000.) per j accident and for property damage in the same amount as herein required. Notwithstanding the above, the Upper Allen Board of Commissioners may, by resolution duly adopted, increase or decrease this amount as it deems appropriate upon written request in any particular instance. ? i f i _3_ i i \ 3203.11.6.2 Conditions: Such bond or insurance policy shall protect and hold the jurisdiction harmless from any and all claims or demands for damages by reason of any negligence of the sign hanger, contractor or agent, or by reason of any defects in the construction, or damages resulting from the collapse, failure of combustion of the sign or parts thereof. 3203.11.6.3 Notice of cancellation: The obligation herein specified shall remain in force and effect during tite life of everysign and shall not be cancelled by the principal or surety until after a 30-day notice to the code official. Section 2. Chapter 138 of the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, entitled Fire Prevention, is hereby amended to adopt The BOCA National Fire Prevention Code, Ninth Edition, 1993, as the Fire Prevention Code of the Township of Upper Allen, with such additions, insertions, deletions, and changes, as described in § 138-4, as herein amended as follows: Section 138-1, Adoption of standards; copies on -file, shall be amended to change the reference in the first sentence thereof, line four, to "Ninth Edition, 1993" in lieu of the "Eighth Edition, 1990". Each of the Subsections of § 138-4, Modocadons to standards, shall be amended as set forth below: § 138-4(A). The two references to Section F-100.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section F-101.1. § 138-4(B). The Phrase "Section F-101.4 of said Code is amended" shall be replaced with the phrase "New Section F-102.4 shall be added immediately following Section F-102.3", and the section number of the provision then set forth shall be changed to F-102.4 in lieu of F-101.4. § 138-4(C). This subsection shall be deleted in its entirety. y § 138-4(D). chan The twd o referencese to to Section F-104.3 in said subsection shall be b ge references to Section F-105.3. r § 138-4(E). The two references to Section F-107.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section 1--108.1, and the typographical -4 MIMMEMMOR § 138-4(F) § 138-4(G). § 138-4(13), § 138-4(n § 138-4(.I), § 138-4(K) error shall be corrected in in lieu of "Fresafety" the last line thereof to read "fire safety" , The two references to Section F-111.3 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section F-112.3. The two references to Section F-112.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section F-113.1, and the reference to Section F-104.3 shall be changed to be a reference to Section F- 105.3. The three references to Section F-112.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Secti Section F-1 12.7 shall on F-113.2, and the reference to 113.7. be changed to be a reference to Section F- The Phrase "New Section F-301.3.1 shall be added immediately following Section F-301.3 and shall read as follows: F-301.3.1 Open Burning;" shall be replaced with the phrase "The followin text shall be added to the end of Section F-403.3:" g The reference to Section F-301.6 shall be changed to be a reference to Section F-403.4.1 The references to Sections F-313.1 and F-313.3 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Sections F-311.1 and F-311.3, respectively, and'the section numbers of the provisions then set forth shall be changed to F-311.1; F-311.2; F-311.3; and F-311.4, in lieu of F-313.1; F-313.2; F-313.3; and F-3134, respectively, lieu of Section Section F138-5, Establishment of limits, shall be amended to refer to . Section F-3003.2 in -26 01.2, and to refer to Table F-3004.3 in lieu of Table F-2602.3. ection , Chapter 168 of the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, entitled Mechanical Standards, is hereby amended to adopt The BOCA Nadonal Mechanical Code, Eighth Edition, 1993, as the Mechanical Code of the Township of Upper Allen, with such additions, insertions, deletions, and changes, as described in § 168-4, as herein amended as follows. Section 168-1, Adoption reference in the first sentence "Seventh Edition, 1990 of .standards: copies on file, shall be amended thereof, line four, to change the to "Eighth Edition, 1993" in lieu of the -5- r Each of the Subsections of § 168-4, Modifications to standards, shall be amended as set forth below: § 168-4(A). The two references to Section M-100.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-101.1. § 168-4(B). The two references to Section M-100.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-101.2. § 168-4(C). The phrase "Section M-101.4 of said Code is amended" shall be replaced with the phrase "New Section M-102.6 shall be added immediately following Section M-102.5", and the section number of the provision then set forth shall be changed to M-102.6 in lieu of M-101.4. § 168-4(D). The two references to Section M-109.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-105.1. § 168-4(E). The two references to Section M-109.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-105.2. § 168-4(F). The two references to Section M-114.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-113.2. § 168-4(G). The two references to Section M-114.3 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-113.3. § 168-4(H). The two references to Section M-117.4 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-116.4. § 168-4(1). The reference to Section M-117.5 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section M-116.5; the reference to Section M-120.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section M-119.6; and the word "Should" in the first line of the provision then set forth shall be changed to "Notwith- standing the foregoing, should". § 168-4(J). The two references to Section M-118.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section M-117.2. § 168-4(K). The phrase "Section M-122.0 (M-122.1 through M-122.7, inclusive)" shall be replaced with the phrase "Section M-121.0 (M- 121.1 through M-121.7, inclusive)". -6- Section 4. Chapter 185 of the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, entitled Plumbing, is hereby amended to adopt The BOCA National Plumbing Code, Ninth Edition, 1993, as the Plumbing Code of the Township of Upper Allen, with such additions, insertions, deletions, and changes, as described in § 185-4, as herein amended as follows: Section 185-1, Adoption of standards; copies on file, shall be amended to change the reference in the first sentence thereof, line four, to "Ninth Edition, 1993" in lieu of the "Eighth Edition, 1990". Each of the Subsections of § 185-4, Modifications to standards, shall be amended as set forth below: § 185-4(A). The two references to Section P-100.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-101.1. § 185-4(B). The two references to Section P-100.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-101.2, and the two referenc- es to "Appendix A" shall be changed to references to "Chap- ter 19". § 185-4(C). The two references to Section P-101.5 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-102.6. § 185-4(D). This subsection shall be deleted in its entirety. § 185-4(E). The two references to Section P-109.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-105.1. § 185-4(F). The two references to Section P-109.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-105.2. § 185-4(G). The two references to Section P-114.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-113.2. § 185-4(H). The references to Section P-116.0 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section P-115.0, and the references to Section P-116.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-115.2. § 185-4(1). The two references to Section P-117.4 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-116.4. 7- § 185-4(J). The reference to Section P-117.5 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section P-116.5; the reference to Section P-120.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section P-119.6; and the word "Should" in the first line of the provision then set forth shall be changed to "Notwith- standing the foregoing, should". § 185-4(K). The two references to Section P-118.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-117.2. § 185-4(L). The reference to Section P-122.0 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section P-121.0. § 185-4(M). The two references to Section P-303.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-304.1; the two references to Section P-303.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be referenc- es to Section P-304.3; and the reference to Section P-101.5 in the last line of Section P-303.2 (new Section P-304.3) shall be , changed to be a reference to Section P-102.6. § 185-4(l). The two references to Section P-304.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-305.1. § 185-4(0). The reference to Section P-304.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section P-305.2. § 185-4(P). The two references to Section P-308.3 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-309.4. § 185-4(t). The two references to Section P-308.4 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-309.5. § 185-4(R). The two references to Section P-308.6 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section P-309.7. Section 5. Chapter 189 of the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, entitled Property Maintenance, is hereby amended to adopt The BOCA National Property Maintenance Code, Fourth Edition, 1993, as the Property Maintenance Code of the Township of Upper Allen, with such additions, insertions, deletions, and changes, as described in § 189-4, as herein amended as follows: -8- Section 189-1, Adoption of standards; copies on file, shall be amended to change the reference in the first sentence thereof, line four, to "Fourth Edition, 1993" in lieu of the "Third Edition, 1990". Each of the Subsections of § 189-4, Modifications to standards, shall be amended as set forth below: § 189-4(A). The two references to Section PM-100.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-101.1. § 189-4(B). The phrase Section PM-102.2 of said. Code is amended" shall be replaced with the phrase "New Section PM-101.8 shall be added immediately following Section PM-101.7", and the section number of the provision theri set forth shall be changed to PM-101.8 in lieu of PM-102.2. § 189-4(C). The two references to Section PM-104.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-105.1. § 189-4(D). The two references to Section PM-109.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-106.2. § 189-4(E). The two references to Section PM-109.3 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-106.3, and the reference to Section PM-109.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section P-106.2. § 189-4(F). The reference to Section PM-111.3 in said subsection shall be changed to be a reference to Section PM-111.7. § 189-4(G). The two references to Section PM-302.12 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-304.12. § 189-4(13). The two references to Section PM-601.1 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-602.2, and the two references to "Appendix A" shall be changed to references to "Chapter 8". § 189-4(1). The two references to Section PM-601.2 in said subsection shall be changed to be references to Section PM-602.3. -Q- ?? r Section 6. If any provision of this Ordinance shall be held invalid, its invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this Ordinance that can be given effect without the invalid provision, and for this purpose the provisions of this Ordinance are hereby declared to be severable. Section 7. This Ordinance shall become effective immediately. 5a?le.,bar ENACTED AND ORDAINED this i (o+? day of A tet, 1993. ATTEST: (Assistan ecretary TOWNSHIP OF UPPER ALLEN IKICI?{. Ray E. 'Trimmer, President Board of Commissioners -10- ORDINANCE NO. 511 AN ORDINANCE OF THE TOWNSHIP OF UPPER ALLEN, COUNTY OF CUMBERLAND AND COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA, ?Buildi O AMEND the Code of the Township of Upper Allen, Chapter Construction; in order to adopt, with certain modifications, the 1996 BOCA Code pertaining to the above Chapter. BE IT ORDAINED by the Board of Commissioners of the Township of Upper Allen, Cumberland County, Pennsylvania as follows: SECTION 1. Adoption of Building Code. That a certain document, a copy of which is on file in the Upper Allen Township Municipal Building being marked and designated as "The BOCA National Building Code, Thirteenth Edition, 1996" as published by the Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. be and is hereby adopted as the Building Code of the Township of Upper Alien, Cumberland County, Pennsylvania; for the control of buildings and structures as herein provided; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said BOCA National Building Code, are hereby referred to, adopted and made a part hereof as if fully set out in this Ordinance, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 5 of this Ordinance. SECTION 2. Inconsistent Ordinances, Repealed. That Township Ordinance No. 435 and Section 1 of Township Ordinance 478, and any amendments thereto, and all other existing ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith be and are hereby repealed; provided that ordinances or those parts of same not expressly named in this Section which impose building specifications or requirements more restrictive than adopted hereby shall not be considered in conflict with this Ordinance. SECTION 3. Cooperation of Other Officials. The code official (as later defined in the Building Code) may request and shall receive, so far as may be necessary in the discharge of his or her duties, the assistance and cooperation of other officials of the municipality. SECTION 4. Definitions. A. Wherever the term appointing authority is used in the Building Code as adopted, it . shall be held to mean the Board of Commissioners of Upper Allen Township, Cumberland County, Pennsylvania. B. Wherever the term building or structure is used in the Building Code, it shall be held to mean all buildings and structures within the Township of Upper Allen. C. Wherever the term date of adoption of this code is used in the Building Code, it shall be held to mean the date of enactment of this ordinance. D. Wherever the term legal representative or legal official is used in the Building Code, it shall be held to mean the Solicitor of Upper Allen Township. E. Wherever the word municipality or term name of jurisdiction is used in the Building Code, it shall be held to mean Upper Allen Township. SECTION 5. Additions, Insertions and Changes. The following sections of the Building Code are hereby revised as follows: A. Section 101.2 of said Code is amended and shall read as follows: 101.2 Scope: These regulations shall apply, in general, to all matters concerning the construction, alteration, addition, repair, removal, demolition, location, occupancy and maintenance of all buildings and structures, and shall apply to existing or proposed buildings and structures and their service equipment, as herein defined, except as such matters are otherwise provided for in other ordinances or statutes, or in the rules and regulations authorized for promulgation under the provisions of this code. B. The following new Section 102.5 shall be added and shall read: 102.5 Other Regulations: When the provisions herein specified are more restrictive in regard to building specifications or requirements than other regulations or ordinances, this code shall control; but in any case, the strictest requirements of either this code or other regulation or ordinance shall apply whenever a difference exists. Violation of such other regulation or ordinance shall be considered a violation of this code and, at the option of the Township, the enforcement provisions (including penalties and fines) of this code applied in lieu of enforcement provisions, if any, provided for in such other regulation or ordinance. Notwithstanding the above, this code shall not control if this code is identified by name and its application is expressly restricted by such other ordinance or regulation, by provisions referenced in such other ordinance or regulation or by provision of this code or ordinance. C. The following new Section 102.6 shall be added and read: 102.6 Special Situations. When the installation, extension, alteration or repair of an elevator; a moving stairway; mechanical equipment; refrigeration, air conditioning or ventilating apparatus; plumbing; gas piping; electrical wiring; heating system or any other equipment is specifically controlled by the provisions der, it shall be of this code or the rules or regulations adopted hereun been issued therefor unlawful the use such equipment until a certificate of approval agency having jurisdiction. D_ Section 107.6.1 of said Code is amended and shall read as follows: 107.6.1 Private Sewage Disposal System. The site plan shall indicate the location of a private sewage disposal system where a public sewer is not available. A copy of the Sewage Disposal System Permit issued by the Sewage Enforcement Officer of Upper Allen Township shall be submitted with the site plan and building permit application. E. Current Sections 111.2, 111.3, and 111.4 shall be renumbered as Sections 111.5, 111.6 and 111.7, respectively. Section 111 of said Code, entitled Conditions of Permit is amended to add the following new paragraphs: tion, 111.2 Permit Required. A permit shall be obtained before beginning on forms furnished alteration or repairs, other than ordinary repairs, using app by the code official. Ordinary repairs are nonstructural repairs, but do not include, addition to, alteration of, or replacement or relocation of water supply, drainage, rain leader, gas soil, waste vent or similar piping, electrical wiring, or mechanical or other work for which a permit is required by the code official. 111.3 Expiration. Every permit issued by the code official under the provisions of this code shall expire and becorrle null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within six months from the issue date of the permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of six months or more after the work has commenced. Before such work can be commenced or resumed, a permit extension or renewal as required by Section 111.3.1 or 111.3.2 shall be obtained. may ap ly, in 111.3.1 Permit Extension. A permittee holding an unexpired the permper can showpgood provided writing, for a one-time six month extension, and satisfactory reasons beyond his control that the work cannot be commenced within the six month period from the original permit issue date. No additional permit fee shall be required. 111.3.2 Permit Renewal. An expired permit may be renewed by the applicant within six months of its expiration date, provided no changes have been made in the original plans and specifications for the work to be performed. A permit renewal fee may be charged by the Township. 111.4 Permit Validity. The issuance of a permit shall not authorize the violation of any of the provisions of this code. F. The following new Section 111.8 shall be added and shall read: 111.8 Highway Occupancy Permit Required. No permit for the construction, erection, maintenance, operation or repair of any buildings, structures or devices (as defined in Pennsylvania Act No. 19863) shall be issued for any property which will require access to a highway under the jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation unless the permit contains a notice that a highway occupancy permit is required pursuant to Section 420 of the Act of June 1, 1945 (P.L. 1242, No. 428), known as the "State Highway Law," before driveway access to a state highway is permitted. All permits issued in compliance with this subsection shall be marked to indicate that access to the state highway shall be only as authorized by a highway occupancy permit. G. Section 104.2 of said Code is hereby deleted in its entirety. H. Section 104.4 of said Code is amended to read as follows: 104.4 Deputy. The appointing authority may designate an employee(s) or other individual(s) as deputy(s) who shall exercise all the powers of the code official during the temporary absence or disability of the code official. Section 112.3.1 of said Code is hereby amended to read as follows: 112.3.1 Fee schedule. A fee for each plan examination, building permit and inspection shall be paid in accordance with the Resolution establishing such fees,. as duly approved and as may be amended from time to time by the appointing authority. J. Section 112.5 of said Code is hereby amended to read as follows: 112.5 Refunds. In the case of a revocation of a permit or abandonment or discontinuance of a building project, the portion of the work actually completed shall be computed and any excess fee for the incomplete work shall be returned to the permit holder upon written request. All plan examination and permit processing fees and all penalties that have been imposed on the permit holder under the requirements of this code shall first be collected. Moreover, no such excess fee shall be refunded hereunder unless said written request is received by the code official before the earlier of: thirty (30) days following said revocation, abandonment or discontinuance (as the case may be) or one (1) year from the date of the issuance of said permit. K. Section 112 of said Code, entitled Fees is amended to add the following new paragraph: 112.6 Estimated Cost. The term'estimated cost' as used in this Section means the reasonable fair market value of all services, labor, materials and use of scaffolding and other appliances or devices, entering into and necessary to the pursuit, execution and completion of the work to a condition ready for occupancy and/or otherwise in compliance with this Code and other applicable ordinances; provided that the cost of interior painting, decorating or other work that is merely for embellishment and not necessary for the safe and lawful use of the structure, shall not be deemed a part of such estimated cost. Section 116.4 of said Code, entitled Violation penalties is amended and shall read as follows: 116.4 Violation Penalties. Any person who shall violate a provision of this code or shall fail to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who shall erect, construct, alter or repair a building or structure in violation of an approved.plan or directive of the code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a violation of this code, and, upon conviction thereof before any District Justice of the Township or other court having jurisdiction over same, shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not more than one thousand dollars the County Jail or?notfmore than thirty (of such fine and costs, to imprisonment each (30) days . The owner of a building or structure or portion thereof, or of the premises where anything in violation of this code shall be placed or shall exist, and any architect, engineer, builder, contractor, agent, person or corporation employed in connection therewith and who may have assisted in the commission of any such violation shall each be guilty of a separate offense and, upon conviction jurisdiction thereof before any District Justice of the Township or other court having j isd same, shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not more than one thousand dollars ($1000.00) and costs of prosecution for each offense, and, in default of payment thereof, to imprisonment in the County Jail for not more than thirty (30) days. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed a separate offense. M. Sections 116.5, entitled Abatement of violation and 119.6, entitled Disregard of notice of said Code, are amended by adding the following at the end of each thereof: Should the owner or occupier fail to remove a dangerous structure, then and in that event, the Township of Upper Allen may cause thsam to be done n such cost ind he Imct the cost thereof, together with a penalty of ten (10) percent of provided by law for the collection of municipal claims or by action of assumpsit without the filing of a claim and/or may seek such other relief as deemed appropriate. N. Section 117.2 of said Code, entitled Unlawful continuance, is amended and shall read as follows: Any person who shall continue any work in or about the structure after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than fifty dollars ($50.00) or more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) in addition to any other fines or penalties imposed by this code or other ordinances. 0. Section 310.6 of said Code, entitled Use Group R-4 structures, is amended and shall read as follows: This group shall include all detached one- or two-family dwellings not more than three stories in height, and the accessory structures as indicated in the one- and two-family dwelling code listed in Chapter 35. All such structures shall be designed in accordance with the one- and two-family dwelling code listed in Chapter 35 . P. Section 1014.6 of said Code, exception number eight is amended and shall read as follows: 8. In occupancies in Use Group R-3, with dwelling units in occupancies in Use Group R-2 and in occupancies in Use Group U which are accessory to an occupancy in Use Group R-3, the maximum riser height shall be 81/4 inches (210 mm)and the minimum tread depth shall be 9 inches (229 mm). A nosing not less than 3/4 inches (19 mm) but not more than 1 1/4 inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the tread depth is less than 11 inches (279 mm). Q. Section 1607.3 of said Code, entitled Minimum roof live loads, is amended and shall read as follows: Table 1607.3 shall be amended to read 30 pounds per square foot in all nine (9) cases. R. Section 1608.3 of said Code, entitled Ground snow loads, as it relates to Figure 1608.3(1), shall be interpreted as follows: Ground snow load for all of Upper Allen Township shall be interpreted as 30 pounds per square foot. S. Section 1608.4 of said Code, entitled Flat roof and low-slope snow loads, is amended and shall read as follows: Table 1608.4, entitled Snow Exposure Factor, shall be amended to read 1.0 in all three (3) cases. T. Section 1806 of said Code, entitled Depth of Footings, is amended and shall read as follows: 1806.1 Frost protection. Except where erected upon solid rock or otherwise protected from frost, foundation walls, piers and other permanent supports of all buildings and structures larger than 160 square feet (14.88 sq. m) in area or 10 tVF? feet in height shall extend to the frost line of the locality, and spread footings of adequate size shall be provided where necessary to distribute properly the load within the allowable loadbearing value of the soil. Alternatively, such structures shall be supported on piles where solid earth or rock is not available. Footings shall not bear on frozen soils unless such frozen condition is of a permanent character. U. Section 2906 of said Code, entitled Private Sewage Disposal, is amended and shall read as follows: 2906.1 General. Private sewage disposal systems shall conform to the current Rules and Regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection. V. Section 3107 of said Code, entitled Flood-Resistant Construct!on, is amended and shall read as follows: 3107.1 Flood Proofing. In order to prevent excessive damage to buildings and structures due to flooding conditions, the following provisions shall apply to all proposed construction or development occurring in the Flood Plain Conservation District designated in the Upper Allen Township Zoning Ordinance, as amended. 3107.1.1 Residential Structures. Within said District the lowest floor (including basement) of any new or improved residential structure shall be at least one and one-half (1.5) feet above the one-hundred year flood elevation. 3107.1.2 Non-residential Structures. Within the said District, the lowest floor (including basement) of any new or improved non-residential structure shall be at least one and one-half (1.5) feet above the one-hundred year flood elevation or be designed and constructed so that the space enclosed by such structure shall comply with Section 3107.1.2.1 or Section 3107.1.2.2. 3107.1.2.1 Enclosed Spaces Below the Base Flood Elevation. As used herein, the base flood elevation shall mean one and one-half (1.5) feet above the one-hundred year flood elevation level. Enclosed spaces below the base flood elevation shall not be used for human occupancy with the exception of means of egress or entrance, foyers, stairways and incidental storage. Fully enclosed spaces shall be designed to equalize automatically the hydrostatic forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of flood waters. Designs for meeting this requirement shall be either certified by a registered professional engineer or architect in accordance with Section 3107.1.8 or conform to the following minimum criteria: a minimum of two (2) openings having a total net area of not less than one (1) square inch for everyone (1) square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding at or below the base flood elevation level shall be provided. The bottom of all openings shall not be higher than twelve (12) inches above grade. Openings shall not be equipped with screens, louvers, valves or other coverings or devices unless such devices permit the automatic entry and discharge of flood waters. 3107.1.2.2 Water Resistant Construction. Non-residential buildings or structures of any use group except Use Group R may, in lieu of meeting the provisions of Section 3107.1.2.1, be erected with floors below the base flood elevation level, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. All space below the base flood elevation shall be constructed with walls and floors that are substantially impermeable to the passage of water. 2. All structural components subject to hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses during the occurrence of flooding to the base flood elevation level shall be capable of resisting such forces including the effects of buoyancy. 3. All openings below the base flood elevation shall be provided with water-tight closures and shall have adequate structural capacity to support all flood loads acting upon the closure surfaces. 4. All floor and wall penetrations for plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems shall be made water-tight to prevent flood water seepage through spaces between the penetration and wall construction materials. Sanitary sewer and storm drainage systems that have openings below the base flood elevation shall be provided with shut-off valves or closure devices to prevent back-water flow during conditions of flooding. 3107.1.3 Anchorage. The structural systems of all buildings or structures in the Flood Plain Conservation District shall be designed, connected and anchored to resist flotation, collapse or permanent lateral movement due to the structural loads and stresses from flooding to the base flood elevation level and shall be designed in accordance with Sections 1612.2 and 1612.3. 3107.1.4 Protection of Mechanical and Electrical Systems. New and replacement electrical equipment and heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other service equipment shall be either placed above the base flood elevation or protected so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the system components during floods up to the base flood elevation in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35 of this Code. Installation of electrical wiring and outlets, switches, junction boxes and panels below the base flood elevation shall confirm to the provisions of NfiPA 70 listed in Chapter 35 for location of such items in wet locations. Duct insulation subject to water damage shall not be installed below the base flood elevation. 3107.1.5 Storage Below Base Flood Elevation. No materials that are buoyant, flammable, explosive, or, in time of flooding, could be injurious to human, animal or plant life, shall be stored below the base flood elevation. 3107.1.6 Existing Structures in the Flood Plain Conservation District. Structures existing in the designated Flood Plain Conservation District prior to the first enactment of the flood proofing provisions of this ordinance, which are not in compliance with these provisions, may continue to remain subject to the following: A. Existing structures located in a designated floodway, as identified in the flood insurance study, shall not be expanded and enlarged, unless the effect of the proposed expansion or enlargement on flood heights is fully offset by accompanying improvements.. B. Any modification, alteration, reconstruction, or improvement of any kind to an existing structure to an extent of amount of less than fifty (50) percent of its market value, shall be elevated and/or flood proofed to the greatest extent possible. c. Any modification, alteration, reconstruction or improvement of any kind to an existing structure to an extent or amount of fifty (50) percent or more of its market value, shall be undertaken only in full compliance with the provisions of this ordinance. 3107.1.7 Administrative Provisions for Activities in the Flood Plain Conservation District. In addition to the permanent application requirements normally required under the Upper Allen Township Building Code, as amended, the code official shall require the following specific information to be included as part of the application for a building permit: A. A plan which details the (1) existing and proposed contours and/or elevation in relation to mean sea level (National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929) of the ground and a lowest floor of proposed ^onstruction; (2) one hundred (100) year flood elevation; and (3) flood proofing measures, including specific reference to the level of the flood proofing in relation to the one-hundred year flood. B. A document, certified by a registered professional engineer or architect, which states that the proposed construction has been adequately designed to withstand the flood depths, pressures, velocities, impact and uplift forces and other hydrostatic, hydrodynamic and buoyancy factors associated with the one-hundred (100) year flood. Such statement shall include a description of the type and extent of flood proofing measures which have been incorporated into the design of the structure. 3107.1.8 Modifications. A. If compliance with the elevation of flood proofing requirements stated above would result in exceptional hardship for a prospective builder, developer or landowner, the Township Board of Commissioners may, upon request, grant relief from the strict application of the requirement. B. Requests for modifications to the strict application of the provisions of this ordinance may be granted by the Board of Commissioners in accordance with the following procedures and criteria: 1. No modifications shall be granted for any construction, development, use or activity within any designated floodway, as identified in the flood insurance study that would cause any increase in the one-hundred year flood elevation. 2. If granted, a modification shall involve only the least amount necessary to provide relief. 3. In granting any modification, the Board of Commissioners may attach whatever reasonable conditions and safeguards it considers necessary in order to protect the public health, safety and welfare, and to achieve the objectives of this ordinance. 4. Whenever a modification is requested, the Board of Commissioners shall notify the applicant in writing that the granting of the modification may result in increased premium rates for flood insurance, and such modifications may increase the risk to life and property. 5. A complete record of all modification requests and related actions shall be maintained by the Board of Commissioners and , in addition, a report of all modifications granted during the year shall be included in the annual report to the Federal Insurance Administration. C. Notwithstanding any of the above, however, all structures shall be designed and constructed so as to have the capability of resisting the hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and pressures and effects of buoyancy of the one-hundred year flood. SECTION 6. Severability. If any provision of this ordinance shall be held invalid, its invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this ordinance that can be given effect without the invalid provision, and for this purpose the provisions of this ordinance are hereby declared to be severable. SECTION 7. Saving Clause. That nothing in this Ordinance or in the Building Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any lawsuit or proceeding impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or liability incurred, or any cause or causes or action acquired or existing, under any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 2 of this Ordinance; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any character be lost, impaired or affected by this Ordinance. SECTION 8. Effective Date. The provisions of this ordinance shall become BE IT ENACTED AND ORDAINED this 21 st c Attest: Harry N. Kr t, Jr., Acting Manager CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101.0 SCOPE 101.1 Title: These regulations shall be known as the Building Code of [NAME OPIURISDICTION[ hereinafter referred m as "this code." 101.2 Scope: These regulations shall control all matters concern- ing the construction, alteration, addition, repair, removal, demolition, location, occupancy and maintenance of all build- ings and structures, and shall apply to existing or proposed buildings and structures; except as such matters are otherwise provided for in other ordinances or statutes, or in the rules and regulations authorized for promulgation under the provisions of this code. 101.3 Application of references: Unless otherwise specifically provided for in this code, all references to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or provision of this code. 101.4 Intent:Thiscode shall be construed to secure its expressed intent, which is to insure public safely, health and welfare insofar as they are affected by building construction, through structural strength, adequate meats ojegress facilities, sanitary equipment, light and ventilation, and fare safety; and, in general, to secure safety to life and property from all hazards incident to the design, erection, repair, removal, demolition or occupancy of buildings, structures or premises. SECTION 102.0 APPLICABILITY 102.1 General: The provisions of this code shall apply to all matters affecting or relating to structures, as set forth in Section 101.0. The construction, alteration, repair, addition and removal of all structures shall comply with this code. 102.2 Existing structures: The legal occupancy of any structure existing on the dale of adoption or this code, or for which it has been heretofore approved, shall be permitted to continue without change, except as is specifically covered in this code, the proper- ty maintenance or fire prevention codes listed in Chapter 35, or as is deemed necessary by the code official for the general safety and welfare of the occupants and the public. 102.3 Matters not provided for: Any requirements than are essential far the structural, fire or sanitary safety or an existing or proposed building or structure, or for the safety of the oc- cupants thereof, which are not specifically provided for by this code, shall he determined by the code ollici:d. 102.4 Referenced standards: The standards referenced in this code and listed in Chapter 35 shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced standards, the provisions of this code shall apply. SECTION 103.0 VALIDITY 103.1 Partial invalidity: In the event any part or provision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other pans or provisions thereof, which are determined to be legal; and it shall be presumed that this code would have been passed without such illegal or invalid pans or provisions. 103.2 Segregation of invalid provisions: Any invalid pan of this code shall be segregated from the remainder of this code by the court holding such pan invalid, and the remainder shall remain effective. 1033 Decisions involving existing structures: The invalidity of any provision in any section of this code as applied to existing buildings and structures shall not be held to affect the validity of such section in its application to buildings and structures hereafter erected. SECTION 104.0 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING INSPECTION 104.1 Code official: The department of building inspection is hereby created and the executive official in charge thereof shall be known as the code official. 104.2 Appointment: The code official shall be appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction; and the code official shall not be removed from office except for cause and after full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant charges by and before the appointing authority. 1043 Organization: The code official shall appoint such num- ber of officers, technical assistants, inspectors and other employees as shall be necessary for the administration of this code and as authorized by the appointing authority. 104.4 Deputy: The code official is authorized to designate an employee as deputy who shall exercise al I the powers of the code official during the temporary absence or disability of the code official. 104.5 Restriction of employees: An official or employee con- nected with the department of building inspection, except one K_., - 12 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 whose only connection is that of a member of the board of appeals established under the provisions of Section 12 1.0, shall not be engaged in or directly ur indirectly corrected with the furnishing of labor, materials urappliances for the construction, alteration or maintenance of a building, or the preparation of construction docronenis thereof, unless that person is the owner of the building; nor shall such officeror employee engage in any work that conflicts with official duties or with the interests of the department. 104.6 Relief from personal responsibility: The code official officeror employee charged with the enforcement of this code, while acting for the jurisdiction, shall not thereby be rendered liable personally, and is hereby relieved from all personal liability for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or employee because of an act performed by that officer or employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provisions of this code shall be defended by the legal representative of the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings. The code official or any subordinate shall not be liable for costs in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code; and any officer of the department of building inspection, acting in good faith and without malice, shall be free from liability for acts performed under any of its provisions or by reason of any act or omission in the perfomaance of official duties in connection therewith. 104.7 Official records: An official record shall be kept of all business and activities of the department specified in the provisions of this code, and all such records shall be open to public inspection at all appropriate times and according to reasonable rules to maintain the integrity and security of such records. SECTION 105.0 DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE CODE OFFICIAL 105.1 General: The code official shall enforce all of the provisions of this code and shall act on any question relative to the mode or manner of construction and materials to be used in the erection, addition to, alteration, repair, removal, demolition, installation of service equipment and the location, occupancy and maintenance of all buildings and structures, except as other- wise specifically provided for by statutory requirements or as provided for in Sections 105.2 through 105.8. 105.2 Applications and permits: The code official shall receive applications and issue permits for the erection and alteration of buildings and structures, inspect the premises for which such permits have been issued and enforce compliance with the provisions of this code. 105.3 Notices and orders: The code official shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this code. 105.4 Inspections: The code official shall make all of the re- quired inspections, or the code official shall accept reports of inspection by approved ggencies or individuals. All reports of such inspections shall be in voirinq and be certified by a respon- sible officer of such approved agenr.v or by the responsible individual. The code official is authorized to engage such expel opinion as deemed necessary to report upon unusial technical issues that arise. subject m the approval of the appointing authority. 105.5 Identification:'1'he code official shall carry proper iden- tification when inspecting structures or premises in the perform- ance of duf fes under th is code. 105.6 Rule-making aulhorily: 'llhe code official shall have power as necessary in the interest of public health, safety and general welfare, m adopt and promulgate rules and regulations to interpret and implement the provisions of this code to secure the intent thereof and to designate requirements applicable be- cause of local climatic or other conditions. Such rules shall not have the effector waiving structural or fire performance require- ments specifically provided for in this code or of violating accepted engineering practice involving public safety. 105.7 Department records: The code official shall keep official records of applications received, permits and certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official records as long as the building or structure to which they relate remains in existence unless otherwise provided for by other regulations. 105.8 Annual report: At least annually, the code official shall submit to the chief authority of the jurisdiction a written state- ment of operations in the form and content as shall be prescribed by such authority. SECTION 106.0 APPROVAL 106.1 Approved materials and equipment: All materials, equipment and devices approved by the code official shall be constructed and installed in accordance with such approval. 106.2 Modifications: When there are practical difficulties in- volved in carrying out structural or mechanical provisions of this code, the code official shall have the right to varyor modify such provisions upon application of the owner or the owner's repre- sentative, provided that the spirit and intent of the law is observed and that the public health, safety and welfare is assured. 106.2.1 Records: The application for modification and the final decision of the code official shall be in writing and shall be officially recorded with the application for the permit in the permanent records of the department of building inspec- tion. 106.3 Used materials and equipment: Used materials, equip- ment and devices shall not be reused unless they have been reconditioned, tested and placed in good and proper working condition and approved by the code official. 106.4 Alternative materials and equipment: The provisions of this code arc not intended to prevent the installation of any material or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has been approved. An alternative material or nhethnd of construction shall be ap- proved when the code official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory:rnd complies aci th the intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality. strength, effectiveness. fireresismnce, durability and .afety. ADMINISTRATION SECTION 107.0 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT 107.1 Permit application: An application shall be subnliued In the co de official for the fallowing activities, and these activities shall not continence without a pennit being issued in accordance Willi Section 109.0. 1. Construct or:dlera structure. 2. Construct an addition. 3. Demolish or move a slmcture. 4. Make a rhange fy'ocrupanr_v. 5. Install or:filer any equipment which is regulated by this code. 6. Move a lot line which affects all existing structure. 107.1.1 Repairs: Application or notice to the code official is not required for ordinary repairs to structures. Such repairs shall not include the cutting away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal or cutting of any structural beam or loadbearing support, or the removal or change of any required means of egress, or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress requirements; norshall ordinary repairs include addition to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe, water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other work affecting public health or general safety. 107.2 Forrn of application: The application for a permit shall be submitted in such lrritten form as the code official prescribes and shall be accompanied by the required fee as prescribed in Section 112.0. 107.3 By whom application is made: Application for a perrllit shall be made by the owner or lessee of the building or structure, or agent of either, or by the registered design professional employed in connection with the proposed work. If the applica- tion is made by a person other than the owner in fee, it shall be accompanied by an affidavit of the owner or the qualified ap- plicant or a signed statement of the qualified applicant witnessed by the code official or his designee to the effect that the proposed work is authorized by the owner in fee and that the applicant is authorized to make such application. The full names and address- es of the owner, lessee, applicant and the responsible officers, if the owner or lessee is a corporate body, shall be stated in the application. 107.4 Description of work: The application shall contain a general description of the proposed work, the location of the proposed work, the occupancy of all pans of the building or structure and of all portions of the site or lot not covered by the building or structure, provisions for special inspections required by Section 1705.0, and such additional information as required by the code official. 107.5 Construction documents: The application for permit shall be accompanied by not less than two sets of construction documents. The code official is permitted to waive the require- ments for filing construction documents when the scope of the work is of a minor nature. When the quality of the materials is essential for conformity to this code, specific information shall be given to eslabl ish such quality. and this code shal l not be cited, or the term "legal" or its equivalent used as a substitute for specific infun ntion. 107.6 Site plan:1licre shall:dso be a site plan showing to scale the size and location of all new construction and all existing structures on the site, distances from Ln lines, the established street grades and the proposal finished grades; and it shall be drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line survey. In the case Of denlalit ion, lle site plan shall show all construction to be demolished and the localion and size of all existing struc- tures and construct ion That are In remain on the site or plot. 107.6.1 Private sewage disposal system:111c site plan shall indicate the location of a priv:uc sewage disposal system where a public sewer is not available. All technical data and soil data required by the private sewage disposal code listed in Chapter 35 shall be submitted with the site plan. 107.7 Engineering details: The code official shall require to be filed adequate details or structural, mechanical and electrical work, including computations, stress diagrams and otheressen- tial technical data. All engineering plans and computations shall bear the signature and seal of the engineer or architect respon- sible for the design as required by Section 114.1. 107.8 Amendments to application: Subject to the limitations of Section 107.9. amendments to a plan, application or other records accompanying the same shall be filed at any time before completion of the work for which the permit is sought or issued. Such amendments shall be deemed part of the original applica- tion and shall be filed therewith. 107.9 Time limitation of application: An application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned six months after the date of filing, unless such ap- plication has been diligently prosecuted or a permit shall have been issued; except that the code official shall grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each if there is reasonable cause. SECTION 108.0 PERMITS 108.1 Action on application: The code official shall examine or cause to be examined all applications for permits and amend- ments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If the applica- tion or the construction documents do not conform to the requirements of all pertinent laws, the code official shall reject such application in writing, stating the reasons therefor, If the code official is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code and all laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the code official shall issue a permit thereforas soon as practicable. 108.2 Suspension of permit: Any permit issued shall become invalid if the authorized work is not commenced within six months after issuance of the permit, or if the authorized work is suspended or abandoned fora period of six months after the time of commencing the work. 108.3 Previous approvals: This code shall not require changes in the construction documents, construction or designated use group of a building for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been actively prosecuted within 90 days after the effective date of this code and is completed with dispatch. THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING COD E/1993 108.4 Signature to permit: The code official's signtuure shall be attached in every permit' or the code official shall authorize a subordinate to affix such signature thereto. 108.5 Approved construction documents: The code official shall stamp or endorse in writing both sets of ransn•urtion documents -Approved,-and one set of the approved constrar- riondocumentsshallberetainedbythecodeoftlhecodcofrcial and the other set shall be kept at the building site, open to inspection of the code official or an authorized representative at all reasonable rimes. 108.6 Revocation of permits:'rhe code official shall revoke it permit or approval issued under [lie provisions of this code in case of any false statement or misrepresentation of fact in the application or on the plans on which the permit or approval was based. 108.7 Approval of part: The code official is authorized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or any other part of a building or structure before the construction documents for the whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with all of the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit for the foundation or other pans of a building or structure shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the building operation and without assurance that a pen-nit for the entire structure will be granted. 108.5 Posting orpermit: A true copy of the building pennit shall be kept on the site of operations, open to public inspection during the entire time of prosecution of the work and until the comple- tion of the same. 108.9 Notice of start: Al least 24-hour notice of start of work under a building permit shall be given to the code official. SECTION 109.0 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 109.1 General: Pursuant to a variance granted by the board of appeals under the provisions of Section 121.0, the code official shall issue a permit for temporary construction as approved by the board of appeals. Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but such temporary construction shall not be permitted for more than one year. 109.2 Special approval: All temporary construction shall con- form to the structural strength, fire safety, means ofegre s. light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code as necessary to insure the public health; safety and general welfare. 109.3 Termination of approval: The code official is hereby authorized to terminate such special approval and to order the demolition of any such construction at his discretion, or as directed by a decision of the board of appeals. SECTION 110.0 DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES 110.1 Service connections: Before a structure is demolished or removed, the owner or agent shall notify all utilities having service connections within the structure such as water, electric. gas, sewer and other connections. A pemtit to demolish or remove a structure shall not be issued until a release is obtained from the utilities, stating that their respective service connections and appurtenant equipment. such as meters and regulators. have been removed or sealed and plugged in a sale manner. 110.2 Notice to adjoining owners: Only when written notice has been given by the applicant to the owners of adjoining logic and to the owners of wired or other facilities, of which the temporary removal is necessitated by the proposed work, shall it permit he granted for the removal of a building or structure. 110.3 [,ill regulation: Whenever it shucture is demolished or removed, the premises shall be maintained free front all uns;de or hazardous conditions by the proper regulation of the lot, restoration of established grades and the erection of the acces- sary retaining wal Is and fences in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 33. SECTION 111.0 CONDITIONS OF PERMIT 111.1 Payment of fees: A permit shall not be issued until the fees prescribed in Section 112.0 have been paid. 111.2 Compliance with code: The permit shall be a license to proceed with the work and shall not be construed as authority to violate, cancel or set aside any of the provisions of this code, except as specifically stipulated by modification ar legally granted variation as described in the application. 111.3 Compliance with permit: All work shall conform to the approved application and the approved construction documents for which the permit has been issued and any approved amend- ments to the approved application or the approved construction documents. 111.4 Compliance with site plan: All new work shall be located strictly in accordance with the approved site plan. SECTION 112.0 FEES 112.1 General: A permit to begin work for new construction, alteration, removal, demolition or other building operation shall not be issued until the fees prescribed in this section shall have been paid to the department of building inspection or other authorized agency of the jurisdiction, nor shall an amendment to a permit necessitating an additional Tee be approved until the additional fee has been paid. 112.2 Special fees: The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition for all work done it • annec- tion with or concurrently with the work contemplated by a building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law or ordinance for water taps, sewer connections, electrical per- mits, erection of signsand display structures, marquees or other appurtenant structures, or fees of inspections, certificates of occupancy or other privileges or requirements, both within and without the jurisdiction of the department of building inspection. 112.3 New construction and alterations: The fees for plan examination, building permit and inspections shall be as prescribed in Section 112.3.1 and the code official is authorized to establish by approve[/ rules a schedule of unit rates for bui Icli rigs :end structures of all use groups and types ul' construc- tion as classiried and defined in Chapters I, 3 and G. ADMINISTRATION 112.3.1 Fee schedule-- A fee lit each plan exit 1 Ill building permit and inspection shall he paid in accordance with the following schedule. Inntlsotcrumu rowsnur,vrrtornt,xrr.sl nnuut.rs.l 112.4 Accounting: The colic ollicial shall keep cum accurate account of all fees collected; and such collected fees shall Ile deposited monthly in the jurisdiction treasury, or otherwise disposed of as required by haw. 112.5 Refunds: In the case (it' a revocation of a permil or abandonment ordiscontinuahce ol'a building project, the portion of the work actually completed shall be computed and any excess fee for the incompleted work shall he returned to the permit holder upon written request. All plan examination and pemtil processing fees and all penalties that have been imposed on the permit holder under the requirements of this code shall first be collected. SECTION 113.0 INSPECTION 113.1 Preliminary inspection: Before issuing a permit, ttecoole official shall, if deemed necessary, examine or cause to be examined all buildings, structures and sites for which an applica• tion has been filed fora permit to construcl, calarge, alter, repair, remove, demolish or change the arrnpanry thereof. 113.2 Required inspections: After issuing it building pennil, [lie code official shall conduct inspections from tittle to lime during and upon completion of the work for which it permit has been issued. A record of all such ex;uninalions and inspections and of all violations of this code shall be maintained by the code official. The owner shall provide for special inspections in accordance with Section 1705.0. 113.2.1 Approved inspection agencies: The code official shall accept reports of approved inspection agencies provided such agencies satisfy the requ i remenls as to qual ifications and reliability. 113.2.2 Plant inspr:tion: Where required by the provisions of this code or by the approved rules, materials or assemblies shall be inspected at the point of manufacture or fabrication in accordance with Section 1703.3. 113.3 Final inspection: Upon completion of the building or structure, and before issuance of the certificate of occupancy required by Section 115.0, a final inspection shall be made. All violations of the approved construction doritittents and permit shall be noted and the holder of the permit shall be notified of the discrepancies. 113.4 Right of entry: The axle official shall have the authority to enter at any reasonable time any structure or premises for which a permit has been issued but has not received a certificate of occupancy in accordance with Section 115.0. For all other structures or premises, when the code official has reasonable cruse to believe that a code violation exists, the cole official is authorized to enter the structure or premises at reasonable times to inspect. Prior uh entering into a space not otherwise open w the general public, the code official shall make a reasonable effort to locale the owner or other person having charge or control of the structure or premises, present proper identification and request entry. 11' requested entry is refused or not of aimed, the code of I ici;d shall pursue recourse as provided by law. 113.5 Coordination of inspections: Whenever in the enforce- ment of this code or another code m orciinouce, the responsibility of more than one chile ufliciad of the jurisdiction is involved, it shall be the duty of rte code oft icial s involved to coordinate their inspections and administrative enders as fully as practicable so that the uwncrc and occupants of the structure shall not be subjected w visits by numenms inspectors or multiple or con- flicting orders. Whenever ;lit inspector from any agency or department observes ;lit apparent or actual violation of sonic provision of some law. ordinance or code not within the inspector's authority to enforce, the inspector shall report the findings to the code official having jurisdiction. SECTION 114.0 PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES 114.1 General: The construction aocuments for new construc- tion, alteration, repairs, expansion, addition or modification for buildings or structures shall be prepared by a registered design professional. All construction doruntent v required for a building permit application shall be prepared by :r registered design professional consistent with the professional registration laws od the slate in which the project is uh be constructed. *The construe Lion documews shall include the name and address of the registered design prrJi•ssional ;aid shall Ix: signed, scaled attc dated by the registered design professional in accordance wilt the professional registration laws of the site in which the project is to be constructed. 114.2 Special inspections: Sperial inspections shall be made It accordance with Section 1705.0. 114.2.1 Ruilding permit requirement: '11his special inrpec Lion requirement shall be determined prior to the issuance o the building permit and shall be it requisite for the pemti issuance as described in Section 17115.0. 114.2.2 Pees and costs: All fees and costs related to ill. perfunnance of special professional services shall be bum. by the owner. SECTION 115.0 WORKMANSHIP 115.1 General: All work slydl Ile conducted, instilled and cam pleted in a workmanlike and acceptable manner so as In secur the results intended by this code. SECTION 116.0 VIOLATIONS 116.1 Unlawful acts: It shall Ile unlawful for tiny person, fin or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, remove demolish or occupy any building or structure or equipmer regulated by this code, or rase samuc to be clone, in conflict wit or in violation orally of the provisions of this code. 116.2 Notice of violaliun:l'he code of icial shell serve it node of violation or order on the person responsible liter the erectio construction, a114-ration, extension, repair, removal, demolilic or occupancy ill' ;t building mr stnaclure in violation of 11 provisions of this code, or in violation of a detail statement or plan approved thereunder, or in violation of a permit or cerlil cafe issued under tae provisions nl this role. Such order slit THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 direct the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition and the abatement of the violation. 116.3 Prosecution or violation: it, the notice ul'violation is nut complied with promptly, the code Official shall lcquvsl the legal counsel of thejurisdict ion to inst ilule the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or abate such violation or to require the removal orlertminution of (he unhnvlld occupancy of the building or structure in violation of the provisions (11' this code or of the order or direction made pursuant thereto. 116.4 Violation penalties: Any person who shall violate it provision of this code or shall fail to comply with any or the requirements thereof or who shall creel, construct, alieror repair a building or structure in violation of ;n approved plan or directive of the code official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be guilty of a (sl't:CIFY OFFENSE], punishable by a fine of not more than (AMOUNT), or by imprisonment not exceeding (NUMBEROFOAYS), or both such fine and imprisonment. Each day that a violation continues after due notice has been served shall be deemed it separate offense. 116S Abatement of violation: The imposition of the penalties herein prescribed shall not preclude the legal officer of the jurisdiction from instituting appropriate action to prevent unlaw- ful construction or to restrain, correct or abate a violation, or to prevent illegal occupancy of a building, structure or premises or to stop an illegal act, conduct, business or occupancy of a building or structure on or about any premises. SECTION 117.0 STOP WORK ORDER 117.1 Notice to owner: Upon notice from the code official that work on any building or structure is being prosecuted contrary to the provisions of this code or in an unsafe and dangerous manner, such work shall be immediately stopped. The stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, or to the owner's agent, or to the person doing the work; and shall state the conditions under which work will be permitted to resume. 117.2 Unlawful continuance: Any person who shall continue any work in or about the structure after having been served with a slop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be liable to a fine of not less than [AMOUNT( or more than (AbIOUNT(. SECTION 118.0 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 118.1 General: A certificate of occupancy, indicating comple- tion of the work for which a permit was issued, shall he obtained prior to any occupancy of a structure except as provided for in Section 118.2. 118.2 Temporary occupancy: Upon the request of the holder of a permit, a temporary certidicme of occupancy shall be issued before the completion of the entire work covered by the permit provided than such portion or Portions shall he occupied safety prior to full completion of the structure witbom endangering life or public welfare. Any Occupancy permitted to continue (luring the work shall he discontinued within 30 days alter completion of the work unless it certificate of occupancy is issued by the code official. 118.3 Issuance or certificate: Upon nrinrn rcqucst (runt the owner of cut csisting structure. 1110 rude ullicial shall issue a certificate of occupallc 111(1%ided that Iben• :ur nut violations ul'law or orders (11, [Ile code ollirial Petting, and it is established after inspection and it vest igal it'll that tlm :dlegvd occupancy of Ilse Strucutre has herelulitre raised. 'I'ltis cudo shall nut require the removal. alteralian or ahandunment of; or prevent Ilse coll. timtance of, the occupancy of ;t lawfully existing structure. unless such use is deemed n enl:mgcr publ is sal'cty and wcl hoc. 118.4 Contents of certificate: When a structure is entitled thereto, the code official shall issue it cenilicate of occupancy within ten days after trrinen appl icat ion. Upon completion of lie final inspection in accordance with Section 1 13.3 and correction of the violations and discrepancies, the ccrtilicate of occupancy shall be issued. The certificmc of occupancy shall specify the following. 1. Tlteediflonof thecodeundcrwhichtile permit was issued. 2. The use group and occupancy, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 3. 3. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6. 4. If an autonmtie sprinkler syetetn is provided, whether the sprinklersyrtere is required. 5. The hazard classification or 'storageconfiguration, includ- ing aisle widths, for which the anlamalirspriuklersystem is designed. 6. The autnulalir• s7rinkler and standpipe s Stem demand at the base of the riser. 7. Any special slipuluions and conditions of the building permit. SECTION 119.0 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT 119.1 Conditions: All structures or existing equipment which are or hereafter become unsafe, unsanitary or deficient because of inadequate means of cgrerv facilities, inadequate light and reruilation, or which constitute a fire hazard, or arc otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or which involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition. All unsafe structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe, as the code official deems necessary and as provided for in this section. A vacant structure that is not secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe. 119.2 Record: The code official shall cause a report to be filed on an unsafe condition. The report shall state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condition. 119.3 Notice: If an unsafe condition is found, the code official shall serve on the owner, agent or person in control of the structure, a written notice that describes the condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be made in abate the unsafe condition, or that requires the unsafe structure to be demolished within a stipulated time. Such notice shall require the person thus notified to declare immediately to the code official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the order. 119.4 htefhod of service: Such notice shall be deemed properly served if a copy lhereoris (a) delivered to the owner personally; or (b) sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the owner at the last known address with the return receipt requested. If the certified or registered letter is returned showing that the letter %vas not delivere(I.:t copy thereol'shal l be pusie((in a conspicuous place in or about Ilse strucnur affected by such notice. Service of such notice in the foregoing, manner upon the owner's agent or upon the person responsible for the stmcuue shall constimte service of notice upon the mvner. 119.5 Restoration:11he structure orcquipment determined ill lie unsafe by the axle official is pertained fit be restored to a safe condition. To the exenl that repairs, alterations or additions are made or it change cforrupaner occurs during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, alierations, additions or ncaucge rJ oerupancy shall comply with lire tell uiremtits of Section 107.1.1 and Chaplcr 34. 119.6 Uisregardofnotice: Upon refus;dorneglect oflhe person served with an unsafe notice toeomply with the requirements of the order to abate the unsafe condition, the legal counsel of the jurisdiction shall be advised of all the facts in order to pursue recourse provided by law. SECTION 120.0 EMERGENCY MEASURES 120.1 Imminent danger: When, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent danger of failure or collapse of it building or structure or any pan thereof which endangers life, or when any structure or part of it structure has ration and life is endangered by the occupation of the building or structure, the code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and require the occupants to vacate the same forthwith. The axle official shall cause to be posted al each entrance to such structure a notice reading as follows: "This Structure is Unsafe and its Occupancy has been Prohibited by the Code Official." It shall be unlawful forany person to enlersuch structure except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the same. 120,2 Temporary safeguards: When, in theopinion of the axle official, there is imminent danger due loan unsafe condition, the code official shall cause the necessary work to be done to render such structure temporarily safe, whether or not the legal proce- dure herein described has been instituted. 120.3 Closing streets: When necessary for the public safety, the code official shall temporarily close structures and close, or order the authority having jurisdiction to close, sidewalks, streets, public ways and places adjacent to unsafe structures, and prohibit the same from being used. 120.4 Emergency repairs: For the purposes of this section, the code official shall employ the necessary labor and malerials to perform the required work as expeditiously as possible. 120.5 Costs or emergency repairs: Costs incurred in the per formance of emergency work shall be paid from the treasury ul' Elie jurisdiction on approval of the code official. The Icgad counsel of the jurisdiction shall institute appropriate action against the owner of the premises where the uns;dc strucunr is or was located. 120.6 Unsafe equipment: Equipment deemed uns:de by the code official shall not be operated afier the date +Lnerf it, tine notice unless the requ ired repairs or changes have Iven made :md Ilse equipment has been approved. tit unlessanestensionof boar has been secured from the code official in o ririne. ADMINISTRATION 121.6.1 Authority to seal equipment: In the case of air emergency, due axle official shall have the authority lu seal out of service imnledi,uely any unsole device or equipment regulated by this caste. 120.6.2 Unlawful to rell]OVC seal: Any IICViCC or equipment scaled uul of.cervice by the code official shall be plainly marked with a sign or lag indicating the reason lir such scaling.'1'hc sign or lag shall nor be tampered will, defaced or removed 0. Celli by the code official. SECTION 121.0 MEANS OF APPEAL 1i 121.1 Application for appeal: Any person slydl have Ilse right to appeal a decision at' due code oflicial hr the board ul'appeals. An application fir aplx:al shall be based on it Chaim 111111 the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this axle do not fully apply, or an equivalent form ill'cunshuclion is to be used. 121.2 Membership orbuard: T'he board ol'appeads shall consist (if live members nppuinled by the chief aploinling authority its follows: one for I ive years, one tin' four years, one pier Ihrce years, one for two years, and tine for (tile year. 1heneafir. ash now member shall serve for live years tit until it successor has been appointed. 121.2.1 QuullRcallum:'I'hc hoard ill appeals shall consist of live individuals, (tile 1141111 each (if the Iidlowing professions of disciplines. 1. Reghirmd dmigo pro/i?c.aiurrul that is a registered ar- chitecl; tit a builder err sup riolendent of building Con- struction with of least len•ycars experience, live of which shad have been in responsible charge of work. 2. Reghtered design pion/i-.0onal wilb sb'uctural cn- ginectiol nr architectural experience. 3. Reghlord design pear/rssinnnl with mechanical or plumbing eaginceriug exp oienec; urn mechanical or plumbing conIr t im v; III at least Ica-years experience, five ul' which shall have been in responsible charge of work. .1. Rrghtrrrd draiga pru/ia.rimud with electrical on- gincerinllexperience; or an electrical conlremrwith at least Ien•years experience, live of which shall have been in espomihle charge of work, 5. Regi.urrrd r6ai,gn prtifitcsiruudlvilh lire protection en- gincoing experience; or a lire protection contractor with at least Icn-years experience, live of which shall have been in responsible charge of work. 121.2.2 Allernate members: The chief appointing authority shall appoint rtvo alternate members who shall be called by the hoard chaiunan to hear appeals during the absence or disqualilicalion or a member. Alternate members shall pos- sess the gualilications required for board membership, and shall be appointed lit five years or until a successor has been appointed. 111.2.3 Chalrouuc'I'he board shall ;unrrdly select one of its nendx•rs to sear as chairman. 121.2.4 Disqualification ill' member: A member shall not hear :in appeal in which that nicmber has ;my personal. proleNsion:d err linvacial interest. I THE DOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 121.2.5 Secretary: I'he duel' administrative officer shall designate it qualified clerk to serve as secretary t0 the hoard. The secretary shall file it detailed record ol'aII proceedings in the office o f the ch ier ednt i nistmti ve oil icer. 121 2.6 Compensation of members: Compensation of members shall be determined by law. 121.3 Nolice of needing: The board shall meet upon notice from the chairman. within tell days of the filing of an appeal, or at stated periodic meetings. 121.4 Open hearing: All hearings be I ore the board shall be open to the public. The appellant, the appellant's representative, the code official and any person whose interests are affected shall be given an opportunity to be heard. 121.4.1 Procedure: The board shall adopt and make available to the public through the secretary procedures under which a hearing will be conducted. The procedures shall not require compliance with strict rules of evidence but shall mandate that only relevant information be received. 121.5 Postponed hearing: When five members are not present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appellant's repre- sentative shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing. 121.6 Board decision: The board shall modify or reverse the decision of the code official by a concurring vole of three members. 121.6.1 Resolution: The decision of the Iward shall be by resolution- Certified copies shall be furnished to the appellant and to the code official. 121.6.2 Administration: The code official shall take imme- diate action in accordance with the decision of the board. 121.7 Court review: Any person, whether or not a previous party of the appeal, shall have the right to apply to the appropriate court for a writ of certiorari to correct errors of law. Application for review shall be made in the manner and time required by law following the riling of the decision in the office of the chief administrative officer. I, r; t tJr?P?r lsr;.; Ijj f TWELFTH EDITION ISSUED EVERY THREE YEARS:., , is , r c ?` a6 ? rf ?¢f?+iyl^}fy r r, I. ? S?jF '.y y ,r} ?A4syr?,jlf r. l .JS I?1 ' f. I q lt?)i3`! tt/a)I?, :,Fj4????1.'??p Jt `[I it tt?f t tit i?Or,M Y {yi+y?},t! Mfr g? }?r,,? .. r + P?,. 11 r ?`` ?} F ilr -. '. f? ?-C 1p , }?2{fw 7. I' ,r f??n7l?jr r ti T ?- ?!, l. f •')I `44 ny5 ,?? jlFj rki?«i'r r J .}' ?! x ! ? nn 1 ?, u. r i 0?'F.?r ft; yet IE Z?'t7? ! I r ?4'? ? c) . )Jf? i s3 .,;? ,?1 ' ?f„Yr,?;„? pew {i tr. rlltt ?t?j 1'll `.?? .' rr 4I?hjI?{ ?? 1 Ifl Sfl? F f t-. ?rf I ? 5 Tt. t11r r', r.urt?? fIt Qq t ?:) Rj BUILDING OFFICIALS & CODE ADMINISTRATORS INTERNATIONAL, INC. r•tl ?1 i'? NA NA CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY SECTION 401.0 GENERAL 401.1 Scope: In addition to the general requirements of this code governing the location, construction and equipment of all build- ings and structures, and the fireresistance ratings, height and area limitations of Tables 503 and 602, the provisions of this chapter shall control all buildings and structures designed for special occupancies as herein provided. SECTION 402.0 COVERED MALL BUILDINGS 402.1 Scope: The provisions of this section shall apply to build- ings or structures defined herein as covered mall buildings not exceeding three floor levels in height at any one point. Except as specifically required by this section, covered mall buildings shall meet all applicable provisions of this code. Exceptions: Where approved by the code official, the follow- ing occupancies arc not required to comply with the provisions of this section. 1. Foyers and lobbies in occupancies in Use Group B, R- I or R-2. 2. Buildings which comply totally with all other ap- plicable provisions of this code. 402.2 Definitions: The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein. Anchor store: An exterior perimeter department store or major merchandising or magnet center having direct access to a mall and having its required exits independent of the mall. Gross leasable area: The gross leasable area is the total floor area designed exclusively for tenant occupancy. The area of tenant occupancy is measured from the center lines of joint partitions to the outside of the tenant walls. Mall: A mall is a roofed over common pedestrian area serving more than one tenant located within a covered mall building. Mall building, covered: A building enclosing a number of tenants and occupancies such as retail stores, drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, passenger transportation terminals, offices and other similar occupancies wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance into one or more malls. Anchor stores shall not be considered as pan of the covered stall building. I Z 402.3 Lease plan: The permit bolder shall provide both the building and fire departments with a lease plan showing die locations of each occupancy and its tneanr of egress after the certificate of occupancy has been issued. Such plans shall be kept current. Modifications or changes in occupancy shall not be made from that shown on the lease plan without prior approval. 402.4 Tenant separations: Each tenant space shall be separated from other tenant spaces by afire partition having a fircresist- ance rating of not less than 1 hour. Thcftre partition shall comply with Section 711.0 except that the fire partition is not required to extend beyond the underside of a ceiling that is not pan of a fireresistance rated assembly. A wall is not required in attic or ceiling spaces above tenant separation walls nor is a tenant separation wall required between any tenant space and a mall, except for occupancy separations required elsewhere in this code. 402.4.1 Anchor store openings: Openings between an anchor store and the pedestrian area of a mall are not required to be protected. 402.5 Egress: Each individual occupancy within the covered mall building shall be provided with a means of egress in accordance with other provisions of this code. Measurements shall be made to the entrance to the mall. 402.5.1 Travel distance: The maximum length of exit access travel from any point within the mall to an approved exit along the natural and unobstructed path of travel shall not exceed 200 feet (60960 mm). 402.5.2 Anchor store exits: Anchor stores shall provide the required number of exits and the minimum width for the required erit capacity directly to the exterior. The occupant load of anchor stores opening into the mall shall not be included in determining exit requirements for the mall. 402.5.3 Dead ends: The dead end of a mall shall not exceed twice the width of the mall. 402.5.4 Design occupant load: In determining required exit faci lilies of the mall, the number of occupants for whom exit faci lilies are to be provided shall be based on gross leasable area of the covered mall building (excluding anchor stores) and the occupant load Ltctoras detemtined by the following formula: 27 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 OI.F = (0.00(H)7) (GI.A) + 25 where: Ol.l'=,file occupant load Liclur (square feel per person). GLA =1be gross leasable area (square real. 'file occupant load limo (01.F) is not required le he less than 30 and shall not exceed 50. 402.5.5 Exit access width: The ntinintant widthof 1-Ah arrrs.r passageways and corridors from a mall shall be 66 inches (1676 rent). 402.5.6 Exit distribution: The required exits and exit widths shall be distributed equally throughout the mall. 4025.7 Storage prohibited: Storage is prohibited in twit corridors that are used for service to tenants. Such corridors shall be posted with conspicuous signs so staling. 4025.8 Passenger transportation terminals: A covered mall building whose primary purpose is a passengertmnspor- tation terminal shall comply with the means of egress require- ments for Use Group A-3. 402.5.9 Service areas fronting on exit passageways and corridors: Mechanical moms, electrical rooms, building service areas and service elevators are permitted to open directly into exit passageways and exit corridors provided that the required fireresistance rating of the exit enclosure is maintained. 402.6 Mall width: The minimum width of the mall shall be 20 feet (6096 mm). Them shall be a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) clear exit width to a height of 8 feet (2438 mm) between any projection of a tenant space bordering the mall and the nearest kiosk, vending machine, bench, display opening or other obstruction to means of egress travel. The mall width shall be sufficient to accommodate the occupant load emptying into the immediately adjacent mall as determined by Section 402.5.4 for all occupancies except Use Groups A and E which Shull be determined by Section 1008.0. 402.7 Structural elements: Covered mall buildings shall be of Type I, 2 or 4 construction. Covered mall buildings three stories or less in height are exempt front the area limitations of Table 503. 402.7.1 Structural elements, anchor stores: An anchorslore three stories or less in height shall be of Type 1, 2 or 4 construction and is exempt from the area limitations of Table 503, provided that a smoke control system conforming to Section 921.0 is installed in the anchor store. For the purposes of the design and operation of the fire emergency ventilation system, the anchor store shall be considered a tenant space zone. 402.8 Roof coverings: Roof coverings for covered mall build- ings shall be of Class A, B or C as required by Section 1506.0. 402.9 Use Groups A-1 and A-2: Use Group A-I and A-2 occupancies shall not have more than one-half of their requited ruean.s of egress opening directly to the mull (sec Section 1006.2.2). 4112.111 Sprinkler system: The mall and all buildings connected thereto shall he eopiipped throughout with an autornalh-spi mklrr shsteat in accordance with Section 906.2.1. The system shall installed in such a niatmer that when any portion of the s) •s( serving tenant spaces is shut down. the portion of du• syet serving the mall will remain operational. 402.11 Slandpipes:'I'here shall be it standpipe hose connect located within the mall at each entrance loan e.wil passage%% r.rit corridor- or enclosed stairway and at all exterior enure. to the nu 1. The hose connection shall lie supplied from anannarir sprinkler .cysion of the mall or front a sepur .standpipe system. The crater avpply shall be capable eI'(Ieliv ing 250 gallons per minute (gpni) (0.016 nt'/s). 402.12 Smoke control: The mall and adjacent tenant spat shall be equipped with a smoke control system conronning Section 921.0. 402.13 Fire department access to equipment controls: F protection system and HVAC system controls shall be identifit and the fire department shall have access thereto. 402.14 Plastic panels and plastic signs: Within every story level and from side wall to side wall of each tenant spar approved plastic panels and signs shall be limited as specified Sections 402.14.1 through 402.14.4. 402.14.1 Area: The panels and signs shall not exceed percent of the wall area facing the mall. 402.14.2 Height and width: The panels land signs shall r exceed a height of 36 inches (914 mm); except if the panel sign is vertical, the height shall not exceed 96 inches (24. mm) and the width shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm). 402.14.3 Location: The panels and signs shall be located minimum distance of 18 inches (457 mm) from adjace tenants. 402.14.4 Encasement: All edges and the backs shall be ful encased in metal. 402.15 Kiosks: Kiosks and similar structures (temporary permanent) shall meet the requirements of Sections 402.15 through 402.15.4. 402.15.1 Construction: Combustible kiosks or other stru• lures shall not be located within the mall unless construcle of fircretardant-treated wood throughout conforming to Sts lion 2310.0. 402.15.2 Fire suppression: Kiosks and similar structures ill are covered and are located within the mall shall be prolcclc by an muomatie sprinkler system installed in accordance wit Chapter 9. 402.15.3 Horizontal separation: The minimum horizons: separation between kiosks and other structures within th mall shall be 20 feet (0096 mm). 402.15.4 Maximum area: Kiosks or similar structures sha have it maximum area of 300 square feel (2790 m=). 402.16 Parking structures: An attached garage for the sterile of passenger vehicles that have a capacity ref not more than min Ivrsuns, or cut open parking structure, shall be considered as sepanuc building where is is separated from the covered nut huilding by a fire separation a.scenrhly having a lireresistanc 28 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY e I. rating of not less than 2 hours or shall be considered as part of the covered mall building. SECTION 403.0 HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS 403.1 Applicability: The provisions of this section shall apply an 75 (2296b0 buildings gab having the Io w! tdl wel ors of locaied more v hicle access. Exception. T'he provisions of this section shall not apply to the following buildings and structures: the I. Airport traffic control towers conforming to re- quirements of Section 414.0. 2. Open parking structures (sec Section 406.0). 3. Buildings with an occupancy in Use Group A-5 (see section 303.6). 4 Low-hazard special occupancies where approved by the code official (see section 503.1.1). 5. Buildings with an occupancy in Use Group H-i, H•2 or h H-3. equip n 403.2 throlursystem: an automatic spriinnkler e system shall bie equippeed d ghout with accordance with Section 906.2.1. Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be re- quired in spaces or areas of: with Section 406.0. 1. Open parking structures complying 2. Telecommunications equipment buildings used ex- clusively for telecommunications equipment, as- sociated electrical power distribution equipment. batteries and standby engines, provided that those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an auto- matic fire detection system in accordance with Section 918.0 and are separated from the remainder of the building with fire separation assemblies consisting of 1-hour frreresistance rated walls and 2-hour fireresist- once rated floor/ceiling assemblies. 4033 Alternative sprinkler system: Alternatively, to qualify for the frreresistance rating reduction for certain building ele- errn ments listed in section 403.3.3, the automatic sprinkler syss`e shall comply with Section 906.2.1 and the optional fire p tion features listed in Sections 403.3.1 and 403.3.2. 4033.1 Control valves and water-flow devices: Sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory initiating devices and water-now initiating devices shall be provided for each floor. 4033.2 Secondary water supply: In addition to the main water supply, for buildings located where the effective peak velocity-related acceleration (A ) is equal to or greater than 0.20 in accordance with Section 1612.1, a secondary on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler design demand plus 100 gallons per minute (0.0063 m'/s) shall be provided. This water supply shall have a duration of 30 minutes. 403.3.3 Automatic sprinkler system alternative: Where a complete automatic sprinklersystem with the additional sys- tem features listed in Sections 403.3.1 and 403.3 2) is installed throughout, modifications to this code are permitted as described in Sections 403. 3.3.1 and 403.3.3.2. 411333.1 'T'ype of construction: Other than in buildings withanoccupancy in UseGmupsF-I.H-3,Mand S-1.the minimum type of construction required by this code shall be modified as indicated in'rable 403.3.3.1. Exception- The 'Type 1 A to IR modification shall be permitted for buildings with an occupancy in Use I Groups F- I. M and S- I. Table 403.3.3.1 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION SMOD E IIFCATIO BUILDINGS PERMITTED FOR HIGH-R Moonted type of construction Type of construction permitted hereunder set forth in Table 602 18 1A 29 1B 2B 2A Note a. The minimum fireresistance rotinq far floor construction shall be 2 ours. 403.3.3.2 Shaft enclosures: The required frreresistance rating of the fire separation assemblies enclosing vertical shafts, other than stairway enclosures and elevator hoistway enclosures, shall be reduced to 1 hour where automatic sprinklers are installed within the shafts at the top and at alternate floor levels. 403.4 Automatic fire detection: A smoke detector suitable for the intended application shall be installed in each of the follow- ing rooms: mechanical equipment; electrical; transformer; acltuation of any detector ctoelevator r shall n achi dnan alarm a aconrstan The attended location. 4035 Voice/alarm signaling systems: A voice/alarm signaling system shall beProvided with Section 917..1 Section 917.9 and activated in a 403.6 Fire department communication system: A two-way fire department communication system shall be provided for fire department use. The communication system shall operate be- tween the fire command station and every elevator, elef ftor lobby and enclosed exit stairway. Acceptable types department communications shall include: 1. Telephone or fire department radio in lieu of a dedicated system, where approved by the fire department; and 2. Intercom or two-way public address system complying with NFiPA 72 listed in Chapter 35. 403.7 Fire command station: Afire command station for fire department operations shall be provided in a location approved ' by the fire department. The fire command station shall contain: the voice/alarm signaling system controls; the fire department ic fire system controls; the automatdetection and protective signaling system annunciator panels; an annunciator that visually indicates the floor location of elevators and whether they are operational; status indicators and controls for air-han- dling systems; controls for unlocking all slainway doors simul- taneously: sprinkler valve and water-flow wer, status indicators; rand a panels; emergency and standby po telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public telephone system. 29 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE11993 403.8 Elev:dors: Elevator operation and insudlatioo shall he in accordance with Chapter 30. Elevator service shall be provided for lire department emergency access Wall floors. Said elevator cab shall be of such size m accommotlme an ambulance cot that is 24 inches (610 nun) by 76 incites 11930 nun) in the horizontal open position. 403.9 Standby power, light and emergency syxlenrs: Standby power, light and emergency systems shall comply with the requirements of Sections 4039.1 through 403.9.3. 403.9.1 Standby power: A standby power system coillinnt- ing to the requirements of Section 2707.0 shall lx: provided. If the standby system is a generator set inside it building, the system shall be located in a separate room enclosed with 2-hour ftreresistance ratedfrrescprrarirmassenthlics. System supervision with manual start and transfer features shall be provided at the fire com nand,station. 403.9.1.1 Fuel supply: An on-premises fuel supply, sufrt- cient for not less than 2-hour full-demand operation of the system, shall be provided. Exception: Where the system is supplied with pipeline natural gas and is approved. 403.9.1.2 Capacity: The standby system shall have it capacity and rating that supplies all equipment required to be operational at the same time. The generating capacity is not required to be sized to operate all of the connected electrical equipment simultaneously. 403.9.1.3 Connected facilities: All power and lighting facilities for the fire command station and elevators specified in Sections 403.7 and 403.8, as applicable, and electrically powered fire pumps required to maintain pres- sure, shall be transferable to the standby source. Standby power shall be provided for at least one elevator to serve all floors and be transferable to any elevator. 403,9.2 Separate circuits and fixtures: Separate lighting circuits and fixtures shall be required to provide sufficient light with an intensity of not less than I foolcandle(10.76lux) measured at floor level in all means of egrc.sr corridors, stairways, smokeproof enclosures, elevator cars and lobbies, and other areas which are clearly a pan of the escape route. 403.9.2.1 Other circuits: All circuits supplying lighting for the fire command station and mechanical equipment rooms shall be transferable to the standby source. 403.9.3 Emergency systems: E.ritsigns, exit illumination as required by Section 1024.0 and elevator car lighting are classified as emergency systems and shall operate within 10 seconds of failure of the normal power supply and shall be capable of being transferred to the standby source. Exception: Grit sign, erit and "really of egress illumina- tion are permitted to be powered by it standby source in buildings of Use Groups Pan(] S. -413-10 Stairway door Operation' All surir llyrv doors which are to be locked from the stairn•gv side silo)) be capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon n signal front thv Jiro rnnturrrnrl stmion. 4113.111.1 Stairway annnuutic:diort xyslelM A telephone Or other two-way communication systcnr connected nr an ap. proved constantly amended station slcll he provided at mat less than every fifth floor in each required stair o.a.l. where the doors to the strir'wgv are locked. SECTION 404.0 ATRIUMS 404.1 General:'llie [colt ••atriuni'shall mean an occupied space [hat includes a floor opening or series of floor openings, which connects two or moresmries. An atrium shall comply with this section where a shay enclosure is required by Section 713.3. Atriums shall be permitted in all occupancies, other than Use Group If. where provided with lie protection herein required. 404.2 Automatic sprinkler system: The atrium and all stories and floor areas connected to the atrium shall be equipped throughout with an antontadr.sprinklersyrtenu in accordance with Section 906.2.1. The aun"natic' ,q"'inkler syeste"r shall be supervised in accordance with Section 923.1. method I or 2. Exception: An automatic .sprinkler synem shall not be re. quired in areas separated from the atrium by fire separation assemblies in accordance with Section 709.0. 40413 Atrium occupancy: The floor of [he atrium shall not be occupied for other than low fire-hoard occupancies and only ap. proved materials and decorations shall be located in [he;urium space. Exception: The occupancy of the atrium floor area for any approved purpose shall not be restricted where the hazard is protected with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 906.2.1. 404.3.1 Exit discharge: Cris discharge in accordance with Section 1020.0 is permitted within the atrium. 404.4 Smoke control: A smoke control system complying with Section 921.0shall be installed in all atriums that connect more than two stories. 404.5 Enclosure of atriums; Atrium spaces shall be separated from adjacent spaces by a I-hour fire partition as required for corridors. Exceptions I. In residential occupancies, protected openings are not required where the floor area of each gueslroom or divelling unit does not exceed 1,000 square feet (93 mr) and each room or unit has an approved tmeansafeSress not entering the atrium. 2. Adjacent spaces shall be separated from the atrium by fire windmvs or by a tempered, wired, laminated glass orglass-block wall subject to the following criteria: 2.1. The glass shall be protected by a specially designed imamate sprinkler .sy;stetn. The ,sprinkler system shall completely wei the entire surface of the glass wall when actuated. Where there are walking sur- faces on both sides of the glass, both sides of the glass shall be so protected: 2.2. The lenipered, wired or laminated glass shall be in a gaskeied fra ine and installed in such a manner that the framing system wil l deflect without break- ing (I"adi"g) the glass before the.spri"k'ler system Operates: 30 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY or 2.3. 'file glass-block wall ossenthly shall be instal led in accordance with the listing lira Xo-hour lireresist- ance rating and the requirenmuts of Section 2115.0:and 2.4. Obstructions. such ascmlain rrds.drapety traverse rods. curtains. drips. ur similar materials shalt not be insmlled between the automatic sprinklers and the glass. 3. The adjacent spaces of ;my three Iloors of the atrium shall not be required it, he separated front the atrium: however, these spaces shell be included in the atrium volume lior the design of the smoke control system (see Section 92 1.0). 404.6 Signaling system: A lire protective signaling systcn, shall be installed in all occupancies will, an atrium than connects more than two stories. The system shall he activated in accordance with Section 917.7. I . Such occupancies in Use Group A, E or M shall be provided wi th a voice/alann signaling system complying with the requirements of Section 917.9. 404.7 Travel distance: In other than the lowest level of the atrium, where the required 'Peons t jegrevv is through the alri um space, the portion of evit access travel distance within the atri um space shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 nun). SECTION 405.0 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES 405.1 Applicability: The provisions of this section apply [o all structures having it floor level used for human occupancy more than 30 feel (9144 mm) below, or more than one story below, the lowest level ofexiidirehm;ge serving that floor level. Exception: The provisions of this section shall not apply to the following structures: I. Occupancies in Use Group R-3 equipped throughout with an autonmlie sprinklerxysleul in accordance with Section 906.0. 2. Publicegaragevequippedthroughout wilhanautomatic• sprinklersyvtem in accordance with Section 906.0. 3. Fixed guideway transit systems. 4. Occupancies in Use Group A-5. 5. Structures wherein tile lowest story is [lie only story that qualifies the structure as an underground structure and which have an area not exceeding 1,500 square feel (140 m2) and an occupant load less than 10. 405.2 Construction: The underground portion of the structure shall be of Type 1 construction. 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system: "Il,c highest level of exit discharge serving the underground portions of the structure and all levels below shall be equipped throughout with an otrtrtrnatic• sprinkler,vytrtenr in accordance with Section 906.0. 405.4 Compartmentatiun: In structures titian haven floor level more [Iran 60 feet (18288 nun) below the lowest lev<•/ of evil discharge, the highest level of cril discharge serving the under- ground portions of tie stmclure and all levels below shall each be e""cled into it nhininurn of two cunhpartmmIOs of up- Proxiorncly equal siee 11y a smoke hairier in accordance with Section 7111. Exception: Two cumparmlcnts are not required in the lowest story wherc,such story has an arch of less than 1,500 square Ices 040 n,-) and an uccupauu load of less than 10. 4115.4,1 Smoke harrier penetrations: penetrations of the smoke hairier shall he liniiled n plumbing and autonlnlic• sprinklers .v.w6• o piping and electrical ncceways. The air supp- ly, return and exhaust systcn, provided in One compartment shall be independent Of such systems provided in olltcrcmn. panments. 405,4.2 Elevators: Where elevators are provided, each com- parhucnl shall have direct access ao an elevator. Where an elevator serves more 111:11, one compartment, an elevator lobby shall be provided and shall be separated from both compartments by afire separation assembly having not less than it I-hour fircresistancc rating. 405.4.3 Egress: Etcll compartment shall contain not less than one exit and shall also have an twit access doorway into the adjoining compartment. 405.5 Smoke exhaust system: Where companmentation is re- quired by Section 405.4. each compartment shall have an inde. pendent automatically activated smoke exhaust system capable of manual operation. The system shall have an air supply and smoke exhaust capability which will provide a minimum of six air changes per hour. 405.5.1 Automatic fire detection: A smoke detectorcomply- ing with Section 918.8 and suitable for the intended use shall be installed in each of the following Axons: mechanical equip. men[; electrical; transformer; telephone equipment; elevator machine: or similar room. The actuation of any detector shall sound an alarm at a constantly attended location. 405.5.2 Activation: The smoke exhaust system shall be ac- tivated in the compartment of origin by actuation of the following, independently of each other. 1. Automatic.vprinkler.vyvtenr; 2. Smoke detectors required by Section 405.5.1; and 3. Manual controls provided for fire department use. 405.6 Fire protective signaling system: Where the lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet (18288 mm) below the lowest level ofe.0 discharge, [he structure shall be equipped throughout with a fire protective signaling system in accordance with Sec- tion 917.0, including a voice/alarn, signaling system installed in accordance with Section 9179 and activated in accordance with Section 917.7.1. 405.7 Public address: Where a fire protective signaling system is not required by Sections 405.6 or 917.4, a public address system shall be provided which shall be capable of transmitting voice communications to the highest level of exit discharge serving the underground portions of the structure and all levels below. 405.8 Standby power: A standby power system of sufficient capacity and rating and confom,ing m the requirements of Sec- tion 2707.0 shall he provided. 405.8,1 Fuel supply: If the standby system is a generator set inside a structure, the systcn shall be located in a separate room enclosed with 2-hour fhhrcresisuuce rated fire separation 31 I ('' THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE11993 assemblies. System supervision with manual start and trans- fer features shall he provided at the central station. 405,8.2 Capacity: The standby system shall supply the fol- lowing required systems: 1. Smoke exhaust system. 2..tinurkrprnr+f enrlnsure. 3. Fire pumps. 4. One elevator to serve all floors with the capability o£ transferring power to any clev:dor. 5. Emergency electrical system. 405.9 Emergency power: An emergency electrical system of sufficient capacity and rating and conforming to the require- ments of Section 2706.0 shall be provided. The emergency system shall supply the following required systems: 1. Voice communication system. 2. Fire protective signaling system. 3. Fire detection systems. 4. Elevator car lighting. 5. Means of egress lighting and exit sign illumination. SECTION 406.0 OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES 406.1 General: Open parking structures arc those structures used for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles designed to carry not more than nine persons, wherein provision for the repair of such vehicles is not made and where the exterior walls of the structure have openingson not less than two sides- Open parking structures are not required to conform to Section 408.0 for public garages. 406.1.1 Openings: The exterior walls of the open parking structure shall have uniformly distributed openings on not less than two sides totaling not less than 40 percent of the building perimeter. The aggregate area of such openings in exterior walls in each level shall not be less than 20 percent of the total perimeter wall area of each level. Interior wall lines and column lines shall be at least 20 percent open wittmt openings distributed to provide venrilation. Exception: Openings are not required to be distributed over 40 percent of the building perimeter where the re- quired openings are uniformly distributed over two oppos- ing sides of the building. 406.1.2 Separation: Exterior walls containing openings shal I have afire separation distance of greater than 10 feet (3048 mm). 406.2 Construction requirements: Passenger vehicle struc- tures shall be constructed of approved noncombustible materials throughout, including structural framing, floors, roofs and walls. Any enclosed room or space on the premises shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code. 406.3 Fuel dispensing: Areas where fuel is dispensed shall conform to the requirements of Section 408.4. 406.4 Heights and areas: llei,ght.s and areas of open parking structures shall not exceed the limitations specified in .rahlc 406.4, except as provided for i n Section 406.4.1. Tle heights :rod areas are subject to the increases indicated in Sections 504.0 and 506.0. The above height limitations pennit parking on the root-_ Table 406.4 HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES Type of construction Heighl' Area (square feet)" IAand IB Unlimited Unlimited 2A 12Stodes-1201eet Unlimited 2B 10Stories-1001eet 50,000 2C 8Slaries- 85lee1 50.000 Nola a. I tool= 304.8 mm; 1 square loot =0.0930. 406.4.1 Unlimited area: Structures with all sides open shall be unlimited in area provided that the height does notexceed 75 feet (22860 nun). For it side to to considered open, the total area of openings along the side shall not be less than 50 percent of the exterior area of the side at each parking level and such openings shall be equally distributed along the length of each level. All portions of each parking level shall be within 200 feet (60960 mm) horizontally from an exterior wall opening on any permanent open space. 406.5 Guards: All open-sided floor areas shall be provided with a guard in accordance with Section 1021.0, except that in those structures wherein vehicles are hoisted to the desired level and placed in the parking space entirely by approved mechanical means, the guard is not required on the side of the parking levels adjacent to the space occupied by the hoisting and placing equipment. 406.6 Wheel guards: Wheel guards made of approved noncom- bustible material shall be placed wherever required. SECTION 407.0 PRIVATE GARAGES 407.1 General: Private garages shall comply with the require- ments of this section. All private garages not falling within the purview of Sections 407.3 through 407.7 and which arc attached to or located beneath a building shall comply with the require- ments of Section 313.0 for puhlic• garages. 407.2 Definitions: The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown hercin- Garage, private: A garage for four or less passenger motor vehicles, four or less single motor airplanes, or one commer- cial motor vehicle, without provision for repairing orservic- ing such vehicles for profit. 407.3 Beneath rooms: Private garages located beneath habitable rooms in occupancies in Use Group R-1, R-2, R-3 or I-1 shall be separated from adjacent interior spaces by fire partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies which are constructed with not less than a I-hour f ircresist:ace rating. Wood structural members of the minimum dimensions specified in Section 2304.0 for Type 4 construction shall be acceptable without any further protection where it I-hour fireresistance rating is re- quired. 407.4 Attached to rooms: Prirare garages attached side-by- side to rooms in occupancies in Use Group R-1, R-2, R-3 or 1.1 shall be completely separated front the interior spaces and the (ath area by means of 1/-inch gypsum board or the equivalent applied to the garage side. 32 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 407.5 Door sills:'I'he sills of all door openings between privalr carogec and adjacent interior spaces shall be raised not less than 4 inches ( 102 nut) above the garage Iluur. 407.6 Opening prtdecl ives:'I'hc door opening pruect Ives shall comply with one of the following. I. 13/4-inch solid core wood door. 2. IY4-inch solid or honeycomb core steel door. 407.7 Fireslopping or concealed spaces: Where a garage is connected to in occupancy in Use Group R-3 by a concealed space, such as a breezeway, that is of Type 5U construction :aid Ill feet (3048 nim) or greater in length, )lie junction of the garage and the concealed space shall be frresinpped to comply with Section 720.0. 407.8 Means of egress: Where living quarters are located above a private garage, the required nrearts of egress facilities shall be separated from the garage area with I-hour fireresistance rated construction. SECTION 408.0 PUBLIC GARAGES 408.1 General: public garages shall comply with the applicable requirements of this section. Those portions of public garages where paint spraying is done shall comply with the requirements of Section 419.0. 408.2 Definitions: The following words and terns shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code- have the meanings shown herein. Garage, public: A building or structure for the storage or parking of more than four passenger motor vehicles, motor-powered boats or private or commercial airplanes, or more than one commercial motor vehicle. Public garages shall be classified in one of the following groups according to their specific occupancies: Group 1: A public garage occupied for the storage, parking, repairing or the painting of, or the dispensing of fuel to, motor vehicles. Group 2: A public garage occupied exclusively for passenger vehicles that will accommodate not more than nine pas- sengers. 408.3 Construction: All Group I public garages hereafter erected shall be classified as Use Group S-1 and all Group 2 public garages shall be classified as Use Group S-2; both shall conform to the height and area limitations of Table 503 except m specifically provided for herein. 408.3.1 Sprinkler system: All public garages shall be equipped throughout with an ataoaralic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 906.2.1: 1. Where any fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1116 ml); 2. Where the loud area of all fire areas on all floors exceeds 24,000 square feet (2232 nil): 3. Where any fire, area is more than twee stories above grade: or 4. Where located beneath other use groups. For the purposes of this section, a roof occupied for the parking or storage of motor vehicles shall not constitute a story. 4118.3.2 Roof storage of motor vehicles: Where the roof of a building is occupied fur to parking or storage of motor vehicles, such roof shall be provided with a parapet wall or it guard constructed in accordance with Section 1021.0, and with a wheel guard nut less than 6 inches (152 nun) in height Ihat is located so as it) prevent any vehicle from striking the parapet wall or guard. 408.3.3 Floor construction: The floor finish of public garages, including airplane hanger, shall be of concrete or other approved nonabsorbent. noncombustible material. 408.4 Fuel-dispensing areas: Fucl-dispensing areas shall be located on the level nearest grade. public garages with fuel-dis- pensing areas shall be completely separated from any other use group by fire separation a rsenddies having a minimum fhreresist- ance rating of 2 hours. The floors of the fuel-dispensing areas shall be graded to a floor drainage system such that any fuel spill or leak is contained within the area. The drainage system shall conform to the requirements of the plumbing code listed in Chapter 35. The fuel-dispensing area shall be equipped with an automatic, sprinkler system in accordance with Chapter 9. 408.4.1 Fuel-dispensing systems: All fuel-dispensing and fuel storage systems shall conform to the requirements of the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35. 408.5 Ventilation: All public garages shall be ventilated in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35. Fuel-dispensing areas shall be mechanically ventilated. 408.6 Special hazards: Any process conducted in conjunction with public, garages which involves volatile flammable solvents shall be segregated or located in a detached building or structure, except as provided for in Section 418.0 for the storage and handling of gasoline and other volatile flanrmables. The quantity of flammable liquids stored or handled in public garages - except in underground storage tanks, in special enclosures where permitted in accordance with NFiPA 30Aand the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35, and in the tanks of motor vehicles - shall not be more than 5 gallons (0.019 ma) in approved safety cans. SECTION 409.0 USE GROUP 1-2 409.1 General: All occupancies in Use Group 1-2 shall comply with the provisions of this section and all other applicable provisions of this code, except that this section shall not apply to occupancies in Use Group 1-2 that are not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 906.0. 409.2 Corridors: All corridors in occupancies in Use Group 1-2 shall be continuous to the exits and separated from all other areas except waiting areas, nures' stations and mental health treat- nent areas conforming to Sections 409.2.1 through 409.2.4. 409.2.1 Waiting areas: Waiting areas shall not be open to the corrritlor, except where all of the following criteria are met: I. The aggregate area of waiting areas in each smoke compartment does not exceed 6(10 square feet (56 m2); 2. Each area is located to permit direct visual supervision by facility sudl: 33 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING COD E/1993 3. linch area is equipped with an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance wiIli Section m 18.0: and 4. Each area is arranged so as not to ahstruct accts% to the required exits. 409.2.2 Waiting areas of unlimited area: Spaces con. strucled as requires[ for corridors shall nut be open to a corridor, except where all of the lotllowing criteria are fuel: 1. 'nccspaccs arc not occupied for patient sleepi ng roamns. treatment morns or speci I is occupancy areas as del fined in Section 302.1.1; 2. Each space is located to pemriidirect visualsupervision by the facility staff; 3. Both the space and corridors that the space opens into in the same smoke compartment are protected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance with Section 918.0; and 4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exits. 409.2.3 Nurses' stations: Spaces for doctors' and nurses' charting, communications and related clerical areas shall not be open to the corridor, except where such spaces are con- structed as required for corridors. 409.2.4 Mental health treatment areas: Areas wherein only mental health patients who are capable of self-preservation are housed, or group meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces other than specific occupancy areas as defined in Section 302.1.1, under continuous supervision by facility staff, shall not beopen to the corridor, except where all of the following criteria are met: I. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (140 m=); 2. The area is located to permit supervision by the facility staff; 3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access to the required exits; 4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance with Section 918.0; 5. Not more than one such space is permitted in any one smoke compartment; and 6. The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed as required for corridors. 409.3 Corridor walls: Corridor walls shall form a barrier to limit the transfer of smoke. The walls shall extend from the floor to the underside of the floor or roof deck above or to the underside of the ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed to limit the transfer of smoke. 409.3.1 Corridor doors: Corridor doors, other than those in a wall required to be rated by Section 302. 1.1 or for the enclosure of a vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a required fircresistance rating and shall not be required to be equipped with self-closing or automatic-closing devices, but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and shall be equipped with positive latching. Roller latches are not permitted. All other doors shall confirm to Section 716.0. 409.3.2 Locking devices: Locking devices which restrict access to the patient room from the corridor. and which are operable only by slat f I tofu the corridor side, shad I not restrict the titers ty'vgres.v from the patient nxmr except for patient rooms in mental health I:Icilities. 409.4 Smoke barriers: Snake barriers shall he provided to suhdivide every story used by patients loo sleeping or treatment into al tells[ two srnnke campamnenes. Such stories shall be divided inlosmmke romparrrnenr.s with ;fit area of not more than 22.500 square feel (2092 nil and the travel distance from any point in if smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 nuu). The srnnke barrier shall be in accordance with Section 712.0. 409.4.1 Refuge area: At least 30 net square feet (2.8 in-) per patient shall be provided within the aggregate area of rar- ridors, patient rooms, treatment roonts.lounge ordiningareas and other low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke barrier. On floors not housing patients confined to it bed or litter, at least 6 net square feet (0.56 m=) per occupant shall be provided on each side of each smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke compartments. 409.4.2 Independent egress: A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through [lie smoke comport- ment from which means of egrets originated. 409.5 Automatic sprinkler system: Smake compartments con- mining patient sleeping rooms shal I be equ ipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sysienm in accordance with Section 906.2. 1. Patient sleeping rooms shall be equipped with quick- re sponse.sprinklers. 409.5.1 Automatic fire detection: Patient sleeping rooms in nursing homes (both intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities) and detoxification facilities shall be provided with a smoke detector that is permanently connected to the normal power supply and that complies with the requirements of UL 217 er UL 268listed in Chapter 35. Such detectors shall provide a visual display on the corridor side of each patient room and shall provide an audible and visual alarm at the nursing station attending that room. Where such detectors and related devices are not combined with the nursing call system, the detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 918.0. Exceptions 1. Smoke detectors are not required in patient rooms equipped with automatic door-closing devices with integral smoke detectors on the room sides installed in accordance with their listing, provided that the integral detectors perform the required alerting function. 2. Patient-room smoke detectors installed in accord- ance with Section 918.0 are not required to activate the fire protective signaling system where the visual and audible alarms required in Section 409.5.1 are provided. 3. Sleeping rooms of it child care facility as specified in Section 308.3.1. SECTION 410.0 USE GROUP 1-3 410.1 General: All occupancies in Use Group 1-3 shall comply with the provisions of this section and all other applicable provisions of this code (sec Section 30X.4). 34 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 410.2 Mixed use groups: Portions of hui (dings with an occupan- cy in Use Group 1.3 which are classified a% a different use group shall meet the applicable requirements of this code for such use groups. Where security operations necessitate the locking of required nrenns t fr,Grrrr, pnrv ixiuns shall be ntadc t iv the release of occupants at all times. 410.3 Means of egress: Except as modified or as provided for in this section, the provisions of Chapter I O shall apply. 4103.1 Door width: Doors to resident sleeping rooms shall have a clear width ol'nmt less than 28 inches (711 mm). 4103.2 Sliding doors: Where doors in a oteanx of egress arc of the horizontal-sliding type, the force to slide the door to its fully open position shall not exceed 50 pounds (222 N) with a perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds (222 N). 41033 Horizontal exits: Horizontal exits shall be permitted to comprise 100 percent of the e.rits required provided that access to an Brit, other than a horizontal exit, is available in another fire compartment without requiring return through the compartment of origin. At least 6 square feet (0.56 mr) of available space per occupant shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit for the total number of occupants in the compartment served by that exit. 4103.4 Spiral stairs and alternating tread stairways: Spiral stairs that conform to the requirements of Section 1014.6.4 and atrernaiing tread stairways that conform to the requirements of Section 10 14.6.6 are permitted for access to and between staff locations. 5. 'the glaring shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in such a manner that the framing system will deflect without breaking ( loading) the glass before the .sprinkler syslcot operates. 6. Obstructions, such as curtain rxls, drapery traverse rods, curtains, drapes or sins i tar materials shall not be installed beoveen die autonuuie sprinklrr'.s and the glazing. 410.4 Locks: Egress doors are permitted to be locked in accord- ance with the applicable use condition. Doors from an area of refuge to the exterior are pennilted to be locked with a key lock in lieu of locking methods described in Section 410.4.1.77te keys to unlock the exteriordoors shall be availablc at all times and the locks shall he operable from both side%of the door. 410.4.1 Remote release: At I remote release of locks ondoors in a means of egress shall be provided with reliable means of operation, remote from the resident living areas, to release locks on all required doors. In Occupancy Conditions ID or IV, the arrangement, accessibility and security of the release mechanism(s) required for egress shall be such that with the minimum available staff at any time, the lack mechanisms are capable of being released within 2 minutes. Exception: Provisions for remote locking and unlocking of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition IV are not required provided that not more than ten locks are neces- sary to be unlocked in order to move all occupants from one smoke compartment to an area of refuge within 3 minutes. The opening of all necessary locks shall be ac- complished with not more than two separate keys. 4103.5 Exit discharge: f nits are permitted to discharge into a fenced or walled courtyard. Enclosed yards or courts shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants, a minimum of 50 feel (15240 mm) from the building with a net area of 15 square feel (1.4 m2) per person. 4103.6 Sallyports: A sallypon shall be pernrilted in a means of egress where then are provisions for continuous and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an emer- gency exiting condition. A sallypon is a security vestibule with two or more doors where the intended purpose is to prevent continuous and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only one door at a time. 4103.7 Exit stairways: One of the required grit .stairways in each building shall be pennilted to have glazing installed in doorsand interior walls al each landing level providing access to the stairway, provided that all of the following conditions are met: I. 'Me stainvay shall not serve more than four floor levels. 2. Stair doors shall not be less than Y4-hour fire doors complying with Section 716.0. 3. The total area of glazing at each noon level shall not exceed 5,000 square inches (3.23 m=) and individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1.296 square, inches (0.54 m2). It. The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an aauunatie.sprinkler s_vstenr.T'he .sprinkler system shall he designed m sect completely the entire surface of any glazing affected by lire schen actu;led. 410.4.2 Power-operated doors and locks: All power- operated sliding doors or power-operated locks for swinging doors shall be operable by a manual release mechanism at the door, and either emergency power or a remote mechanical operating release shall be provided. 410.43 Redundant operation: Remote release, mechanical- ly operated sliding doors or remote release, mechanically operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically operated release mechanism at each door, orshall be provided with a redundant remote release control. 410.4.4 Retook capability: Doors remotely unlocked under emergency conditions shall not automatically relock when closed unless specific action is taken at the remote location to enable doors to relock. 410.45 Emergency power: Emergency powerin accordance with Section 2706.0 shall be provided for all electrically power-operated sliding doors and power-operated locks. Exception: Pacilitics with ten locks or less complying with the exception to Section 410.4.1. 410.5 Vertical openings: Vertical openings shall be enclosed in accordance with Section 713.3. Exception: A floor opening between floor levels of residen- tial housing areas is permitted without enclosure protection between the levels, provided that all of the following condi- tions arc lies 35 THE OOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 I. The entire normally occupied areas so interconnected are open and unobstructed so as to enable observation of the areas by supervisory personnel. 2. Means of eCruxs capacity is sufficient lo provide shook tancous egress liar al l occupants Cann al l interconnected levels anti meas. 3. 'fire height dil'I'crence between due highest and lowest finished floor levels shall not exceed 23 feel (7010 ant). Each story, considered separately, has at least one-half of its individual required means of egress capacity provided by twits leading directly oat of that story without traversing anotbersmry, within file inter- connected area. 410.6 Smoke barrier: All occupancies in Use Group 1-3 shall have smoke barriers complying with Section 712.0 to divide every story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any other story having an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into at least two smoke compartments. Exception: Spaces having direct Grit to one of the following, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors involved complies with the requirements for doors at the compartment barrier for the use condition involved: 1. A public way; 2. A building separated from the resident housing area by a 2-hour fnreresistance rated assembly or50 feet (15240 mm) of open space; or 3. A secured yard or court having a holding space 50 feet from the housing area that provides 6 square feet (0.56 m') or more of refuge area per occupant including residents, staff and visitors. 410.6.1 Smoke compartments: The maximum number of residents in any snake compartment shall be 200. The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any room door required as exit access shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 nit). The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier from any point in a room shall not exceed 200 feet (60960 mm). 410.6.2 Refuge area: At least 6 net square feet (0.56 m') per occupant shall be provided on each side of each smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoining smoke conpart- ments. This space shall be readily available whenever the oc- cupants are moved across the smoke barrier in a fire emergency. 410.6.3 Independent egress: A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through tire.snroke comport- ment from which means of egress originates. 410.7 Subdivision or resident housing areas: Sleeping areas including:m individual cell ordnrntitory and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated front all other spaces in accordance with Sections 410.7.1 through 410.7.4. 410.7.1 Occupancy Conditions 111 and IV: Each sleeping area in Occupancy Conditions III aaid IV shall be separated front the adjacent cnnuuon spaces by a smoke-Iighl partition where the travel distance front the r/nrnnitm'v room or cell through the coalition space to t he,. rures.c r•nrridur exceed. 50 Ice[ 1152.10 nun). 410.7.2 Occupancy Condition V: Bach sleeping area in Occupancy Cundiliun \' shall be separated front adjacent sleeping areas. eimidrna and common spaces by a sntoke- light partition. Additionally, common spaces shall be separated from the esit rwress ra'd bat by it stuoke-light parlilion. 4111.7.3 Openings in room face: The aggregate area of all openings in a solid sleeping rams Ihce in Occupancy Condi- tions 11, 111, IV ;aid V shall not exceed 120 square inches (77419 nun=). The aggregate area shall include al l openings including door undercuts, food passes :arid grilles. All open- ings shall be not more than 36 inches (914 unit) above the floor. In Occupancy Condition V. the openings shall be closable from the room side. 410.7.4 Smoke-light doors: Doors in openings in partitions required to be smoke tight by Section 410.7 shall be substantial doors, of construction that will resist the passage of smoke. Latches and door closers are not required on cell doors. 410.8 Windowless buildings: For the purposes of this section, a windowless building or portion of a building is one with nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable or without windows. Windowless buildings shall be provided with vent openings, smoke shafts or :m engineered smoke control system to provide ventilation (mechanical or natural) for each windowless smoke connpaivnent. SECTION 411.0 MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS, SCREENING ROOMS AND SOUND STAGES 411.1 General: The provisions of this section shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose acetate or other safely film is utilized in conjunction with electric arc, xenon or other light- source projection equipment which develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose nitrate film is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply with NFiPA 40 listed i n Chapter 35. Every motion picture machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of this section shall be enclosed in a projection room. Appurtenant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, Irans- fonners and generators, shall be within the projection room or in an :adjacent room of equivalent construction. There shall be posted on the outside of each projection room door and within the projection room itself, a conspicuous sign with 1-inch (25 amt) block letters slating "Safety Film Only Permitted in this Room." 411.2 Construction of projection rooms: Every projection room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the construction requirements for the type of building in which tine projection room is located. Openings are not required to be protected. 'I'hc room shall have a flour area of not less [Iran 80 square feet (7.44 m=) for a single machine. Each motion picture projector, Ilenllight, spotlight or similar piece of equipment shall have a clear working space nl' nut less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 nun by 762 mail tot each side and in the rear thereof. but only one such space shall he required between two adjacent projec- lurs. The projection roam and the ranns appurtenant thereto shall have a ceiling heiOlt of nut less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 film). 'file aggregate ol'upenines liar projection equipment shall 36 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY not exceed 25 petrent of the area of die wall Iviween the projection room and the auditorium. All openings shall be provided with glass ur other approved material, so as ur close conmplelely the opening. 411.3 Projection booth and equipment ventilation: I'miection Iwoths and equipment shall be ventilated in accordance Willi the mechanical axle listed in Chapter 35. 411.4 Lighting control: Provision shall be made lincontrol of the auditorium lighting and the means oft-gress lighting systems of theaters from inside ill the room and from at lease one other convenient point in the building as required in Section 1024.3.1. 411.5Miscellaneous equipment: Each projection roontxhall be provided will) rewind and film slomge facilities, 411.6 Screening rooms: Screening rooms shall provide a seating capacity of not more than 30 persons, with not less than two approved means of egress complying with Chapter 10. Such rooms shall be enclosed in I -hourjrre separation assemhties. All seats shall be permanently fixed in position and the arrangement shall comply with the requirements of Section 1012.0. 411.7 Sound stage construction: All sound stages for motion picture or television productions shall be equipped throughout with an aatrnnatic.spritkler.sysmnh installed in accordance with Chapter 9. SECTION 412.0 STAGES AND PLATFORMS 412.1 Applicability: The provisions of this section shall apply to all pans of buildings and structures which contain stages or plarftrnhs and similar appurtenances as herein defined. 412.2 Definitions: The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein. Platform: A platform is a raised area within a building for: the presentation of music, plays or other entertainment; the head table for special guests; the raised area for lectures and speakers; boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-the-round; and similar purposes wherein there are no overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery orstage effects other than lighting. A temporary platform is one installed for not more than 30 days. Stage: A stage is a partially enclosed portion of a building which is designed or used for the presentation of plays, denionstm- tionsorother entertainment. Astage shall be funherclassifhed as either a legitimate stage, regular stage or thrust stage. Stage, legitimate: Aorage wherein curtains, drops, leg drops, scenery, lighting devices or other stage effects are retractable horizontally or suspended overhead. Stage, regular: Asrage wherein curtains, faxed leg drops, valances, scenery and other stage effects are hung mad are not retractable. Stage, thrust: Aplarfarar extending beyond the proscenium arch anti into the audience. 412.3 Stages:.S'toge construction shall comply with Sections 412.3.1 thrtmgh 412.39. 412.3.1 Stage floor construction: Openings through all stage floors shall be equipped with tight-fining, solid wood trap doors not less than 2 inches in nominal thickness with approved safely locks orolher materials uferpu:d physical and lire endurance properties. 412.3.1.1 Legilimale stages: Legitimate stages shall he constructed of materials as required for floors for the type of construction, hill not less (him Type 113 construction except that the portion of file legitimate stage extending back from and 6 feel (1829 mm) beyond the full width of the proscenium opening on each side shall tit, permitted to le constructed of noncombustible or heavy limber con- struction covered with it wood floor of not less than 2 inches nominal in thickness. Except for the finished floor, combustible construction shall not extend beyond the plane of the proscenium opening. 412.3.1.2 Regular and thrust stages: Regular stages and thrust stages shall be constructed of materials as required for floors for the type of construction of the building in which such .stages are located. 412.3.2 Stage rigging loft: The rigging loft, also referrer) to as the loft or fly, is the space overthe stage where scenery and equipment is out of view. The fly gallery is litc narrow raised platform at the side of lire legitimate stage from which the lines for flying scenery are manipulated. The gridiron is the arrangement of beams over a legitimate stage supporting the machinery for flying scenery and hanging battens from which lighting is hung. The pin rail is the beam at one side of a legitimate stage through which wooden or metal pins are driven and to which lines from the flies are fastened. The rigging loft, fly galleries, gridiron and pin rails shape be constructed of approved noncombustible materials. 412.3.3 Footlights and stage electrical equipment: Foot- lights and border lights shall be installed in troughs con- structed of approved noncombustible materials. Ready access shape be provided at all times to the switchboard. The storage or placing of stage equipment against the switchboard shall be prohibited. 4123.4Exteriorstagedoors: Where protectionof openings is required, exit discharge door openings to the outer air shall be protected swim fire doors that comply with Section 716.0. All exterior openings which are located on the stage for means of egress or loading and unloading purposes, and which are likely to be open during occupancy of the theater, shall be constructed with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the auditorium. 4123.5 Proscenium wall: Legitimate stages shall be com- pletely separated from the seating area by a proscenium wall with not less than a 2-hour fireresistrnce rating extending continuously from the foundation to tire roof. There shall not Lie other openings in the wall separating a legitimate stage from the auditorium except: the main proscenium opening; two doorways at the stage level, 6ne on each side thereon, and one doorway to the musician's pit from the space below the stage floor. Each such doorway shall not exceed 45 square feet (4.19 m=) in area and shall be protected with fire doors that comply with Section 716.0. 412.3.5.1 'trim, finish and decorative hangings: All numldines and decorations around the proscenium opening 37 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 shall be constructed entirely ol'appruved noncombustible material. 412.3.6 Proscenium curtain: The proscenium opening ul every legitimate stage shall he provided with ;I curtain of approved material designed and imt;dled to intercept but gases, flames and smoke, and to prevent a glow front a severe tire on the stage from showing on the auditorium side for a period of 30 minuies.'Iltc closing of the amain from the full open position shall beeffected in lessihan 30seconds,bui the past 8 feet of travel shall require not less than 5 seconds. 412.3.6.1 Activation: The curtain shall be activated by rate-of-rise heat detection operating at a rate of tempera- ture rise of 15 to 20 degrees ft per minute (8 (a It degrees C. per minute); and by an auxiliary manual control. 412.3.6.2 Fire test: A sample curtain with a minimum of two vertical seams shall be subjected to the standard fire test specified in ASTM El 19 listed in Chapter 35 for a period of 30 minutes. The curtain shall overlap the furnace edges by an amount that is appropriate to seal the top and sides. T'hecurtain shall have a bottom px)cket containing it minimum of 4 lbs. per linear foot (6 kg/m) of batten. The exposed surface of the curtain shall not glow, and flame or smoke shall not penetrate the curtain during the test period. Unexposed surface temperature and hose stream test re- quirements are not applicable lathe proscenium frresafety curtain test. 412.3.6-3Smoke test: Curtain fabrics shall have a smoke- developed rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in Chapter35. 412.3.6.4 Tests: The completed proscenium curtain shall be subjected to operating tests prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy. 4123.7 Scenery: All combustible materials used in sets and scenery shall be rendered flameresistant to comply with Chapter 8. 412-3.8 Stage ventilation: Metal or other approved noncom- bustible ventilators equipped with movable shutters or sash, shall be provided overstages larger than 1,000squarefect(93 m=) in floor area, constructed to open automatically by ap- proved heat-activated devices, with an aggregate clear open- ing area of not less than 5 percent of the area of the stage, except as otherwise provided for in Section 412.3.9. Sup- plemental means shall be provided for manual operation of the ventilator. Curbs shall be provided as required for skylights in Section 2608.2• 412.3,9 Superimposed theaters: Ardirinns or extensions shall not be erected over the stage section of a theater, nor shall a second theater be erected above ;mother. Where ap- proved, the prohibition against superimposed theaters and construction above thestage steal I not apply where approved access is provided for fire fighting with direct means of rrntilatino to the puler air front the stage portion. 412.4 Pltdrorms: Platform construction shall comply with See- tions4l 2.4.1 mx1412.4.2. 412.4.1 Materials: In buildings required w hr or 'Ij'tic I or Type 2 construction where Ilie platforms arc not ante than 30 inches (762 nun) alxrve the main flour level. the mininunn type ul'construction fora peruument plat/non shall be'I'ype 1-C. For all types of cunSIRIC6un where the plar(?rnrs are nut murc than 30 inches t 762 nun) show the main floor level. not larger in area than IU percent tit the room Iluorarea and not more than 2(X) square feet ( 14 inn) in area. the minimum type ul' construction liar a permanent pla(fnrm shall lie *I'ype 511. For alp types of construction where Uae pla(/brnr.s are not more than 30 incbcs (762 nun) above the main flour level. nut larger ih:m one-third of the room Ilrxar area and not more than 3.000 square reel (279 nt=) in area. the minimum type of construc- lion fora penrmnem platform shall he'fy(x! 4 or the plarfarm shape be constructed of ftreretardant-Ire red worst. All other permanent plarfortns shall he constructed of approved materials as required for floors for the required type of con- struction of the building in which it is located. 'temporary platforms shall be constructed of any approver) material. 412.4.2 Space beneath: The space hoween the floor and a temporary platform above shape not be utilized for any pur- posc other than electrical wiring to platform equipment. Where the space between the floorand a permanent plarfarm above is utilized for any purpose otter than electrical wiring or plumbing, the plarfarm shall provide a 1-hour ftreresisl- once rating. 412.5 Dressing and appurtenant rooms: Dressing and appur- tenant rooms shall comply with Sections 412.5.1 through 412.5.3. 412.5.1 Construction: Dressing rooms, scene docks, proper- ly rooms, workshops, storerooms and all compartments ap- purtenant to the stage shall be separated from each other and from the stage and all other pans of the building by fire separation assemblies with not less than a I-hour fircresist- once rating with approved opening proteclives. Such rooms shall not be placed immediately over or under the operating stage area. Exception: Separation from lhe,vage is not required for stages having a floor area of 500 square feet (46.5 no ) or less. 412.5.2 Opening protectives: Openings other than to trunk rooms and the necessary doorways at stage level shall not connect such rooms with the stage, and such openings shall be protected with fire doors that comply with Section 716.0. 412.5.3 Dressing room and stage exits: Each tier of dressing rooms shall be provided with at least two means of egress. Means of egress srair waivs from dressing and storage rooms are not required to be enclosed where located in Ihe.stagearea behind the proscenium wall. At lead one approved means of egress shall be provided from each side of the stage; from each side of the space under the stage; from each fly gallery; and from the gridiron. A steel ladder shall be provided from the gridiron to a scuttle in the .stage rain'. 412.6 Automatic sprinkler system: 57ages and enclosed plat- forrn.s shall be equipped with an auaunaor.vpr'inl'ler s7tstem in accordance with this section and Section 906.0or Section 907.0. 38 tatter®a SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY The system shall be ilwallm: under the ruuland gridiron, io lie lie and Ily galleries and in all places behind the proscenium wall of the stage: overand within enclosed plagbrmc in excess ul'500 square feet (46.5 nn°) in :aca; and in dressing rooms, lounge, workshops: nd storerooms accemory• to such ma,p•s or enclosed Platforms. Exceptions (.Stages or enclosed platJ'urrns open to the auditorium room on three or more sides. 2. Altars, pulpilxorsimilarplut/brnr.r:uul accessory nxuns. 3. Stage gridirons where sidew•all sprinklers with 1.15 degrees R (57 degrees C.) rated heads with heal-baffle plates are installed around the perimeter of the stage except for the proscenium opening ;it points not more than 30 inches (762 mm) below din gridiron nor more than 6 inches (152 nim) below the bffle plate. 4. Under stage or enclosed p/arfarmareas less than 4feet (1219 mm) in clear height tuilized for storage, thestat:e and supporting structures shall be of I-hour fircresist- ance rated construction. 412.7 Standpipes: A wel standpipe system in accordance with Section 914.0 shall be provided and equipped with I 0--inch hose connections on each side of the ,stage. Exception: Where the building or area is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler .cpsten4 the hose connections that are supplied from the aommatir sprinkler system shall haven tcrrtersupply of nut less than that required by NFiPA 13 listed in Chapter 35. 412.7.1 Hose and cabinet: The hose connections shall be equipped with sufficient lengths of I 1h-inch hose to provide fire protection for the stage area; such connections shall be equipped with an approved adjustable fog nozzle and be mounted in a cabinet or on a rack. SECTION 413.0 SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS 413.1 General: Special amusement buildings shall comply with the requirements for buildings of the appropriate assembly use group in addition to the requirements of this section. Exception: Buildings or portions thereof that are essentially open to the outside air, such as buildings without walls or without a roof and arranged to prevent the accumulation of smoke in the building or structure are not required to comply with this section. 413.2 Special amusement building: A special amusement building is any temporary, permanent or mobile building or portion thereof which is occupied fgrnmusement, entertainment or educational purposes and which contains a device or system which conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, :round or over a course in any direction so arranged that the means oj' egress path is not realdily apparent doe to visual or audio disirrc- lions or is intentionally conl'ounded or is not readily available clue to the nature ofthe auraclion onnode ufconvey;mcc through the building or structure. 413.3 Fire (]election: All special ainuscnrent buildings shall be equipped with an automatic lire detection system in accordance with Section 918.0. Exception: In area. inhere the a ihicnt cundiliuns will cause a smoke detector to acorns, out approved alternative type of atino nic detector shall h¢ installed. 41.1.4 Automatic sprinklers: All special anwscnienl buildings shall be equipped throughout with an aumnmtir a'pr•inkler.' xgern in accordance with Section 9116•0. Where [lie special antusenienl building is temporary ur niobilc, the aprink/err iraarsupply shall lie or an approved temporary means. Isxceplion: An amunratir sprinkler s.vReni is not required where the total Iluur area ol'a temporary special ;n nscnicnl building is less than 10M .square feet (93 tit-) and the travel distance 1•roni any finial loan exit is less than 50 feet (15240 non). 413.5 System response: llie activation or the automatic fire detection system within a single protected area or the autootatie sprinkler system shall automatically: I. Cause illumination of the ineansgfegre,sswith light of not less than I footcandle (10.76 lux) at the walking surface level; 2. Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and visual dis- tractions; and 3. Activate an approved directional exit marking that will become apparent in an ennergeney. 413.5.1 Alarm: Activation of any single smoke detector, the aul a iatie sprinkler ,sysrern or any other automatic ore deice- lion device shall immediately sound an alarm al the building at a constantly attended location from which emergency action can be initiated including the capability of manual initiation of requirements in Section 413.5. 413.5.2 Public address system: A public address system, which is also permitted to serve as an alarm system, shall be provided and shall be audible throughout the entire special amusement building. 413.5.3 Exit marking: "Exit" signs shall be installed at required exit doorways. Approved directional exit markings shall also be provided and shall include signs as required by Section 1023.0. Where mirrors, mazes or other designs arc used that confound the means aj egress paths, approved low-level "exit" signs and directional path markings shall be provided ;tad located not more than 8 inches (203 mm) above the walking surface and on or near the nicams of egress path. Such markings shall become visible when activated in ac- cordance with Section 413.5, item 3. 413.6 Interior finish: The interior nnish shall be Class I in accordance with Section 503.2. SECTION 414.0 AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS 414.1 General: llie provisions of this section shall apply to airport traffic control towers not exceeding 1,500 square feet (140 nr) per Door occupied only for air traffic control, electrical and mechanical equipntem ruunis, radar and electronics rooms, office spaces incidental to tower operation and lounges for employees, including restmmnis. 414.2 type of construction: Air mflic control towers shall he constructed to cunl'omi to the height ;and area limitations of 'liable 41.1.2. 39 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING COOE/1993 HEIGHT ATRAFAREA FIC CONTROL TOWERS e maximum ar a Type of construction Height- lsnuarefeel) 1A, 19 Unlimited 1,500 2A, 240 feet 1,500 28 100 feet 1,500 2C 85 feel 1.500 Note a. Height to be measured from grade to cab floor. Note b. I foot=304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m2. 414.3 Egress: A minimum of one evil stairway shall be pernhftied for airport traffic control towers of any height provided that the occupant load per floor does not exceed 15. The stairway shall con form to the requirements of Sections 1014.0 and 1015.0. The stairway shall be separated from elevators by a minimum dis- tance of one-half of the diagonal of the area served. Exception: Smakeproof enclosures as set forth in Section 1015.0 are not required where required stairways are pres- surized to a minimum of 0.15 inch of water column (37.33 P) and a maximum of 0.35 inch of watercolumn (87.10 P) in the shaft relative to the building with all stairway doors closed. 414.4 Automatic fire detection systems: Airport traffic control towers shall be provided with:m automatic ftredetection system installed in accordance with Section 918.0. 414.5 Standby power: A standby power system that conforms to Sections 403.9 and 2707.0 shall be provided in airport traffic control towers more than 65 feet (19812 mm) in height. Power shalt be provided to mechanical equipment servicingsmokeproof enclosures and sainvay pressurization systems, means of egress lighting, elevator operational equipment and the automatic fire detection system. SECTION 415.0 OUTDOOR PROCESSING FACILITIES 415.1 Industry standards: Outdoor processing facilities such as chemical plants, refineries and grain elevators shall be con- structed in accordance with the accepted engineering practice of the specific industry and the fire prevention code listed in Chap- ter 35, subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdic- tion. SECTION 416.0 HPM FACILITIES 416.1 Scope: The provisions of this section shall apply to build- ings and structures using hazardous production materials (HPM), such as in semiconductor fabrication facilities and areas of comparable research and development. Except as specifically required by this section, such buildings shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code. The specific code provisions of Sections 307.0, 506.3 and Table 1009.2 applicable to high-hazard use groups shall not apply unless stated herein. 416.2 Definitions: The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have the meanings shown herein. linnergeney control station: An approved location on [Ile premises where signals from emergency equipment are received and which is staffed by trained personnel. Irabricalian area: A fabrication area is one in which there are processes involving huzurdnus• prnrhuvinn materials ((IPM), and includes anvil laryrooms ortrcas, such as dressing rooms and offices, which arc supplemental to the area processes. Hazardous production material ((IPM): A solid, liquid or gas that has a degree of hazard rating in health, flammability or reactivity of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFiPA 704 listed in Chapter 35 and which is used directly in research, laboratory or production processes which have as their end product, materials which are not hazardous. Service passage, HPM: A passage in which hazardous produc- tion materials (HPM) are transported from a separate inside HPM storage room or the exterior of the building to the perimeter wall of thefabrication area, for purposes other than required means of egress. Storage room, HPM, separate inside: A room in which hazard- ous production materials (HPM) are stored in containers, tanks, drums or other means, and which is separated from other occupancies. Such rooms include: HPAf cutoff room: An HPM storage room within a building and having at least one exterior wall. HPAf inside room: An HPM storage room totally enclosed within a building and not having exterior walls. 416.3 Allowable heights, stories and area: The allowable height, number of stories and basic areas permitted for HPM buildings and structures shall not exceed the limitations specified in Table 416.3. The provisions of Section 507.0 shall not apply. The area limitations are for one- or two-story buildings facing on a street or public space not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) wide. The increases permitted in Sections 506.2 and 506.3 shall apply. Table 416.3 HEIGHT, NUMBER OF STORIES AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR HPM USE FACILITIES Type of construction Number of stories Height (feel)s Area Ssquap feet/ loor) 1Aand 1B 3 55 Unlimited 2A 3 55 34,200 2B 3 55 22,500 A 3 5 3 0 19,800 3B 3 40: 1.4,400 4 3 55 21,600 SA 3 40 15,300 58 2 30 7,200 Note a.1 foot = 304.8 mm; I square foot=0.093 mz. 416.4 Fire suppression: HPM facilities shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Chapter 9. The design for the fabrication areas, service passages, separate inside HPM storage rooms without dispens- ing, and means of egress corridors shall meet the requirements for Ordinary Hazard Group 2 in NFiPA 13 listed in Chapter 35. The design for separate inside HPMstorage rooms with dispens- 40 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY ing shall meet the requirements lira lixtra I laz:ud (hnup 2 in NFil'A 13 listed in Chapter 35. 4165 Amount of ill'iN inn rabricalion arew'Flie lolal:unounl of 111'Af permitted inn single fahricarion area shall he hased on the densities in Table 416.5(2), ur the quantities in 'Ihhle 4165(1), whichever is the larger amount. Table 416.5 11 PERMITTED AMOUNTS OF PM IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA-QUANTITY BASIS Material Maximum quantity' Flammable liquids Class I-A 90 gallons Class I-B 180 gallons Class I-C 270 gallons lift ie huildiug by 1101 Icss Ilian I-hourfire separation assemblies in compliance with Seclion 709.0. with fire doors complying wish Section 716.0. Floors I'onning pan of the required sepam- lion shall be liquid light. 416.8 Floors: Floors within fabrication arras shall be of ap- proved noncombustible construction. Unprotected openings through floors of fnhriration areas are permitted where the interconnected levels are used solely for mechanical equipment directly related to such fathrieation areas. Mechanical, duct and piping penetrations within a fabrication area shall not extend through more than Iwo floors. Penetrations shall be effectively ftrestopped in accordance with Section 720.6.4 at the floor level. The fetbrication area, including the areas through which ductwork and piping extend, shall be con- sidered a single conditioned space orfrre area. Class 1-A( 1-B or I-C flammable liquids 360 gallons Combustible liquids Class It 360 gallons Class 111-A 750 gallons Flammable gases 9,000 cubic feet at one atmosphere of pressure at 70' F. Liquefied flammable gases 180 gallons Flammable solids 1,500 pounds Corrosive liquids 165 gallons Oxidizing material - gases 18,000 cubic feet Oxidizing material - liquids 150 gallons Oxidizing material - solids 1,500 pounds Organic peroxides 30 pounds Highly toxic material and poisonous gas Included in the Note a.1 gallon = 0.00379 mn; 1 cubic loot =0.028 ma; 1 pound = 0.454 kg; degrees C. = [(degrees F) - 321/1.8. Table 416.5 21 PERMITTED AMOUNTS OF PM IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA-DENSITY BASIS'•c State Units° Flammable Oxidizer Corrosive Solid pounds per square fool 0.001 0.003 0.003 Liquid gallons per square foot 0.04" 0.03 0.08 Gas cubic feet per square foot 1.250 1.250 3.000 Note a. HPAt within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities. Note It. The maximum permitted quantities of flammable and combustible liquids shall not exceed the following quantities: Class I-A) « (I-B) a (I-C) (Combination flammable liquids) ....... =.025 however Class l-A shall not exceed ........................ =.0025 Classll ............................................... =.01 Class111-A ............................................. =.02 Note c. Highly toxic materials and poisonous gases shall W limited by the maximum quantities specified in Table 416.5(1. Nola it. I pound per square fool =4.882 kg/m ;1 gallon persquare loot = 0.0407 M3/M2; 1 cubic loot per square loot = 0.301 ma/m . 416.6 Egress: There shall not be less than two nnvars of egress provided for any fahric•arion area or any 111'A1 facility sub- division thereof larger than 200 square feet (18.62 nil). The maximum length of e.sit ocress travel in 11PA1 facilities shad I be 100 feet (30480 mot). 416.7 Separation: Fabrication areas shall be separated from each other, from means a f egress c•orrirlorss, mud from other pans 416.9 Ventilation, general: Ventilation systems shall comply with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35 except as other- wise provided herein. Ventilation, including recirculated air, shall be provided throughout the fabrication area at the rate of not less than I cfm per square foot (5074 cm'/s/me) of flporerea. 416.9.1 Interconnection: The exhaust system of onefabrica- tion area shall not connect to another exhaust system outside that fabrication area within the building. The return air sys- tem from one fabrication area shal I not connect to any other system. 416.9.2 Smoke detectors: Snake detectors shall be installed in the recirculating air stream and shall initiate a signal at the emergency control station. 416.9.3 Shuloff switches: Automatic shutoffs are not re- quired to be installed on air-moving equipment. A manually operated remote switch to shutoff the fabrication area supply or the recirculation air system, or both, shall be provided at an approved location outside the fabrication area. 416.9.4 Gas detection: Wherc NPM gas is used or dispensed and the physiological warning properties for the gas are at a higher level than the accepted permissible exposure limita- tion for the gas, a continuous gas-monitoring system shall be provided to detect the presence of a short-term hazard condi- tion. Where dispensing occurs and flammable gases or vapors are liberated in quantities exceeding 20 percent of the lower explosive limitation, a continuous gas-monitoring system shall be provided. The monitoring system shall be connected to the emergency co/ttrol station. 416.10 Transporting NPM: 11PM shall be transported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or tubing systems which comply with Section 416.15, through service passages, or in means of egress rorridors as permitted in the exception to Section 416.12. 416.11 Electrical: Electrical equipment and devices within the fithric•arion area shall comply with NFiPA 70 listed in Chapter 35. The requirements for hazardous locations are not required to be applied where the average rile of air change is at least 4 cfm per square fool (20300 cmt/s/m') of flooratrca :cod where the rate 41 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY 3. All 111'Al supply piping; ;aid tubing and 111'Al nun. [Metallic wa.cle lines shall he separated front the mran.s e f e,Gess r•m'ridor and from any use group other than all 111'M use facilily by a /irr• separation assenthrv having ? lireresisrmce rating ill' out less than I hour. Where gypsum wallboard is used, joints on the piping side of the enclosure are not required to be japed, provided that the joints occur over framing ntenthers. 4. Where piping or lulling is used to transport 1111M liq- aids, a receptor shall he installed below such piping or tubing. The receptor shall he designed it) collect and drain any discharge or leakage to all approved location. The I-hour enclosure inquired by condition 3 herein shall not be used as pan of the receptor. 5. Manual orautomaliercmolelyactivated fail-safe emer- gency shutoff valves, with ready access thereto, shall be installed on piping and tubing, other than waste lines, at branch connections into the fabrication area, and at entries into means nifegress corridors. 6. Where HPMsupplygasis carried in pressurized piping, a fail-safe system for excess flow control shall shut off flow due to a rupture in the piping. 7. Electrical wiring and equipment located in the piping space shall be approved for Class 1, Division 2, hazard- ous locations in accordancc with NFiPA 70 listed in Chapter 35. 8. Gas detection shall be as provided for in Section 416.9.4. Exception: Conditions I through 8 shall not apply to transverse crossings of due corridars by supply piping that is coaxially enclosed within a ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the corridor. An enclosing pipe or tube open to an HPM use facility is permitted. 416.15.3 Identification: Piping, tubing and HPM waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ASME A13.1 listed in Chapter 35. SECTION 417.0 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 417.1 General: The provisions of this section shall apply to all buildings and structures occupied for the manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous materials. All buildings and structures with an occupancy in Use Group H shall also comply with the applicable provisions of Section 418.0 and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. Note: The safe design of ha.ardaus material occupancies is material dependent. Individual material requirements are also found in Sections 307.0 and 418.0, and in the mechanical and fire prevention codes listed in Chapter 35. Since the fire department is responsible for inspection of these occupancies for proper utilization and handling of hazardous materials, file administrative authority shall cooperate with the fire department in the discharge of the responsibility to enforce these provisions. separated I'nan all adjacent interior spaces by fire separation u.csrmhlira' in accordance svilh Section 709.0. The number of permitted renand arras and degree of tiro separation shall be ill accordance with 'fable •117.2. The floor construction and sup. jwning Natioure liar all floors widlin the rontral area shall require it alininuun 2-hour timresisumce rating. Table 417.2 % of allow able Floor level exempt Control areas Vertical fire quantities per per floor separation walls control area (hours) 1 100 q 1 2 75 1 1 3 s0 9 o Note a. The number of floor levels below grade shall not exceed two. The First floor level below grade shall be limited to 75 percent of the maximum allowable exempt quantity per control area with a maximum of three control areas. The second floor level below grade shall be limited to 50 percent of the maximum allowable exempt quantity per control area with a maximum of two control areas. Note b. In mercantile occupancies, a maximum of two control areas per floor shall be permitted in retail sales rooms. 417.2.1 Hazardous material in mercantile display areas: The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflam- mable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials per- mitted within a single conuwl area of a retail sales occupancy ispermiued toexceed the exempt amounts specified inTables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2) without classifying the building as a high-hazard use group, provided that the materials arc stored in accordance with the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417,3 Equipment rooms: Heating and ventilating equipment in occupancies involving fire hazards from flammable vapors, dusts, combustible fibers orotherhighly combustible substances shall be installed and protected against fire and explosion hazards in accordance with the mechanical code and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417.4 Hazardous material systems: Systems involving hazard- ous materials shall be suitable for the intended application and shall be designed by persons competent in such design. Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from entering or leaving i process or reaction systems at other than the intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls, where provided, shall be designed to be fail safe. 417.5 Inside storage, dispensing and utilization: The inside storage, dispensing and utilization of hazardous materials in l excess of the allowable exempt amounts of Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2) shall be in accordance with Sections 417.5.1 through 417.5.5 and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417? Control areas/exempt :unounis: Control arn•rrr shall be oiccupied forrlpurposes nlnvo?ly nEvery structure. room or g explosion hazards shall be those spaces within a building where quantities of Irazurrlares provided with explosion venting, explosion suppression Sys. materials not exceeding the allowable exempt anlounts are terns, barricades or equivalent explosion protective devices stored, dispensed, utilized or handled. Cartartl areas shall be in accordance with this section and NFiPA 495 listed in 43 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 Chapter 35 where required by Section 418.0 and the lire prevention code lister) in Chapter 35. Exception: Explosion venting shall not be utilized as a means to protect buildings from deronation hazards. 417.5.1.1 Explosion venting: Area% which are provided with explosion venting to relieve (1111actratinn shall "(1111- ply with the following: 1. Walls, ceilings and roolk exposing surrounding areas shall be designed to resist a ntininuna internal pressure or 100 pounds per square foot (psf). 2. Explosion venting shall be permitted only in exterior walls or roofs or through specially designed sJatfis to the exterior of the building. 3. Venting shall be designed to prevent serious struc- tural damage and the production of lethal projectiles. 4. The aggregate clear vent relief area shall be governed by the pressure resistance of the nonreliev- ing portions of the building. 5. Vents shall be designed to relieve at a maximum internal pressure of 20 pounds per square foot (psf) and shall consist of any one or any combination of the following: 5.1. Walls of lightweight material. 5.2. Lightly fastened hatch covers. 5.3. Lightly fastened, outward-opening swinging doors in exterior walls. 5.4. Lightly fastened walls or roofs. 6. Venting devices shall discharge directly to the open airor to an unoccupied space not less than 50 feet in width on the same lat. 7. Relieving devices shall be so located that the dis- charge shall not be less than 10 feel vertically and 20 feet horizontally from window openings or exits in the same or adjoining buildings or structures. 8. Discharge shall be in the direction of least exposure and not into the interior of the building. 417.5.1.2 Explosion suppression systems: Explosion suppression systems shall be of an approved type and installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFiPA 69 listed in Chapter 35. 4175.2 Monitor control equipment: Monitor control equip- ment shall be provided where required by the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417.5.3 Detection systems: All occupancies in Use Group H shall be provided with an automatic fire detection system in accordance with NFi PA 72 and 72E listed in Chapter 35 where required by the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. The detection system shall be provided in the areas where the high-hazard materials are utilized and stored. 417.5.4 Standby power: Where mechanical ventilation. treatment systems, temperature control, alarm, detection (1r other electrically npemted systems are required, such systems shall be connecter) to an emergency electrical system in accordance with Section 2706.0 or a standby power system in accordance with Section 27117.0. Such systems shall be independent of the Public Supply. 417.5.5 Spill content, drainage and containment: Raxnhs, buildings nrueas twcupied for the storage ol'solid and liquid /ucurdnu.c nunrriuls shall he provided with a means to control spillage and wtrnumin nr drain (1I I spillage:uul I ire prolecti(1n water discharged iu the storage area where required in Sat ion -118.0 and the lire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417.6 0utxide storage, dispensing ;red u t iliz:dion:'Ille outside storage, dispensing and utilization of hazardous maerials in excess or the exempt amounts shall be in accordance with Sections 417.6.1 through 417.6.6 and the fire prevention caste listed in Chapter 35. 417.6.1 Location: In addition to the general requirements of Sections 417.6.2 through 417.6.5, the outside storage of haz- ardmes materials as listed in Section 307.0 shall be separated' from buildings and lot lines and into individual areas as specified in the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417.6.2 Protection from vehicles: Guard posts or other means shall be provided to protect outside storage tanks from vehicular damage. 417.6.3 Fire lanes and water supply: Fire lanes and ap- proved water supplies shall be provided for outside storage areas as required by the code official. I. Fire lanes. Fire lanes shall he provided to within 150 feet (45720 mm) of all portions of an outside storage area. Such fire lanes shall comply with the provisions of the fare prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 2. Water .supply. An approved ",(tie)- supply shall be provided. Fire hydrants capable of supplying the re- quired fire flow shall be provided to within 150 feet (45720 mm) of an outside storage area. The water supply and fire hydrants shall comply with the provisions of NFiPA 24 and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 417.6.4 Weather protection: Where weather protection is provided for sheltering outside hazardous material storage areas, such storage shall not be considered inside storage provided that all of the following conditions are met: - I. Structure supports and walls shall not obstruct more than one side of the perimeter of the storage area. 2. The distance from the structure and the structure sup- ports to buildings, lot lines, puhlic• ways or means of egressto a puhlic• way shall not be less than the distance required for an outside hazardous material storage area without weather protection. 3. The overhead structure shall be of approved noncom- bustible construction with a maximum area of 1,500 square feet (140 m'). 417.6.5 Security: Any site occupied for the storage, utiliza- tion or handling of ha.ardotrs materials shall be provided with a fence not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) in height or otherwise secured from public access. 417.6.6 Fire suppression system: Areas occupied for the dispensing or utilization of flatntnahle hazardous materials which are located within 50 feet of either a storage area or hail(ling,:onl vehiele-Inading racks wheefla»tmableltazaa/- 44 16 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY aus natterial.? are dispensed. shall be equipped with an ap- proved aurora=atir f ire svpprrssion s7•.u1-111. Rxceptiorvt: Motor vehicle service snuiuns :n delincd in NFiPA 301 listed in Chapter 35. SECTION 418.0 USE GROUPS H-1, H-2, H-3 AND H-4 418.1 Scope: Tkne provisions of this section shall apply w the storage and utili_?untion of hazardous materials in excess of the exemptamounts listed hi Section 307.8.All buildingsandsnuc- lures with an occupancy in Use Group I I shall also comply with the applicable provisions of Sect ion 41 ZO and tits fire re prevention code listed in Ctmapter 35. 418.2 Use Croup Hd: All occupancies in Use Group H-1 shall be constructed in ac?coadance with the provisions of Sections 418.2.1 and 418.2.2 and t3he fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 418.2.1 Construction: Occupancies in Use Group H-I shall not be locate=d in buildings that are more than one story in height, have basements or other spaces below grade, or which are attached to otherbuildings. The minimumfire separation distance for all exterior walls of occupancies in Use Group H-I shall be izt accordance with the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. All floor surfaces shall be spark resistant. 418.2.2 Nurrasber of exits: There shall not be less than two exits from any area orspace wherein Use Group I I- I materials are utilized or stored. All required exits shall discharge direct- ly to the extc: rior of the building or structure. 4183 Use GroLmp H-2: Occupancies in Use Group H-2 shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 418.3.1 through 418.3.4 and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 418.3.1 Com=bustible dusts, grain processing and storage The provisions of Sections 418.3. 1.1 through 418.3.1.6 shall apply to all buildings in which materials that produce com. bustible dusts are stored or handled. Buildings which store or handle combustible dusts shall comply with the applicable provisions of NFiPA 61 A, 61B, 61 C, 61 D, 65, 120, 651, 654, 655, 664 and 8503 and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 4183.1.1 Type of construction and height exceptions: All buildings shall be of Type 1, Type 2 or Type 4 construc- tion, withun the height and area limitations of Table 503 for Use Group H-2; except that where erected of Type 1 or Type 2 construction, the heights and areas of grain elevators and similar structures shall be unlimited, and where of -Type 4 construction, the maximum height shall be 65 feet- (19812 mm) and except further that, in isolated areas, the maximum height of Type 4 structures shall be increased to 85 feet (25908 mm). 418.3.1.2 Grinding rooms: Every room or space occupied for grindiztg or ether operations that produce conthustihle dusts shat. 1 be enclosed with floors and walls that have not less than s 2-hour fircresistance ruing where the area is not more than 3.000 square feet (279 rat'), and not less than a4-hour f7ireresislance rating where the area is greater I him 3,(IOO sgts arc feel (279 m-). 418.3.1.3 Conveyors: All rani,;vary, chutes, piping and similar equipment passing through [lie enclosures of rooms or spaces shall he cunstrucied din tight and vapor tight, and he or approved noncombustible materials com- plying with Section 3010.0. 418.3.1.4 Explosion relief: Means for explosion relief shall Ix: provided as speciried in Section 417.5.1, orspaccx shall IV equipped with the equivalent mechanical ventilation complying with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35. 418.3.1.5 Grain elevators: Grain elevators, malt houses and buildings for similar occupancies shall not be located within 30 feet (9144 amt) of interim /ot lines or structures on the same Inc, except where erected along a railroad right-of-way. 418.3.1.6 Coal pockets: Coal pockets located less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot liner or from structures on the same lot shall be constructed of not less than Type 2A construction. Where more than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines, or where erected along a railroad right- of-way, the minimum type of construction of such struc- tures not more than 65 feet (19812 mat) in height shall be Type 4. 418.3.2 Flammable and combustible liquids: The storage, handling processing and transporting of flanunuble and com- bustible liquidrshall be in accordance with the mechanical code and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter35. Where a Class 1, 11 or IIIA flammable or combustible liquid is stored in tanks inside the building, the installation shall conform to Sections 418.3.2.1 through 418.3.2.10 and NMPA 30 listed in Chapter 35. The requirements shall only apply where tanks have an individual storage capacity that exceeds the exempt amounts specified in Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2). The fire area con- taining the tank(s) shall be classified as Use Group H-2. 418.3.2.1 Mixed use groups: Where the storage tank area is located in a building of two or more use groups, the Use Group H-2 fire area shall be completely separated from adjacent fire areas in accordance with the requirements of Section 313.1.2. 4183.2.1.1 Height exception: Where storage tanks are located within only a single story. the height limitation of Section 503.3 shall not apply for the Use Group H-2 fire area. 418.3.2.2 Tank protection: All storage tanks shall be noncombustible and protected from physical damage. A fire separation assembly around the storage tank(s) shall be permitted to be classified as the method of protection from physical damage. 418.3.2.3 Tanks for Class I flammable liquid: All storage tanks for Class lflammableliquicisshall be double- wall tanks. A double-wall tank shall consist of an approved tank conforming to the requirements of the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35, installed within it completely enclosed noncombustible containment structure. The con- tainment structure shall prevent the stared liquid from escaping into the room or area in which the tank is located. A leak detection alarm shall be provided to identify a leak 45 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 ol'the primary wall of the lank. the alarm shall cunforin in Section 418.31.6. 418.3.2.4Suppressiun:-I'hc Ilse Groupll-'_Irrrrrrra shall be cquiplxd throughout with an approved mrrnnmrir Jirc sprinkler svskin. installed in accordance with Section W6.2.1, or with a fuanrexlinguishing system. *file uuur- nmtir fire .cuppressinn .crvem shall be supervised by method I or 2 (if Section 923.1. 418.3.2.5 Leakage containment: A liquid-tight contain- ment area compatible with Ibe stored liquid shall he providedlorelain IlOpercenlul'theentirec;mpacityofall the storage liquid in the event of a leak in a lank plus the capacity of the ru ronnuiefrre suppression system activated for a period of 30 minutes. 'file storage looks and the leakage containment area shall be provided with an ap- proved method to drain manually the flanunahle or com- bustible liquid. Exception: Rooms where only double-wall storage tanks conforming to Section 418.3 2.3 arc used to store Class 1,11 and IIIAJInmmrimble and combustible liquids shall not be required to have it leakage containment area. 418.3.2.6 Leakage alarm: An approved automatic alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in it storage tank and room. The alarm shall sound an audible signal, 15 dBa above the ambient sound level, in every point of entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is located. An approved sign shall be posted on every entry door to the tank storage room indicating the potential hazard of the interior room environment. or the sign shall state, "blam- ing, when alarm sounds, the environment within the room may be hazardous." The leakage alarm shall also be super- vised in accordance with Section 923.2 to transmit a trouble signal. 418.3.2.7 Tank vent: Storage lank vents shall terminate to the outdoor air. The vent termination shall be in an ap- proved location it minimum of 12 feel (3658 mm) above adjacent ground level and 10 feet (3048 film) from a lot line, ventilation intake opening, openable window or door. 418.3.2.8 Room ventilation: Storage tank areas storing Class 1 liquids, or Class 11 or IIIA liquids at temperatures aboveJla.sh point, shall be rrntilared at it rate sufficient to maintain the concentration of vapors within the area at or below 25 percent of the lower explosive limit. Ventilation requirements shall he determined by either calculations based unanticipated fugitive emissions or by sampling of the actual vapor concentration levels under normal operat- ingconditions.The santplingshall he conducted at a 5-foot radius from each pmcntial vapor source in the storage area. Provision shall be made for make-up airtoavoid shoe-eir- cuiting the venrilhriou. 418.3.2.9 Explosion venting: Where Chas. I liquids are being stilled, explosion venting sliall be provided in ac- cordance with Section -117.5. 418.3.2.111 link openings other that vents link open. ings other than veil, farm lank, inside liaildinu% Shall Ile designed lu ensure that liquidk or S'arull cuncenralioll s are not released inside Ihr huildim_ and shall cunlirrm Ira Sections •118.3._'.1(1.1 thnnigh •I I S, t?. 111.5. 418.3'.111.1 Liquid tight; All lank openings :t the maximum liquid loo or below dill he liquid tight. 418.31.10.2 Closed: All tank upeningcahove the nrax- innum liquid level shall he normally closed. 418.3.2.10.3 External valve. Each connection through which liquid is capable of gravity flow from a tank inside a building shall 6e provided with an external valve located as close as practical m, but not more than 2 feet from, the shell of the tank. 418.3.2.10.4 Valves on transfer connections: Tanks storing Class 1 or Class 11 liquids shall be provided with either a nomhally closed, renwtely activated valve or an automatic-dosing, local-activated valve or other ap- proved device on each liquid transfereonneclion below the liquid level, except for connections utilized for emergency disposal. 418.3.2.10.5 Overflow protection: Tanks shall be equipped with a device, or other means provided, to prevent ovcrllow into the building. 418.3.3 Liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities: The design and construction of propane, butane, propylene, butylene and other liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities shall conform to the applicable provisions of Sec- tions418.3.3.1 through 418.3.3.5.2. Mie storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas systems shall conform to the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35, llhc design and instal- lation of piping, equipment and systems which utilize lique- fied petroleum gas shall be in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35. Liquefied petroleum gas distribu- tion facilities shall be ventilated in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35 and Section 418.3.3.1. 418.3.3.1 Air movement: Liquefied petroleum gas dis- tribution facilities shall be provided with air inlets and outlets arranged so that air movement across the floor of the facility will be uniform. The total area of both inletand outlet openings shall be at least I square inch (0.00065 ter) for each I square foot (0.093 m2) of floor area. The bottom' of such openings shall not be more than 6 inches (152 mm); above the floor. 418.3.3.2 Construction: Liquefied petroleum gas dis-' tribution facilities shall be constructed in accordance with Section 418.3.3.3 for separate buildings, Section 418.3.3.4'. for attached buildings or Section 418.3.3.5 for rooms within buildings. 418.3.3.3 Separate buildings: Where located in separate buildings. liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities shall be occupied exclusively for that purpose or forolher purposes having similar hazards. Such buildings shall be limited to one story in height and shall conform to Sections 418.3.3.3.1 and -118.3.3.3.?. 46 'iV?tl° 418.3.3.3.1 Floors: The floorshall not be loraed below ground level and ally spaces bencath the fluor shall be solidly filled or shall Ix left unenclosed. 418.3.3.3.2 Materials: Walls, floors. ceilijigs. colunns and roofs shall be cunsintcled of nuncaunbustible nuucrialx. Exterior walls, ceilings and roofs shall be constructed of nmlerial designed for explosion venting or, ifof heavy conslrucliun such as solid brick masonry, concrete block or reinforced concrete. explosion-vent- ing windows or panels in walls or roofs shall be provided having an explosion-venting area of at least 1 square foot (0.093 ni ) for each 5(I cubic fccl (1.40 mj) of enclosed volume. 418.3.3.4 Attached buildings: Where liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities are located in an attached struc- ture, the attached perimeter shall not exceed 50 percent of the perimeter of the space enclosed and the facility shall comply with Sections 418.3.3.3 and 418.3.3.4.1. Where the attached perimeter exceeds 50 percent, such facilities shall comply with Section 418.3.3.5. 418.3.3.4.1 Fire separation assemblies: Separation of the attached structures shall be provided byfiresepara- lion assemblies having a fireresistance rating of not less than I hour and shall not have openings. Fire.separa. lion asrrvnblier between attached structures occupied only for the storage of LP-gas arc pcmt itted io have fire doors that comply with Section 71 G.O. Such fire separa. tion arrenrblies shall be designed to withstand a static pressure of at least 100 pounds per square foot (psf) (488.2 kgIrn ), except where the building to which the structure is attached is occupied by operations or processes having a similar hazard. 418.3.3.5 Rooms within buildings: Where liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities are located in rooms within buildings, such rooms shall be located in the first story and shall have at least one exterior wall with suffr- cienl exposed area to permit explosion venting as provided for in Section 418.3.3.5.1. The building in which life room is located shall not have a basenrenr or unventilated crawl space and the room shall comply with Sections 418.3.3.5.1 and 418.3.3.5.2. 418.3.3.5.1 Materials: Walls, floors, ceilingsand roofs of such rooms shall be constructed of approved non- combustible materials. Exterior walls and ceilings shall be either of lightweight materials designed for ex- plosion venting or, if of heavy construction such as solid brick masonry, concrete block or reinforced con. crete, explosion-venting windows or panels in walls or roofs shall be provided having an explosion-venting area of at least I square foot (0.(193 nY) for each 50 cubic feet (1.40 raj) of enclosed volume. 418.3.3.5.2 Common construction: Walls and floor/ceiling assemblies common t(It he room and to rile building within which the room is located shall have a fireresistance raring of not less than I hour and without openings. Common walls for rooms occupied only for storage of I.P-gas a re permitted to have openings which SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY shall he equipped with Vi-hour approved opening protectives complying with Section 716.0 or 718.0. Such walls and cei ling slhal I he designed In wtrhstand a static pressure of at least 100 psl' (488? kg/Ill-). Where approved, these provisions shall not apply where the building, within which the room is located, is occupied by operations or pra:csses having a similar hazard. 418.3.4 Dry cleaning plants: The construction and inslalla- lion of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code, the mechanical code, the plumbing code and NFiPA 32 limed in Chapter 35. 418.4 Use Group 11-3: Occupancies in Use Group 11-3 shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 418.5 Use Group H4: Occupancies in Use Group H-4 shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. SECTION 419.0 APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES 419.1 General: The provisions of this section shall apply to the construction, installation and use of buildings and structures, or pans thereof, for the spraying ofJlmnnrable paints, vamishes and lacquers or otherJlanrrnahle materials or mixtures or compounds used for painting, varnishing, smining or similar purposes. All such construction and equipment shall comply with NFiPA 33 and 34 listed in Chapter 35. 419.2 Spray spaces: All spray spaces shall he ventilated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation ofJlamnmbte mist or vapors in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35. Where such spaces are not separately enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be provided to restrict the spread ofJlannnable vapors. 419.2.1 Spray booths: All spray booths shall be constructed of approved noncombustible materials and equipped with mechanical ventilating systems in accordance with the mechanical code listed in Chapter 35. 419.2.2 Spray rooms: All spray rooms shall be enclosed in fire separation assenrblies with not less than a 1-hour fireresistance rating. Floors shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved manner. 419.2.3 Spray storage rooms: Rooms used for the storage of spraying materials essential to theJlanlmable finish operation shall comply with NFiPA 30 and the fire prevention code listed in Chapter 35. 4193 Fire protection: An autornraic fire suppression .p.stem shall be provided in all spray,dipand immersing spaces and storage rooms, and shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 9. SECTION 420.0 MOBILE UNITS 420.1 General: A mobile unit is a structure of vehicular, portable design, built on a chassis and designed to be moved from one site to another, zinc] to be used with or without a pemlanem limndation. Mobile units shall be designed, constructed and maintained to be transported from one location to another and not mounted on if permanent foundation. A mobile unit placer) on if pernhancal foundation or on foundation piers shall he 47 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CORE/1993 designed and constructed to comply with all ol'the requirements of this code lie on-site and prefabricated construction. 420.2 Construction: Resideulial mobile units shall IX! of :11, approved design and shall he constructed in accordance with Ilse applicable ordinances ;uxl statutes. All other nubile units shall Ix: designed andannsuviced inaccurdance with the requirements of this code. All mobile units on a permanent foundation shall he evaluated. inspecled and labeled in plant in accordance with Section 1703.3. 420.3 Location: Mobile units shall he located in approved spaces. The provisions of this code shall not be construed to repeal, modify or constitute an alternative to any lawful caning regulations. In case of conflict between this code and any other ordinance or statute, the most rigid requirements shall apply. 420.3.1 Anchorage and tie-down: Every parking space for mobile units shall be provided with devices for anchoring the unit to prevent overturning or upli ft. The owner of the parking space shall anchor or cause to be anchored all mobile units located on the parking space. Where concrete platforms are provided for the parking of mobile units, anchorage shall be provided by eyelets embedded in the concrete with adequate anchor plates or hooks, or other suitable means. The anchorage shall be adequate to withstand wind forces and uplift as required in Chapter 16 for buildings and structures, based upon the size and weight of the units. SECTION 421.0 SWIMMING POOLS 421.1 General: Swimming and bathing pools shall conform to the requirements or this section provided that these regulations shall not be applicable to any such pool less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep or having a surface area less than 250 square feet (23.25 m'), except where such pools are permanently equipped with a water-recirculating system or involve structural materials. For the purposes of this code, pools are classified as private swimming pools or public swimming pools, as defined in Sec- tion 421.2. Materials and constructions used in swimming pools shall comply with llte applicable requirements of this code. 421.2 Definitions: The following words and temis shall, for the purposes of this section and as used elsewhere in this code, have die meanings shown herein. Pools, swimming, hot tubs and spas Above-ground/on-ground pool: See definition of private swimming pool. Harrier: A fence, a wall. it building wall or it combination thereof which completely surrounds the swimming pool and obstructs access to the swimming pool. Ilot tub: See definition of private swimming pool. In-ground poop: See definition of private swimming pool. Private ssvintming poop- Any structure that contains water over 24 inches (610 nun) in depth and which is used, or intended m he used, for swimming or recreational bathing in connection with an occupancy in Use Group P-3 and which is availabic only to due fancily and guests of the householder. 'f-his includes in-ground, alxwve-ground and nn-ground swim- ntinc pools. hot cubs and spas. Private swimming pool, indoor: Any priv:ne swinmcing pool that is totally contained within a private sundurv and surrounded on all four sides by walls ol'said structure. Private swimming pool, outdoor: Any private swimming pool that is not an indoor pool. Public swimming poop: Any swimming pool other than it private swimming pool. Spa: See definition of private swimming pool. 421.3 Permits and construction documents: Aswimmning pool or appurtenances thereto shall not he constructed, installed, enlarged or altered until construction darutnents have been submitted and a permit has been obtained from the code official. The approval of all city, county and stale authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pools shall be obtained before ap- plying to the code official for a permit. Certified copies of these approvals shall be filed as part of the supporting data for the permit application. 421.3.1 Construction documents: Construction doruments shall accurately show dimensions and construction of the pool and appurtenances and properly established distances to lot lines, buildings, walks and fences, as well as details of the water supply system, drainage and water disposal systems, and all appurtenances pertaining to the swimming pool. Delai led construction documents of structures, vertical eleva- tions and sections through the pool showing depth shall be included. 421.4 Locations: Private swimming pools shall not encroach on any front or side yard required by this code or by the govcming zoning law, unless in accordance with specific rules of the jurisdiction in which the poop is located. A wall of a swimming pool shall not be located less than 6 feet (1829 mm) from any rear or side property line or 10 feet (3048 mm) from any street property line, unless in accordance with specific rules of the jurisdiction in which the pool is located. 421.5 Structural design: The pool structure shall be engineered and designed to withstand the expected forces to which the pool will be subjected. 421.5.1 Wall slopes: To a depth up to 2 feet 9 inches (838 mm) from the lop, the wall slope shall not be more than one unit horizontal in rive units vertical (1:5). 421.5.2 Floor sloppz: The slope of the floor on the shallow side of the transition point shall not exceed one unit vertical to seven units horizontal (1:7). For public pools greater than 1,200 square feet (111.6 m=), the slope of the floor on the shallow side of the transition point shall not exceed one unit vertical to ten units horizontal (1:10). The transition point between shallow and deep water shal l not be more than 5 feet (1524 ntm)deep. 421.5.3 Surface cleaning: All swimming pools shall be provided with a recirculating skimming device or overflow graters to remove stunt and foreign matter from the surface of the water. Where skimmers are used for private pools, there shall beat least one skimming device for each 1010 square feet (93 nr) of surface area or fraction thereof. For public pools where water skimmers are used, there shall be at least one skimming device for each 600 square feet (55.8 nY) of 48 ,art'-cc area or frtclian IllereoI*. Overflow gutters sled) nut he less than 3 inches (76 nun) deep;md shall be par shed (o a slope ofane unit vertical Io48units hori/nntal (I:-I8) toward drain., ;,all constructed so that such gunet:e are sae. cleanable and ilia[ Mauer entering the gutlels will not be w:shed out by a sudden surge of entering water. 421.5.4 Walkways: All public swimming pools shall have walkways not less than 4 feet (1219 nun) in width extending entirely around the pool. Curbs or sidewalks around any, swimming pool shall have a slip-resislam surface fort width of not less than I foot (305 nun) m the edge ();"tile pool, and shall be so arranged as to prevent return of surface water to the pool. 421.5.5 Steps and ladders: At least one nreaets nfeo;resrshall be provided from private pools. Public pools shall provide ladders to other means of egress at both sides of (lie diving section and at least one means a jegrers at the shallow section; or at least one means of egress in the deep section and the shallow section if diving boards are not provided. "Treads of steps and ladders shall have slip-resistant surfaces and hand- rails on both sides, except that handrails are not required where there are not more than four steps or where the steps extend the full width of the side or end of the pool. 421.6 Watersupply: All swimming pools shall be provided will, a potable water supply, free of cross connections with the pool or its equipment. 421.6.1 Water treatment: Public swimming pools shall be designed and installed so that there is a pool water turnover at least once every 8 hours. Filters shall not filter water at ;h rate in excess of 3 gallons per minute per squarc foot (0.(1020 m'/s • m') of surface area. The treatment system shall be designed and installed so that at all times when the pool is occupied, the water is provided with excess chlorine of not less than 0.4 pans per million (ppm) or more than 0.6 ppm, or excess chloramine between 0.7 and 1.0 ppm, or disinfec. lion shall be provided by other approved means. Acidity/alkalinity of the pool water shall not be below 7.0 or more than 7.5. All recirculating systems shall be provided with an approved hair and lint strainer installed in [he system ahead of the pump. Private swimming pools shall be designed and installed so Oral [here is a pool watertumoverat leas[ once every 18 hours. Filters shall not filter water at a rate in excess of 5 gallons per minute per square fool (0.0034 m'/s • In') of surface area. The pool owner shall be instructed in the care and maintenance of the pool by the supplier or builder, including treatment with high-lest calcium hypochlorile (dry chlorine), sodium hy'pochlorite (liquid chlorine) or equally effective germicide and algicide, and the importance of properpH (alkalinity and acidity) control. 421.6,2 lDrlinage systems: Tltc swimming pilot and equip. melt shall be equipped to be emptied completely of water and Ile discharged water dull be disposal of in ;in approved numoer that will not create a nuisance lo adjoining property. 421.7 Appurtenant structures: All appurn•mmr .rrrarurr•s. in- .ladlatiuns and equipment. such as showers. dressing rooms. cquipnoent houses or other buildings and structures. including SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY phuuhing. healing and air conditooing systems. shall comply with all applicable requirements of tfhis coda. 421.7.1 Accessories: All svinuuing pool accessuricsshall he dempled, constructed :Ind installed sit as nut to Ix a sal'oly h:vard. Installations or strucrures k or diving purposes shall he properly anchored to insure stability. 421.8 Equipment installations: Pinups, filters and other Mechanical and electrical equipment forpublicswimming pools shall be enclosed in such a manner as to provide access only m authorized persons and not to bathers. Construction and drainage shall be arranged to avoid the entrance and accunudatien of water in the vicinity of electrical equipment. 421!9 Enclosures for public swimming pools: Public swim- ming pools shall be provided with an enclosure surrounding the pool area. The enclosure shall meet the provisions of Sections 4219.1 through 421.9.3. 421.9.1 Enclosure: The enclosure shall extend not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) above the ground. All gates shall be self- closing and self-latching with latches placed at least 4 feel (1219 mm) above the ground. 421.9.2 Construction: Enclosure fences shall beconstructed so as to prohibit the passage of it sphere larger than 4 inches (102 mm) i n diameter through any opening or under the fence. Fences shall be designed to withstand a horizontal con- centrated load of 200 pounds (91 kg) applied on a 1-.square- foot (0.093 m') area at any point of the fence. 421.9.3 Alternative devices: A natural barrier, pool coverer other protective device approved by the governi ng body shall be an acceptable enclosure as long as the degree of protection afforded by the substituted device or structure is not less than the protection afforded by the enclosure, gate and latch described herein. 421.10 Enclosures for private swimming pools, spas and hot tubs: Private swimming pools, spas and hot tubs shall be enclosed in accordance with Sections 421.10.1 through 421.10.4 or by other approved barriers. 421.10.1 Outdoor private swimming pool: An outdoor private swimming pool, including an in-ground, above- ground or on-ground pool, hot tub or spa shall be provided with a barrier which shall comply with the following. I. The top of the barriershall be at least 48 inches (1219 mm) above finished ground level measured on the side of the barrier which faces away from the swim- ming pool. The maximum vertical clearance between finished ground level and the barriershall be 2 inches (51 mm) measured on the side of the barrier which laces away from the swimming pool. Where the top of the pool structure is above finished ground level, such as an above-ground pool, the barrier shall be at finished ground level, such as the pool structure, or shall he mounted on top of the pool structure. Where the barrier is mounted on top of the pool structure, the maximum vertical clearance between the top of the pool structure and the bouont of the barrier shall be 4 inches (102 runt). 49 u THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE11993 2. openings in the harrier shall not allow passage of a 4-inch (102 nun) diameter sphere. 3. Solid barriers shall not cunlain indenlaltions or protrusions except for normal constmction tolerances and tooled ntauonry.loints. 4. Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical members and the distance between the tops of the horizontal members is less than 45 inches( 1143 mm), the horizontal members shall be located on the swimming pool side of the fence. Spacing between vertical members shall not exceed 1 Y4 inches (44 mm) in width. Decorative cutouts shall not exceed IY4 inches (44 mot) in width. 5. Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical members and the distance between the tops of the horizontal members is 45 inches (1143 mm) or more, spacing between vertical members shall not exceed 4 inches (102 mm). Decorative cutouts shall not exceed 13/4 inches (44 mm) in width. 6. Maximum mesh size for chain link fences shall be a I V4-inch (32 mm) square unless the fence is provided with slats fastened at the top or the bottom which reduce the openings to not more than 13/4-inches (44 mm). 7. Where the barrier is composed of diagonal members, such as a lattice fence, the maximum opening formed by the diagonal members shall be not more than 1 Y4 inches (44 mm). 8. Access gates shall comply with the requirements of items I through 7 of Section 421.10.1, and shall be equipped to accommodate a locking device. Pedestrian access gates shall open outwards away from the pool and shall be self-closing and have a self-latching device. Gates other than pedestrian ac- cess gates shall have a self-latching device. Where the release mechanism of the self-latching device is lo- cated less than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the bottom of the gate: (a) the release mechanism shall be located on the pool side of the gate at least 3 inches (76 mm) below the top of the gate; and (b) the gate and barrier shall not have an opening greater than V2 inch (13 mm) within 18 inches (457 mot) of the release mechanism. 9. Where a wall ofadwelling serves aspanofthebarrier, one of the following shall apply: 9.1. All doors with direct access to the pool through that wall shall be equipped Willi an alarm which produces an audible warning when the door and its screen, if present, are opened. The alarm shall sound continuously for a minimum of 30 seconds immediately after the door is opened. The alarm shall have a minimum sound pressure rating of 85 dBA at 10 feet (31148 mm) and the sound of the alarm shall be distinctive from other household sounds such as smoke alarms, telephones and door bells. The alamt shall auto- matically reset under all conditions. the alarm shall be equipped Willi manual means, such as louehpads or switches, to deactivate temporarily the alarm fora single opening from either direc- 10. lion. Such deactivation slall last for not more than 1.5 seconds. 'I'he deactivation louehpads or switches shall he loc led zl leas( 54 inches (1372 nun) above the threshold of the doer. 9.2. "Ilse pool shall he equipped with an approved power safety cover. Where an above-ground pool structure is used as a . barrier or where the barrier is mounted on top of the pool structure, anti the (,,calls of access is a fixed or removable ladder or steps, the ladder or steps shall be surrounded by it barrier which meets the requirements ofitems I through 9ofSeclion421.10.1. Aremovable laddershall not constitute an acceptable ahemative to enclosure requirements. 421.10.2 Indoor private swimming pool: All walls sl rounding an indoor private swimming pool shall comply w Section 421.10.1, item 9. 421.103 Prohibited locations: Barriers shall be located as to prohibit permanent structures, equipment or simi objects from being used to climb the barriers. 421.10.4 Exemptions: The following shall be exempt fn the provisions of this section. 1. A spa or hot tub with an approved safety cover. 2. Fixtures which are drained alter each use. 421.11 Diving boards: Minimum waterdepths and distances diving hoppers for pools, bated on board height above wa shall comply with Table 421.110) for public pools and To 421.11(2) for private pools. The maximum slope. permitted between point D, and transition point shall not exceed one unit vertical to three It horizontal (1:3) in private and public pools. D, is the p directly under the end of the diving boards. Dr is the poin which the floor begins to slope upwards to the transition pc See Figure 421.11. rr TYPICAL POSITION OF TIP OF BOARD RELATIVE TO PT. A WATER LINE PT. A PT. B PT. C i TRANSITION POIN 02 Figure 421.11 HS AN ANCES BASE MINIMUM HEIGHWATER FFORTPUBL COANDTPRIVATE POOLS N BORflO 50 Table 421.11 1 MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND DIS?A?CES BASED ON BOARD HEIGHT FOR PU BLIC POOLS Minimum depth' at directly pistance' Minimum Board height n under end between de that p of board D, and D2 Oz 2'2 2'2:( 4 1 meter ) 7'0" B'0" 8'6" ,, _ , , , ' 1 e : ' '6 ?? u?8"7 ?,t??g idlD i 4????,,gr? ??. '? . ' r ; me .: 3 meter 11'0" 10'0" t lY . 12'0" Nate a. 1 loot = 304.8 mm. MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND DISI'AHCES BASED ON BOARD at D, directF Distance 1 Minimum Board height under end between depth at of board D, and D2 0t Note a_ 1 toot= 304.8 mm. SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY TWELFTH EDITION ISSUED EVERY THREE YEARS 1r II .I I . 1. v, f, (,? ialiLv, <I, .,v ll ?yl?t. !. , ?. f 1 r I I ??J II 1 r ??? , I+{i. 1 1 It , V Jr` (I ? 1 1 , ) . ?1 1 ? 1 art r SS 1 fif tit1 `??41 1{ y JYI?>????. -/. J? \ ?ctl ?4rt?f' I I YaY yo } t. J .t• ??J ?,??s ,. I 1 ? `'° vkVe'??Cf ? .I °a t j v5i d r ,y?vt... t a'1?`' `I ? lilt 1vl 1 Fsti - ? tll ' ? ,T„jt?v'?w,y?f'? ' n•? ?t t?jZ t. r 7 r) I. r I YP. iJVk'?rv?r'r? ?.. I f I/???Y}}n?i I fI f t. 151, J?i R'?r? r/ qtr r'i'' rw: ?>??t'?i c?J ?.}?i;?(,,,t-"• _ .?'la'?fi : .:, cj?t^tt 1 (N ,Y 'rAM.t ?l?v' ?F?. ?VC+a `t $, ?nt•'' r .. i•i ' :' ?OCq "Y BUILDING OFFICIALS & CODE ADMINISTRATORS INTERNATIONAL, INC. ? HAT) L' CHAPTER 18 FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS SECTION 1801.0 GENERAL 1801.1 Scope: The provisions of (his chapter shall control the foundation design and construction of all buildings and s(ruc- lures hereafter erected to insure adequate strength of all pans thereof for the safe support of all superimposed lire and special loads, in addition to their own dead road, without exceeding the allowable stresses or design capabilities. SECTION 1802.0 FOUNDATION INVESTIGATIONS 1802.1 W here required: In the absence of satisfactory data from immediately adjacent areas, the owner or applicant shall make borings, test pits or other soil investigations of the loadbearing materials at such locations and to such sufficient depths as to satisfy the code official. For all buildings which are more than three stories or 40 feet (12192 mm) in height, and whenever it is proposed to use float, mat or any type of deep foundation, there shall be at (cast one exploratory boring to rock or to an adequate depth below the loadbearing strata for every 2,500 square feet (232.5 rat) of built-over area, and such additional tests as the code official requires. Where the safe sustaining power of the soil is in doubt, or where a loadbearing value superior to that specified in this code is claimed, the code official shall require that the necessary borings or tests be made. 1802.1.1 Seismic investigation: Foundations of buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category D or E, in accord. ance with Section 1612.1.7, shall conform to the requirements of this section. A soil investigation report, which determines the potential hazards due to slope instability, liquefication and surface rupture during an earthquake, shall be submitted to the code official. 1802,2 Soil samples: Samples of the strata penetrated in test borings or test pits, representing the natural disposition and conditions at the site, shall be available for examination by the code official. Wash or bucket samples shall not be approved. 1802.3 Varying soil values: Where lest borings indicate non- uniformity of loadbearing materials, a sufficient number of additional borings shall be made toestablishstrata levelsofequal loadbearing capacity. 1802.4 Cost of tests: Costs of soil investigations shall be at the expense of the owner. SECTION 1803.0 SOIL TEST PROCEDURE 1803.1 Soil lest method: The test procedure and testing ap• rytratus shall be approved by the code official before such procedures and apparatus are used. A complete record of die tests, together with a record of the soil profile, shall be riled by the registered design professional who shall have a fully qualified representative on the site during all boring and test operations. 1803.2 Loaded areas: For spread footings, the soil shall be loaded at one or more places and at the required level or levels. The loaded area shall be approximately 4 square feet (0.37 mt) for all loadbearing materials; except that where the footing overlies wct clay or other soft materials, the test load shall be applied to an area of not less than 10 square feet (0.93 mt). 1803.3 Recorded settlements: Loads shall be applied in con. tinuous increments of not more than one-fourth of the proposed safe load. When the proposed load has been reached, the load shall remain undisturbed and readings shall be recorded to determine the rate of settlement until the settlement in 8 consecu- tive hours is less than 0.01 inch (0.25 mm). A 50-percent excess load shall then be applied and allowed to remain in place until the rate of settlement is less than 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) in 24 hours. 1803.4 Accuracy of loading: Test loads applied by mechanical devices shall be automatically controlled so as to insure not more than a 5-percent variation in applied load. Such devices shall be calibrated prior to the test. 1803.5 Test acceptance: The load settlement shall be repre- sented diagrammatically, and a test shall not be deemed satisfac- tory if the net settlement after removal of the test load exceeds 0.01 inch per ton (0.00028 mmikg) of gross load applied. SECTION 1804.0 LOADBEARING VALUE OF SOILS 1804.1 Soils report: All applications for permits for the con- struction of new buildings or structures, and for the alteration of permanent structures which require changes in foundation loads and distribution shall be accompanied by a report describing the soil in the ultimate loadbearing strata, including sufficient data to establish its character, nature and loadbearing capacity. The report shall be prepared by a registered design professional. 1804.1.1 Prepared rill: Where foundations will bear on prepared rill material,.rpecial inspections shall be performed in accordance with Section 1705.7, where required by Section 1705. 1, and the report required by Section 1804.1 shall in. clude, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Specifications for the preparation of the site to receive the fill. 2. Specifications for material to be used for the rill. 12 195 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODEh1993 maximum d r)• 3. st method to be used to dclernhinc the cai density and optimum moisture content ml' die m:ucrial '"vi It) be used for the Ml. 18 4. Maximum allowable thickness of each unanupaetcd lift. In 5. Field test method for determining the in-place dry sl density of the compacted till. st 6. Minimum acceptable in-place dp density expressed as o a minimum Percentage of the maximum dry density It determined in accordance with item 3. it 7. Number and frequency of ticdel tests required it) deter- I mine compliance with item 6. 1 1804.2 Satisfactory foundation materials: Satisfactory load' w hearing materials for spread footings shall include: ledge rock i on its natural bed; natural deposits of sand, gravel or firm clay It Provisions of Section 1803.0. Such loads shall not be incneii& or a combination ble amount of pcaitrorganic tsilt, they laytor overlie an appreciable objectionable materials. 1804.3 Presumptive loadbearing values: The maximum allow- able pressure on supporting soils under spread footings at or near the surface shall not exceed the values specified in Table 18043 or the maximum allowable pressure shall be determined by load tests conducted in the field otherwise aprovided ale will' Presumptiveloadbcaring values a apply to similar physical characteristics and dispositions. Surface values shall be adjusted for deep footings, and for the loadbearing strata under piles, as provided for in this code. Where foundation piles are driven to penetrate into sound rock, the maximum allowable loadbearing values specified in Table 1804.3 shall be increased as prescribed in Section 1824.0. Table 1804.3 PRESUMPTIVE LOAOBEARING VALUES OF FOUNDATION MATERIALS Loadbearing pressure Class of material (pounds per square foot) 1. Crystalline bedrock 12,000 2. Sedimentary rock 5,000 5,000 !4y Sand gravel od'yi I - ravel ilty-saod,clayeysand!sllrygraveland 3,000 Baggy, .3elit 5. Clay, sandy clay, silty clay &?ciayey silt 2,000 Hole a.1 psl=47.88 P. 1804.4 Lightweight structures: Mud, organic sill or unprepared fill shall not be assumed to have a presumptive loadbearing capacity unless approved based on test results, except where the loadbearing capacity is deemed adequate by file cod e ofofficial for the support of lightweight and temporary structures- SECTION 1805.0 ALLOWABLE FOUNDATION LOADS 1805.1 General: The maximum allowable trouts under all types of foundations shall be dimitetf as provided herein. 1805.2 Soft capacity: For the Inad combioabmu, including seismic as specified in Section 1616.0, the soil loadhcaring strength shall be sufficient to resist load.", :u acceptyhlc strains. considering both the short duration of loading and the dyn:unic properties of the soil. 1805.1 Soil seismic laleral pressure: p:nest soil pressure on I+elow-ennuul-surl'acc huildin walls :md retaining walls due u thquake nutiuits shall he included ill the design of buildings I signed to Scisniie Performance Gregory D nr li, in accordance th Seclion 1612.1.7. 05.4 Nock foundations: \Vherc suhsurf:uce explorationsalthe ujecl site indicate variations or doubtful characteristics in the ructurc of the rock upon which I'uundmiuns arc to be con. ructed, a Sufficient number of timings shall be made to a depth f nut less than 10 feet (3048 nun) below the level of the footings a provide assurance of the soundness of the foundation bed and s lo;albcaring capacity. 805.5 Increased rock capacity: The maximum presumptive ; oadbearing capacity of Class 1 or Class-) rock shall be increased' here the surface is leveled or benched, provided that such ncreased safe capacity is determined by load Tests on an aredof ot less than I square foot (0.093 nil) in accordance witH4 o exceed the unit compressive stress permitted on reinforced concrete footings under the provisions of this code. SECTION 1805.0 DEPTH OF FOOTINGS 1806.1 Frost Protection- Except where erected upon solid rock or otherwise protected from frost, foundation walls, piers and other permanent supports of all buildings and structures larger than 100 square feet (9.30 m=) in area or 10 feet (3048 mm) in height shall extend to the frost line of the locality, and spread footings of adequate size shall be provided where necessary to f' distribute properly the load within the allowable loadbearing value of the soil. Alternatively, such structures shall be supported. on piles where solid earth or rock is not available. Footings shall not bear on frozen soils unless such frozen condition is of A permanent character. 18D6.2Isolated footings: Footings en granular soil of Classes to 5, inclusive, in Table 1804.3 shall be so located that the line drawn between the lower edges of adjoining footings shall not have a steeper slope than 30 degrees (0.52 red) with thehorizon- tal, unless the material supporting the higher footing is braceda retained or otherwise laterally supported to an approved ma; or a greater slope has been properly established by engineering) analysis. 1806.3 Floating mat: Floating gnat foundations shall be located on soil of adequate loadbearing capacity. The code official shall approve a continuous foundation mat which is located direcdY on the ground where adequate subsoil drainage and a ratpo apron as specified in Section 1215.0 are provided. W here subject to freezing, the footings shall be designed to resist frost action. SECTION 1807.0 FOOTING DESIGN 1807.1 Design loads: Footings shall be designed for the Itim unrhvorable effects due to the combinations of loads specific in Section 1616.0. The dead load shall include the weight I foundations, footings and overlying fill. Reduced lire loads, specified in Section 1608.0. shall be permitted to be used designing footings. Allowable soil loadhcaring values shall I permitted to be increased in accordance with Section 1616.3. 1807.1 Vibratory loads: Where machinery operations or Ott vibrations are tr:mstnitted through the foundation, considerate 196 i I SS I I r e s11a11 be given in the Toting design In prevent detrinteaual disturbances of the soil. 1807.3 Varying unit pressures: Footings shall be designed su that the unit soil pressure under the dear/hwd sha 11 be as uni lilt, as possible under all parts of the building or structure. Where necessary for stability in the structure clue m .seuleunenl or varying soil conditions. approved variations are pemniued in One unit pressure under differem liwtings. 1807.4 Protection of frrotings:'rreaclning installed parallel to footings shall not extend below the line or a 45-degree (0.79 rad) angle downward from the loadbearing plane of the footing. SECTION 1808.0 TIMBER FOOTINGS AHD WOOD FOUNDATIONS 1808.1 Timber footings: Timber footings are permitted for buildings of Type 5 construction and as otherwise approved. Such footings shall be treated in accordance with AW PA C2 or C3 listed in Chapter 35. Treated timbers are not required where placed entirely below permanent water level, or where used as capping for woad piles which project above the water level over submerged or marsh lands. The compressive stresses perpen- dicular to grain in untreated limber footings supported upon piles shall not exceed 70 percent of the allowable stresses for the species and grade of timbcras specirhed in NFoPA NDS listed in Chapter 35. 1808.2 Pole buildings: Pole-type buildings shall be designed and erected in an approved manner. The poles shall be treated in accordance with AWPA C2 or C4 listed in Chapter 35. 1808.3 Wood foundations: Woad foundation syslcnns shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFoPA TR7 listed in Chapter 35. All lumberand plywood shall be treated in accord- ance with AWPA C22 listed in Chapter 35 and shall be identified in accordance with Section 2311.3.1. SECTION 1809.0 STEEL GRILLAGES 1809.1 General: All steel grillage beams shall be separated with approved steel spacers and shall be entirely encased in at (cast 3 inches (76 mm) of concrete and the spaces between the beams shall be completely filled with concrete or cement grout. Where used on yielding soils, steel grillages shall rest on approved concrete beds not less than 6 inches (152 mm) [flick. SECTION 1810.0 CONCRETE FOOTINGS 1810,1 Concrete strength: Concrete in footings shall have it spccired compressive strength of not Icss than 2,500 psi (1.76 kg1mm2) 41 28 days. 1810.2 Design: Concrete footings shall comply with Chapter 19 and ACI 318 or ACI 318.1 listed in Chapter 35. 1810.2.1 Footing seismic lies: Individual spread footings, located on soil-profile type Section Sr. S, or S„ in accordance with 1612.3.1, and supporting buildings assigned to Seis- mic Performance Category D or r, in ncaml:nnce with Sec. Lion 1612.1.7, shall be interconnected by ties. All tics shut I be capable of resisting, in tension or compression. ;t lirce equal at 25 percent u(tIle effective )teak velncily-reined accelera- linn (A) limes the column dead plus fizz /urn/. Individual tic FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS beams are ling required when it is demonstrated that equivalent resgminl will be provided by sirucural members within slabs nn gr:ule or reinl'urcecl cnncreie confinement b slabs on grade or by cantpetenl rock. hard cohesive soils, very dense granular suits ur otter approved nneanx. IS10.3 Thickness: 'file sickness ul' cnocrele. foulings comply with Sections 18111..{,1 and 18111.3?, shall 1 810.3.1 Plain Thickne ickness shall nuconcrete:t In plain concrete hxrtings. the edge he Icss than 8 inches (203 nu)) for footings On soil: except That lino occupancies of Use Group R-3 and buildings less Than Iwo stories in htlWll of Type 5 construc- tion, the required edge thickness shall be reduced to 6 inches (152 ntm) provided that the liming does nog extend beyond 4 inches (102 mm) on either side of the supported wall. 1810.3.2 Reinforced concrete: In reinforced concrete foot- ings, the thickness above the (whom reinforcement shall not Ile less than 6 inches (152 mm) for longings on soil, nor less than 12 inches (305 nun) for footings on piles. The clearcover on reinforcement where the concrete is cast against the earth shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mat). Where concrete is exposed 10 soil after it has been cast, the clear covershall not be less than 11/6 inches (38 nun) for r,i', cement of No. 5 bars or -%-inch (Ili nun) diameter wire or smaller, nor less than 2 inches (51 nun) for larger reinforcement. 1810.4 Deposition: Concrete routings shall not be placed through water unless Otherwise approved. Where placed under or in the presence of water, file concrete shall be deposited by approved means to insure minimum segregation of the mix and negligible turbulence Of (Ile wafer. 1810.5 Protection of concrete: Concrete footings shall be protected from freezing during depositing and for a period of not less than 5 days thereafter. Wafer shall not be allowed to flow through the deposited concrete, 1810.6 Forming of concrete: Concrete footings shall not becast against the earth where, in the opinion of the code omcial, soil conditions warrant forming. Where Forming is required, forming shall be in accordance with Chapter 6 of ACI 318 listed in Chapter 35. SECTION 1811.0 MASONRY-UNIT FOOTINGS 1811,1 Dimensions: Masonry-unit footings shall be laid in Type M or S mortar complying with Section 2105.7, and the depth shall not be less than twice the projection beyond the wall, pier or column. The width shall not be Icss than 8 inches (203 mm) wider than the wall supported thereon. 1811.2 Offsets: The maximum orfcet of each course in brick foundation walls stepped up fran the footings shaIf be 11/5- inches (38 mm) if laid in single courses, and 3 inches (76 mm) if laid in double courses. SECTION 1812.0 FOUNDATION WALLS 1812.1 Design: Foundation walls shall Ile designed to resist fmsi action and to support safely all vertical and Guard /ooze/.r as provided far in Chapter 16. -file ntaximunm annbined stresses caused by /uadc shall Ile within the values specified for tine 197 i b THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 materials used in tee comauclioa. doless properly reintimced, tensile stresses shall not csceed thus permitted in plain masonry. 1812.2 Uelinitions:'I'hc lilluwing words and lends shall, for the purposes of this section Mill :u used elsewhere in this code. have the meanings shown herein. Foundation wall: A wall below the Iluur nearest grade which serves as a support fur it wall. pier. column orolher structural part of a building. Retaining wall: A wall designed to resist the lateral displace- meat of soil or other material. 1812.3 A1ininmm llhickness: The thickness of foundation walls shall not be less final the thickness of tire wall supported, and the minimum thickness shall be limiled for the various materials of construction as herein specified. Eight-inch foundation walls shall be pemhiued under brick-veneered frame and under 10-inch cavity walls where the tmal height of tine wall supported, includ- ing gables, is not more than 2(1 feet (096 rim). 1812.3.1 Reinforced concrete: Reinforced concrete exterior foundations and exterior :Ind interior basement walls which retain or support the lateral pressure of earth or water shall not he less than 712 inches (191 nun) thick. 1812.3.2 hollow and solid masonry and plain concrete: The thickness of masonry foundation walls shall not be less (hall shown in Table 1812.3.2 for the type of foundation used. Where the freight of the unbalanced 1111 (height of finished ground level above the basement floor or inside ground level) exceeds 8 feet (2438 mail or where the equivalent fluid weight of the unbalanced till exceeds 30 pounds per cubic foot (pcl) (146.46 kg/m`) or where the height of the founda- tion wall between lateral supports exceeds 8 feet (2438 mm), the foundation wall thickness shall be determined by struc- tural analysis in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5frMS 402 or ACI 318.1 lister) in Chapter 35. Table 1812.3.2 THICKNESS OF FOUNDATION WALLSe Foundation wall Thicknessb Maximum death of construction (inches) unbalanced fill (feet) Masonry of hollow units a 4 Ungrouled 10 5 12 6 Masonryof;hollow units, reinforced 8 7 ,vertically,with'94;bars and groutat t 24 o c. Bars located not less tf?am 412"from pressure side of wall Masonry of solid units 8 5 10 6 12 7 Plain concrete or 8 7 masonry of hollow or 10 8 solid units, fully grouted 12 8 Note a. Maximum dopuls of unbalanced fill shall be permitted to be increased with the approval of the code official where soil conditions or local experience warrant such increase. Note It. The actual Thickness shall not be more than 14 inch less than the required nonitnal thickness specified in the table. Note e. Other bar sites and spacings shall be permitted as determined by structural analysis as requited in ACI 5301ASCE 5FTMS 402 listed in Chapter 35. Note it. I Inch = 214 nun; I font = 30.18 nun. 1812.3.3 Ilolluw-unil walls: Fomldalion walls o1' appr( hollow masonry units shall be provided with not less Ih inches (102 nail ul'wlid masonry al girder supports, or: lie strengthened with bultresses. 1812.3.4 Hubble slune: foundation walls of rough or ran. rubble stone shall not be less than 16 inches (406 nam)II 1812.3.5 Handing: All foundation walls shall Ix: bonde required for superstructure walls in Section 2110.0. 1812.4 Increased thickness with depth: Where any found; wal L other than a wall Thar is designed as a retaining wall, ext more than 12 feel (3658 nun) below the top of the first I beams, the thickness of the wall shall be increased 4 inches mm) for each additional 12 feel (3658 mm) or fraction the in depth. 1812.5 Corbels on 8-inch walls: Where an 8-inch we corbeled, the lop corbel shall be a full course of headers at 6 inches in length, extending not higher than the bottom o floor framing. The maximum projection crone unit shall ex neither one-half of the depth of the unit nor one-third of its x at right angles to the face which is offset. 1812.6 Lateral stability: Foundation walls of buildings structures which serve as retaining walls shall conform h applicable requirements of Section 1825.0. and shall strengthened with buttresses or additional wall thickness to I lateral soil and hydrostatic pressure where subjected theret SECTION 1813.0 WATERPROOFING AND DAMPPROOFING 1813.1 Where required: Walls or portions thereof that refs earth and enclose interior spaces and floors below grade shah waterproofed and danhpproofed in accordance with this secue with the exception of those spaces containing use groups all; than residential and institutional where such omission Is _m detrimental to the building or occupancy. ? 1813.1.1 Story above grade: Where a basement is dtl sidered a story above grade and the finished ground le: adjacent to the basement wall is below the basement ill elevation for 25 percent or more of the perimeter, the fly and walls shall be dampproofed in accordance with Sech 1813.3 and a foundation drain shall be installed in accords[ with Section 1813.5.2. The foundation drain shall be install around the portion of the perimeter where the basemen(Ot is below ground level. The provisions of Sections 180 1813.4 and 1813.5.1 shall not apply in this case. 1813.1.2 Underfloor space: The finished ground level of underfloor space such its a crawl space shall not be loci below the bottom of the footings. Where there is evidence) the ground water table rises to within 6 inches (152 rani the ground level at the outside building perimeter or wt there is evidence that the surface water does not readilydh from the building site, the ground level of the underfl space shall be as high as the outside finished ground le unless ;m approver) drainage system is provided.' provisions of Sections 1813.2. 1813.3. 1813.4. 1813.5 1813.6 shall not apply in this ruse. 1813.2 (:round waiter table investigation: 'I'he owner or pliant shall perform a subsurface soil investigation m deler 198 FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS possibility of the pound water table rising above the ,pose(] clevaiiun of the flour or flour, heluw grade. Isxceplion: A subsurface soil investigation shall not be re- quired where: 1. Walerpruuling is to he provided: 2. Satisfactory daua front adjacent areas are available which demonstrate that ground water has not hecn a problem: or 3. Floodprouline is to be provided in accordance with Section 3107.0. 1813.2.1 Ground wader control: Where the ground water table is lowered and maintained at an elevation not less fhau 6 inches (152 turn) below the bottom of the lowest floor, [lie floor and walls shall be dampproofed in accordance with Section IS 13.3. The design of the system to lower the ground water table shall be based upon accepted principles of en- gineering which shall consider, but not necessarily be limited to: permeability of the soil; rate at which water enters the drainage system; rated capacity of pumps; head against which pumps are to pump; and the rated capacity of the disposal urea of the system. 1813.3 Dampproofing required: Where hydrostatic pressure will not occur as determined by Section 1813.2. floors and walls lot other than wood foundat ion systems shall be dampprool'ed in accordance with this section. Wood foundation systems shall he constructed in accordance with NFoPATR7 listed in Chapter 35. 1813.3.2.2 Wall dautpprtroGng materials: Danipprmrf- ing ,hall consist o(a bituminous material, 3 pounds per MItlare yaml ul' acrylic nwdilied cement. IA-inch coat of ,urfacc-bonding mortar complying with ASTM C887 listed in ('baiter 35, any ill' the materials permitted for watcrpniul'ing by Section 1813:3.2.2. or miter approved met look ur materials. 1813.4 Waterproofing required: Where the ground water in. vcstigation required by Section 1813.2 indicates than it hydro- static pressure condition exists, walls and floors shall be waterproofed in accordance with this section. 1813.4.1 Floors: Floors required to be waterproofed shall be of concrete, designed and constructed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures to which the floors will be subjected. 1813.4.1.1 Floor waterproofing materials: Waterproof- ing shall be accomplished by placing a membrane of rubberized asphalt, butyl rubber, neoprene, or not less than 6-mil (.006 inch: 152 pm) polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene wi0ujoints lapped nor less than 6 inches (152 nun) or other approved materials under the slab. Joints in the membrane shall be lapped :Intl sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 11.813.4.2 Walls: Walls required to be waterproofed shall be of concrete or masonryand shall be designed andconstructed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures and other lateral loads to which the walls will be subjected. 1813.3.1 Floor applications: The required dampproofing materials shall be installed between the floor and the base course required by Section 1813.5.1, except where a separate near is provided above a concrete slab. 1813.3.1.1 Floor dampproofing materials: When: in- stalled beneath the slab, dampproofing shall consist of not less than 6-mil (.006 inch; 152 pm) polyethylene with joints lapped not less than 6 incites (152 mm), or other approved methods or materials. Where permitted to be installed on top of the slab, dampproofing shall consist of mopped-on bitumen, not less than 4-mil (.004 inch; 102 pm) polyethylene, or other approved methods or materials. Joints in the membrane shall be lapped and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. 1813.3.2 Walls: Dampproofangmaterials shall be installedon the exterior surface of walls, and shall extend from the top of the footing to above ground level. 1813.3.2.1 Surface preparation of walls: Prior to ap- plication of dampproof ngniaterials on concrete walls, all holes and recesses resulting front the removal of form ties shall Ile scaled with it bituminous material or other ap- proved methods or materials. Unit masonry walls shall be parged un the exterior surface below ground level with not less than 4- inch (10 mm) of Portland cement mortar. The famine shall he coved at tile footine. F\cepliot: Parging of unit masonry walls is not re- quired whereat material is approved for direct applica- tion hi the masonry. 1813.4.2.1 Surface preparation of walls: Prior ut the application of waterproofing materials on concrete or masonry walls, the walls shall be prepared in accordance with Section 1813.3.2. I. 1813.4.2.2 Wall waterproofing materials: Waterproof- ing shall be applied from the bottom of the wall to not less than 12 inches (305 nom) above the maximum elevation of the ground water table. The remainder of the wall shall be dampproofed in accordance with Section 1813.3.2.2. Waterproofing shall consist of two-ply hot-mopped fells, not less than 6-nail (.006 inch; 152 pm) polyvinyl chloride, 40-nail (.040 inch; 1013 pm) polymer-modified asphalt, 6-mil (.006 inch; 152 pm) polyethylene or other approved methods or materials capable of bridging nonstructural cracks. Joints in the membrane shall be lapped and scaled in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- tions. 1813.4.3,loints and penetrations: Joints in walls and floors, joints between the wall and floor, and penetrations of the wall and floor shall be made water tight utilizing approved methods and materials. 1813.5 Subsoil drainage system: Where a hydrostatic pressure condition (foes not exist, dampproofing shall be provided and a base shal l be installed under the floor and a drain installed around the foundation perimeter. A subsoil drainage system designed and constructed in accordance with Section 18 13.2.1 shall be (leensd adequate for lowering the ground water table. 1813.5.1 Flour base: Floors of ha emenrs, exec pt as provided Cur in Section 1813.1.1, shall be placed over a base course not 199 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE/1993 less than 4 incites (102 nun) in thickness that consists OI' gravel or crushed stone containing not more than 10 percent n1' material that passes through a No. -1 sieve. Exception: Where it site is located in well -draittel gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a OOUr base is not required. 1813.5.2 Foundation drain: A drain shal l I>L placed ;]round the perimeter of it foundation thin consists tit' gravel or crushed stone containing not more than 10 percent material that passes through it No. 4 sieve.'1'he drain shall extend a minimum of 12 incites (102 nun) beyond the outside edge of the footing. The thickness shall be such that the bottom of the drain is not higher than the bottom of the haze under the floor, and that the top of the drain is not less than 6 inches (152 ohm) above the top of the footing. The lop of the drain shall be covered with an approved filler membrane material. Where it drain the or perforated pipe is used, the invert of the pipe or tile shall not be higher than the floor elevation. The top of joints or the top of perforations shall be protected with an approved filter membrane material. The pipe or tile shall be placed on not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of gravel or crushed stone complying with Section 1813.5.1, and shall be covered with not less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the same material. 1813.5.3 Drainage disposal: The floor base and foundation perimeter drain shall discharge by gravity or mechanical means into an approved drainage system that complies with the plumbing code listed in Chapter 35. Exception: Where a site is located in well-drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a dedicated drainage system is not required. 1813.6 Placement of backftll: The excavation outside the foun- dation shall be backftlled with soil that is free of organic material, construction debris and large rucks. The backftll shall be placed in lifts and compacted in a manor-r which does not damage de foundation, the waterproofing or the danhpproofing material. 1813.7 Site grading: The ground immeoliatcly adjacent to the foundation shall be sloped away from the building to a slope of not less than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1:12) for a minimum distance of 8 feet (2438 nun) measured perpendicular to the face of the wall or an approved alternate method of diverting water away from the foundation shall be used. The procedure utilized to establish the final ground level adjacent to the foundation shall account for all additional settlement of the backftll. 1813.8 Erosion protection: Where water impacts the ground from the edge of the roof, downspout, scupper or other rainwater collection or diversion device, provisions shall be made to prevent soil erosion and direct the water away from the f ninda- lion. SECTION 1814.0 MAT, RAFT AND FLOAT FOUNDATIONS 1814.1 General: Mat. raft and float funndallaos shall Only be used where the applied loads of the building or structure are so arranged as to result in practically unilonaly balanced loading. and the soil immediately below the mat isuf uuilbnn luadbcaring capacity. The characteristics of the still under the mat Or rat) shall be considered in the analysis of loading on marts and other continuous footings. and title allowance shall Ix' made for pq; Bible concentrated soil pressures under heavily loaded columns. SECTION 1815.0 PIER FOUNDATIONS 1815.1 I.aleraldimensionsand heighl:liscept li rtceupani in Use Group R-3 and light structures, the ntiniuuun dimeru of isolated piers used as foundations sletll be '_ tees (610 m and the height shall not exceed 12 limes the least horizo dimension, unless constructed of reinforced concrete or sit raral steel, or where entirely encased in it steel shell at leas inch (6 mm) thick. Approved heights greater than he specified are permitted where the surrounding foundai materials famish adequate lateral support. 1815.2 Pier foundation seismic ties: Pier foundations shat interconnected by ties for buildings assigned to Seismic l formance Category C. D or E. in accordance with Sec 1612.1.7. All ties shall be capable of resisting, in tensiol compression, a force equal to 25 percent of the effective F velocity-related acceleration (A) times the column dead plus load. Individual tie beams are not required when 1 demonstrated that equivalent restraint will be provided by si lural members within slabs on grade or reinforced concretes on grade or confinement by competent rock, hurl cohesives very dense granular soils or other approved means. 1815.3 Belled bottoms: Where pier foundations are belled a bottom, the edge thickness of the bell shall not be less than required for the edge of footings. If the sides ollhe bell slol an angle less than 60 degrees (1.05 rad) from the horizontal effects of vertical shear shall be considered. 1815.4 Plain concrete: Where the unsupported height of f dation piers exceeds six times the least dimension, the allow working stress on piers of unit masonry or plain concrete: be reduced in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/rMS 402 AC1318 listed in Chapter 35. 1815.5 Reinforced concrete: Where constructed of reinfo concrete, spiral or vertical reinforcement in foundation I shall conform to ACI 318 listed in Chapter 35. Where adec lateral support is furnished by the surrounding material defined in Section 1816.5. the requirements for long colt shall not apply. 1815.6 Steel shell: Where concrete piers are entirely enc with a circular steel shell, and the area of the shell Ste considered as reinforcing steel, the steel shall be protected u the conditions specified in Section 1816.0. All horizontal j in the shell shall be spliced to comply with Section 1816.0 1815.7 Dewatering: Where piers are carried to depths It water level, the piers shal l be constructed Ilya method whicl insure accurate preparation and inspection of the bottom, an depositing or construction of sound concrete or other min in the dry. SECTION 1816.0 PILE FOUNDATIONS 1816.1 Investigation: Pile foundations shall he designed installed nn Ilse basis of a foundation investigation and re which shall include borings. test pits onuhersubsmfaccexpl tiun at locations anal depths sullictenl to delennine the pos and adequacy of the luadbearing soils. ewept where suffit 200 FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS dap upon which to base the design and insl;dlatinn arc:available. The investigation and report shall include, but not be limited to. the following: 1. Recommended pile types and installed capacities; 2. Driving criteria; 3. Installation and field inspection procedures; 4. Pile load test requirements; 5, Durability of pile materials; and 6. Designation of loadbearing stratum or strata. 1816.2 Special types of piles: The use of types of piles not specifically mentioned herein is permitted, subject to approval, upon the submission of acceptable test data, calculations and other information relating to the structural properties and load capacity of such piles. The allowable stresses shall not in any case exceed the limitations specified herein. 18163 Pile bending seismic design: Piling for buildings as- signed to Seismic Performance Category D or E, in accordance with Section 1612.1.7, shall be designed for the maximum imposed curvatures resulting from seismic forces on free-stand- ing piles where the piles are located in loose granular soils or in soil-proftle type Sr or S„ in accordance with Section 1612.3.1. The piles shall be designed and detailed in accordance with the special moment frame requirements of Section 1903.3.3 or Sec- tion 2203.2 for a length equal to 120 percent of the flexural length. The flexural length shall be the distance from the point of fixity to the pile cap. 1816A Protection of pile materials: Where boring records or site conditions indicate possible deleterious action on pile materials because of soil constituents, changing water levels or other factors, the pile materials shall be adequately protected by approved materials, methods or processes. Protective materials shall be applied to the piles so as not to be rendered ineffective by driving. 18165 Lateral support: Any soil other than fluid soil shall be deemed to afford sufficient lateral support to the pile to prevent buckling and to permit the design of the pile in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code. All piles that stand on- braced in air, water or soils not capable of providing lateral suppon shall be designed as columns in accordance with the provisions of this code. 1816.6 Group action: In cohesive soils, the compressive load capacity of a group of friction piles shall be analyzed by an approved, rational method and, where such analysis indicates, the individual allowable pile load shall be reduced accordingly. 1816.7 Stability: All piles shall be braced to provide lateral stability in all directions. Three or more piles connected by a rigid cap shall be considered as lacing braced, provided that the Piles are located in a radial direction from the centroid of the group, not less than 60 degrees (1.05 rad) apart. Atwo-pile group in a rigid cap shall be considered to be braced along the axis connecting the two piles. Methods used to brace piles shall be .ubjcct to approval. Piles supporting walls shall he driven alternately in lines at least I foot (305 mm) apart and located symmetrically under the center of gravity of the wall load carried, unless effective measures are taken to provide for eccentricity and lateral forces, , r the wall piles are adequately braced to provide for lateral stability. Where a single row of piles without lateral bracing is used for occupancies in Use Group R-3 or for lightweight construction not exceeding two stories or 35 feet (10668 nun) in height, the centers of the piles shall be located within the width of the foundation wall. 1816.8 Structural integrity: Piles shall be installed in such a manner and sequence as to prevent distortion or damage to piles being installed or already in place, to the extent that such distor- tion or damage affects the structural integrity of the piles. 1816.9 Spacing: The minimum center-lo-center spacing of piles shall not be less than twice the average diameter of a round pile, nor less than one and three-quavers times the diagonal dimen- sion of a rectangular pile. Where driven to or penetrating into rock, the spacing shall not be less than 24 inches (610 mm). Where receiving principal support at the end from materials other than rock, or through friction resistance, the spacing shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) except that for piles having enlarged bases formed either by compacting concrete or driving a precast base, the minimum center-to-center spacing shall be 411 feet (1372 mm). The spacing of piles shall be such that the average load on the supporting strata will not exceed the safe loadbearing value of those strata as determined by test borings or other approved methods. 1816.10 Splices: Splices shall be constructed so as to provide and maintain true alignment and position of the component parts of the pile during installation and subsequent thereto, and shall be of adequate strength to transmit the vertical and lateral loads and moments occurring at the location of the splice during driving and under service loading. Splices shall develop not less than 50 percent of the least value of the pile in bending. Addi- tionally, ail pile splices occurring in the upper 10 feet (3048 mm) of the embedded portion of the pile shall be capable of resisting at allowable working stresses the moment and shear that results from an assumed eccentricity of the pile load of 3 inches (76 mm); or the pile shall be braced in accordance with Section 1816.7 to other piles that do not have splices in the upper 10 feet (3048 mm) of embedment. 1816,11 Pile caps: Pile caps shall be of reinforced concrete. The soil immediately below the pile cap shall not be considered as carrying any vertical load. The tops of all piles shall be em- bedded not less than 3 inches (76 mm) into pile caps and the caps shall extend at least 4 inches (102 mm) beyond the edges of all piles. The tops of all piles shall be cut back to sound material before capping. 1816.11.1 Pile cap seismic connection: All concrete piles shall be connected to the pile cap for buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category C, D or E, in accordance with Section 1612.1.7. The connection shall consist of embedment of the pile reinforcement in the pile cap for a distance equal to the development length as specified in ACI 318 listed in Chapter 35. Field-placed dowels anchored in the plastic concrete piles are acceptable. The development length to be provided is the full development length forcompression without reduction in length for excess area. Where seismic confinement re- inforcement at the top of the pile is required, alternative measures for laterally confining concrete and maintaining 201 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING COOE/1993 toughness and ductile-like behavior art the mpol'the pile shall he pemtitted provided consideralion is given to fiweing tile hinge to occur in the confined region. Where a minimum length Ibr reinforcement or the e.acnl ol'closely spaced conlin°menl reinforcement is specified at the lop of the pile, provisions shall he made NO Ih:rl those specified lengths or extents are maintained after pile wt-off. 1816.11.2 Pile foundation seismic lice: Piles or pile caps shall be interconnected by tics for buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category C. D or E, in accordance with Section 1612.1.7. All ties shall be capable of resisting, at tension or compression, it force equal to 25 percent of the effective peak velocity-related acceleration (A,) times the column dead plus lire load. Individual tie beams are not required when it is demonstrated that equivalent restraint will be provided by structural members within slabs on grade or reinforced concrete slabs on grade or confinement by com- petent rock, cohesive soils, very dense granular soils or other approved means. 1816.12 Preexcavalion: The use of jetting, angering or other methods of preexcavation shall be subject to approval. Where approved, preexcavation shall be carried out in the same manner as used for piles subject to load tests and in such a manner that will not impair the loadbearing capacity of the piles already in place or damage adjacent structures. Pile tips shall be driven below the preexcav:ued depth until the required resistance or penetration is obtained. 1816.13 Inspection: An approved, qualified inspector shall be present when pile foundations are being installed or during tests. The inspector shall make and submit to the code official detailed records of the installation of each pile and the results of load tests. Records shall include the cutoff and lip elevation of each pile relative to a permanent reference. 1816.14 Identification: All pile materials shall be identified for conformity to the specified grade with this identification main- tained continuously from the point of manufacture to the point of installation or shall be tested by an approved agency to determine conformity to the specified grade and the approved agency shall famish an affidavit of compliance to the code official. 1816.15 Pile location plan: A plan showing the location and designation of all piles by an identification system shall be filed with the code official prior to installation of such piles. All detailed records for individual piles shall bear an identification corresponding to that shown on the plan. 1816.16 Use or existing piles: Piles left in place where a struc- turchas been demolished shall not be used for the support of new construction unless satisfactory evidence is submitted to the code official which indicates that the piles are sound and nice[ all of the requirements of this axle. Such piles shall be load tested or redriven to verify their capacities. The design load applied to such piles shall be the lowest allowable load as determined by tests or redriving data. 1816.17 Pile driveability: Pile cross sections shall he of suffi- cient size and strength it, withstand driving stresses without damage to the pile, and to provide wtficient stiffness to hand the required driving forces. 1816.18 llvnved piles: All piles than have heaved during' Jri ving of adjacent pit cs shat I be redriven as necessary to devel the required capacity and penetration, or the c:gtacity of Thep' shall Ix verified by load Icsls in accordance with Section 1819 1816.19Selllement:tnalysis:'I'hcsettlement of indiv or groups of piles shall be estimated based upon meth:xis of :utalysiz.'1'he predicted settlement shall ne harmful distortion of, or instability in, the structure, any stresses to exceed allowable values. 1816.20 Use of vibratory drivers: Vibratory drivers shall be used to install piles where the pile load capacity is verifit load tests in accordance with Section 1817.4. The installadi production piles shall be controlled according to power sumption, rate of penetration or other approved means assure pile capacities equal to or exceeding those of the test l 1816.21 Installation sequence: Piles shall be installed in sequence as to avoid compacting the surrounding soil It extent that other piles cannot be installed properly, and to pre ground movements that are capable of damaging adjacenls lures. SECTION 1817.0 ALLOWABLE PILE LOADS 1817.1 Determination of allowable loads: The allowable , and lateral loads on piles shall be determined by an approY formula, load test or method of analysis. 1817.2 Piles in subsiding areas: Where piles are driven thrill subsiding fills or other subsiding strata and derive support underlying firmer materials, the downward friction forces who are imposed on the piles by the subsiding upper strata sh included in the design. 18173 Driving formula: The allowable compressive loa any pile when determined by the application of an appro driving formula shall notexceed 40 tons (36287 kg). The to load shall be determined for gravity drop or power-act hammers, and the hammer energy used shall be the maxim consistent with the size, strength and weight of the driven Ill The use of a follower shall be permitted only when approv The introduction of fresh hammer cushion or pile cos material just prior to final penetration shall not be permute 1817.4 Load tests: Where greater compressive loads peril than permitted by Section 1817.3 are desired or when the des load for any pile foundation is in doubt, control test piles be tested in accordance with ASTM DI 143 listed in Chapter` At least one pile shall be test loaded in each area of unif subsoil conditions. Where required by the code official, additi al piles shall be load tested if necessary to establish the sa design capacity. The resulting allowable loads shall not be mq than one-half of that test load which produces a permanent q settlement of not more than 0.01 inch per ton (0.00028 mould of test load, and not more than Y4 inch (19 mot). In subseque driving of the balance of foundation piles, all piles shall I deemed to have it supposing capacity equal to the control Pi where such piles: are of the same type, size and relative leng es the test pile; are installed using the saute or comparab 202 i alit the ,lop pile 7.4. omethcxls and equipment as the test pile: are installed is simil:u subsoil conditions as the test pile: and where the rate of Itenetra. (ion ol'such piles is equal w or less than that ol'tle test pile Iluaugh it comparable driving distance. 18175 Use of higher allowable stresses: Allowable stresses ..renter titan those specified foreach pile type in this chagaershall b,: permitted where supprtt(ing d:Uzi just il'ying such higher sness- es are filed with the code official. Such substantiating dam shall include it foundation investigation in accordance with Section 1816.1 laid pile load tests in accordance with Section 1817.4, regardless of the load supported by the pile. The design and installation of the pile foundation shall be under the direct supervision of la registered design prrjessinnal knowledgeable in the field of soil mechanics and pile foundations, who shall certify to the code official that the piles as installed satisfy the design criteria. 1817.6 Allowable lateral load: Where required by the design, the lateral load capacity of a single pile or a pile group shall be determined by an approved method of analysis or by lateral load test,% to at least twice the proposed design working load. Tltc resulting allowable local shall not be more than one-half of that test load which produces a gross lateral movement of I inch (25 mm) at the ground surface. 1817.7 Uplift capacity: Where required by the design, the uplift capacity of a single pile shall be determine(] in accordance with ASTM D3689 listed in Chapter 35 or in approved method of analysis based upon a minimum safety Grctorof 3. The nmax innun allowable uplift load shall be one-half of that load which produces an upward movement of [lac pile but equal to the gross elastic extension of the pile plus 0.1 inch (3 tom). For pile groups subjected to uplift, the allowable working uplift marl for the group shall be the lesser of the proposed individual pile uplift working load times the number of piles in the group, or two. thirds of the effective weight of the pile group and the soil contained within a block defined by the perimeter of the group and the length of the pile. 1817,8 Loadbearing capacity: Individual piles and groups of piles shall develop ultimate load capacities of at least twice the design working loads in the designated loadbearing layers. Analysis shall show that the soil layer underlying the designated loadbearing layers does not cause the loadbearing capacity safety factor to be less than 2. 1817.9 Bent piles: The loadbearing capacity of piles discovered to have a sharp or sweeping bend shall be determined by an approved method of analysis or by load testing a representative pile. 181710 Overloads on piles: The maximum compressive marl on any pile due to mislocation shall not exceed 110 percent of the allowable design load. SECTION 1818.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL PILES 1818.1 Materials: Structural steel piles, steel pipe and fully welded steel piles fabricated from plates shall conform to ASTNt A36, A252, A283. A572 or A588 listed in Chapter 35. 1818.2 Allowable stress: The allowable design compressive stress shall not exceed 0.35 of the mininmm specified yield FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS "loll"III of the -steel, except (hilt Inaxi(until allowable design strc>s shall be 0.50 of the nmininuun specified yield strength of steel where substantiated by Section 1817.5. IS 18.3 file call seismic connection: All structural steel piles sllall be connected (o the pile cap for buildings assigned to Seismic performance Category D or E, in accordance with Section 1612.1.7. The connection between the pile cap zinc[ the structural steel piles shall be designed fora tensile force equal to 10 percent of the pile compression design Inad. 1818.4 Dimensions of I I-piles: Sect ions of li-pi Ies shall comply with thecriteriaod'Seclions 1818.4.1 through 1818.4.3. 1818.4.1 Flanges: The Iiange projections sllall not exceed 14 times the minimum thickness of meal in either the flange or the web, and the flange widths shad l not he less than 80 percent of the depth of the section. 1818.4.2 Depth: The nominal depth of the direction of the web shall not be less than 8 inches. 1818.4.3 Thickness: Flanges and webs shall have a minimum nominal thickness of i4 inch. 1818.5 Dimensions of steel pipe piles: Steel pipe piles driven open ended shall have a nominal outside diamctcrof not less than 10 inches and a minimum wall thickness of not less than V4 inch (6 mm) for diameters less than 14 inches (356 mm), and of not less than 1k incur (10 mm) for diametcts 14 inches (356 mm) and over. Where pipe of less wall thickness is driven open ended, a suitable cutting shoe shall be provided. SECTION 1819.0 CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL PIPE AND TUBE PILES 1819.1 Material: Steel pipe and tube piles shall conform to ASTM A252 or A283 listed in Chapter 35. Concrete shall con- form to Section 1820.1.1. The maximum coarse aggregate size shall be Y4 incur (19 mm). 1819.2 Allowable stress: The allowable design compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed 0.33 of the 28-day specified compressive strength ((',). The allowable design com- f ressive stress in the steel shall not exceed 0.35 of the minimum specified yield strength of the steel, except that the maximum allowable design compressive stress shall be 0.50 of the mini- mum specified yield strength of the steel where substantiated by Section 1817.5. 1819.3 Seismic reinforcement: All concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles shall have minimum reinforcement of I percent of the pile cross-sectional area for buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category C, D or E, in accordance with Section 1612.1.7. The longitudinal reinforcement shall be provided in the top of the pile with a length equal to two times the required cap embedment anchorage into the pile cap. 1819.4 Minimum dimensions: Piles shall have a nominal out- side diameter of not less than 8 inches and a minimum wall thickness in accordance with Section-1818.5. For mandrel- driven pipe piles, the minimum wall thickness shall be Vill inch (3 nmm). 1819.5 Reinforcement: Reinforcement steel shall conform to Section 1820.1.2. Reinforcement shall not be placed within I inch (25 mnm) of the steel casing. 203 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING COOE/1993 1819.6 Placing concrete: The placement of concrete shall I on- form to Section 1820.1.3. SECTION 1820.0 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILES 1820.1 General: The materials, reinforcement and instaIlatit'll of cast-in-place concrete piles shall conform lsl Sections 1820.1.1 through 1820.1.3. 1820.1.1 Material: Ail concrete shall have a 28-day specified compressive strength (f',) of not less than 2.5(X) psi (1.76 kg/mm=). Where concrete is placed through it funnel hopper at the top of the pile, the concrete mix shall be designed and proportioned so as to produce it cohesive workable mix having u slump of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) and not more than 6 inches (152 mm). If concrete is to he pumped, the mix design including slump shall he adjusted to produce a pumpable concrete. 1820.1.2 Reinforcement: Except for steel dowels embedded 5 feet (1524 mm) or less in the pile and as provided for in Section 1820.2, reinforcement, where required, shall be as- sembled and tied together and shall be placed in the pile as it unit before the reinforced ponion of the pile is filled with concrete. 1820.1.2.1 Seismic reinforcement: All cast-in-place con- crete piles shall have minimum reinforcement of 0.25 percent of the pile cross-sectional area for buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category C, and a minimum re- inforcement of 0.50 percent for bui (dings assigned to Seismic Performance Category D or E in accordance with SLclion 1612.1.7. The reinforcing shall be placed in the top one-third of the pile length or extend 10 feet (3048 unit) from the top of the pile, whichever is the longer length. For Seismic Performance Category C buildings, the pile reinforcing shall be a minimum of four longitudinal bars with closed tics, or equivalent spirals, having a minimum diameter of 1/4 inch. The ties shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 16 times the longitudinal reinforcing bar diameter. lbe maximum tic spacing in the top 2 feet (610 nun) of the pile Icngrh shall ba: 4 inches (102 mm). Tic detailing shat I be in accordance with Section 1903.5.2. For Seismic Perfomtance Category D or E buildings, the pile reinforcing shall lea minimum of four longitudinal bars with closed tics, or equivalent spirals, having a minimum diateter of j/k inch, for piles with a diameterof 20 inches (508 nun) or less; and a minimum tic diametcr of tk inch, for piles with it diameter more than 20 inches (508 mm). 'The tics shall be provided at a maximum spacing of eight limes the longitudinal reinforcing bar diameter. The maximum lie spacing in the top 4 feel (1219 mm) of the pile length shall hr: 3 inches (76 nun). Exception: Pile lies are not required where spiral- welled social closing is used, provided the casing has thickness of not less than 0.068 inch ( 1.7 111111), and is adequately protected from corrosion (tile to soil. ch;mg- ing water levels, or other suherade material indicated by the site Soil investigmiun. 18211.1.3 Installation: Concrete sh:dl be placed in Such a manner as to insure the exclusion 1)l an% lmcien matter and to secure a full•si/ed shall. Coucnnr shall not be placed through water except where ucmie nrelhods arc approved, When depositing concrete truth 1110 lull of the pile, the con. crele shall nut Ix: chilled dircelh into the pile hul shall be poured in ;I rapid and continuous operation through a funnel hopper centered to the top of the pile. 1820.2 Drilled or angered uncascd piles: Drilled or angered uncascd piles shall conform to Sections 19202.1 through 182(.2.4. 1820.2.1 Allowablestress: 'I'he allowable design stress in the concrete of drilled encased piles shall not exceed 33 percent ofthe28-dayspecifledcompressivestrength(/ ).Thealld(49 able design stress in the concrete of mugered cast-in-place piles shall not exceed 25 percent of the 28-day speciOed compressive strength 1820.2.2 Dimensions: The pile length shall not exceed 30 limes the average diameter. 'The mininvnn diameter shall be 12 inches (305 mm). Exception: The length of the pile shall be permitted to exceed 30 times the diameter, provided that the design and installation of the pile foundation is under the direct super- vision of a registered deri,gn pioj'svimud knowledgeable in the field of soil mechanics and pile foundations. The registered der qn prufi,.ccional shall certify to the code official that the piles were installed in compliance with the approved design. 1820.2.3 Installation: If pile shafts are funned through un. stable soils and concrete is placed in an open-drilled hole, a steel liner shall be inserted in the hope prior to placing the concrete. If the steel liner is withdrawn during cuncreling,lhe level of concrete shall be maintained above the bottom of the liner at a sufficient height to offset any hydrostatic or lateral soil pressure. If concrete is placed by pumping through a hollow-stem auger, the auger shall not be permitted to rotate during withdrawal and shall be withdrawn in ;I steady continuous motion. Concreting pumping pressures shall be measured and shall be maintained high enough at all times to offset hydro- static and lateral earth pressures. Concrete volumes shall be measured to insure Ilia(the volume of concrete placed ineach pile is equal to or greater than the theoretical volume of the hole created by the auger. If the installation process of any pile is interrupted or a loss of concreting pressure occurs, the pile shall be redrilled to the original depth and reformed. Angered cast-in-place piles shall not be installed within six pile diameters center to center ill' a pile filled with concrete less than 24 hours old. unless approved. If the concrete level in any completed pile drops, ale pile shall be rejected and replaced. 18211.2.4 Reinforcement: Per piles installed with a hollow- sNna auger, where longitudinal steel rt-inlorcenucnt is placed without lateral tics. the reinfurceniou shall be placed through ducts in the auger prior to Ollim: the pile with cuncretc. All pile reinf)recntem shall halve a cuncr0te cover of not less Than 11'2 inches (6.1 01111). FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS 1820.3 Driven unclosed piles: Urivcn unclsed piles shall cun- :bnn to Sections 1820.3.1 through I S?11.1.•3. 1820.3.1 Allowable strew:'I'hc al Iuwahle deign stress in the concrete shall 1101 exceed 25 I>Lrccm 01'tile 28-day specified compressive strength (/" ) appliecl 10 a Cross-sectional area not greater than the inside area ul't he drive casing or mandrel. 1820.31 Dimensions: 'rile pile knell' shall 1101 exceed 30 Nines the average diameter. 'file noininoun diameter shall be 12 inches (305 mill), 1820.3.3 Installation: Piles steal I nol be driven wi lhi n Six pile diameters center to center in gnmu Iarsoils or within one-half of the pile length in cohesive soi Is u I'll pile t i Iled with concrete less than 48hoursold, unless approved, If theco lcrete surface in any complete pile rises or drops, the pile shall be rejected and replaced. Piles shall not be instilled in soils which are capable of causing pile heave. 1820.3.4 Concrete cover: All pile reinforcement shall have a concrete cover of not less than 211A inches (64 mm), measured from the inside face of the drive casing or mandrel. 1820.4 Enlarged base piles: Enlarged base Piles shall conform in the requirements of Sections 1820.4.1 through 1820.4_5. 1820.4.1 Materials: The maximum size forcoarse aggregate for al l concrete shall be Y4 inch (19 o"u). Compacted concrete shall have a zero slump. 1820.4.2 Allowable stress: The maximum allowable design compressive stress for concrete not placed in it permanent steel casing shall be 25 percent of the 28-day specified compressive strength (('). Where the concrete is placed in it permanent steel casing, the maximurn allowable concrete stress shall be 33 percent oftile 28-day specified compressive strength (f -,.), 1820.4.3 Installation: Enlarged bases funned either by com- pacting concrete or driving a precast base shall be formed in or driven into granular soils. All piles shall be constructed in the same manner as successful prototype test piles driven for the project. Pile shafts extending through peat or other organic soil shall be encased in a permanent steel casing. If a cased shaft is used, the shaft shall be adequately reinforced to resist column action or the annular space around the pile shah shall be filled sufficiently to reestablish the lateral support of the Soil. If pile heave occurs, the pile shall be rejected unless it is demonstrated that the pile is undamaged and capable of carrying twice its design load. 1820.4_4 Loadbearing capacity: Pile Ioadbearing capacity shall be verified by load tests i 1817.4. n accordance with Section 1820,45 Concrete cover: The 111 in i llu no concrete cover still II I -21/z incites ((A 111111) far uncascd sha fts a» d 1 inch (25 non) for cased shafts. 1820,5 Sleel-cased Piles: Steel-cased tiles shall comply will, the requirentenis or Sect iolts 1820.5.1 dnuugh 1820.5.4. 18205.1 Material: Pile shells or casings shall he of steel and %hall be sufficiently strung m resist collapse and sufficiently w'aterligltl tuexclude ally foreign materialsduring the placing of concrete. Steel shellsshall haveasealedtipwill, odiameter ul' not less than 8 inches (203 nun). 18211.5,2 Allowable stress: 'file allowable design comprcs- sive stress i11 the concrete shall not exceed 33 percent of the 28-day SPecilied compressive strength (/ ), The allowable concrete compressive stress shall be 0.40/ for that portion of the pile meeting the conditions specified in Sections 1820,5.2.1 through 1820.5.2,4. 182065.2.1 Thickness: The thickness of the steel shell shall 1101 be less than Nu. 14 Cage (0.(X)8 inch) minimum. 1820.5.2.2 Shelf type: Tbc shell 'hall 17C sc;(mlcss or shall be provided with scams of strength equal to the basic material and be of a configuration which will provide confinement to the cast-in-place concrete. 1820.5.2.3 Strength: The ratio of Stcel yield strength V) to design j', shall not be less than 6. 1820.5.2.4 Diameter: The nominal pile diameter shall not be greater than 16 inches. 1820.5.3 Installation: Piles shall have steel shells that are mandrel driven their full length in contact with the surround- ing soil, left permanently in place and filled with concrete. A pile shall not be driven within fourand one-half average pile diameters of a pile filled with concrete less than 24 hours old unless approved. Concrete shall not be placed in steel shells within heave range of driving. 1820.5.4 Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall not be placed within I inch (25 mm) of the steel shell. Reinforcing shall be provided for unsupported pile lengths and for piles that arc designed to resist uplift or unbalanced Iruernllnndr. 1820.5.4.1 Seismic reinforcement: All steel-cased piles in buildings assigned to Seismic Performce Cate C. I D or E, in accordance with Section 161an2.1.7, shagoryll hove seismic reinforcement as required by Section 1820.1 2.1. SECTION 1821.0 PRECAST CONCRETE PILES 1821.1 Design and manufacture: All piles shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with accepted engineering practice to resist all stresses induced by handling, driving and service loads. -rhe minimum lateral dimension shall be 10 inches (254 mill). All comers of square piles shall be chamfered. Lon- gitudinal steel shall be arranged in a symmetrical pattern and shall be laterally tied with steel tics orwire spiral spaced not more than 3 inches (76 mm) apart, center locenter, for a distance of 2 feet (010 film) from the ends of the pile; and not more that 6 inches (152 mill) elsewhere except that;u the ends of each pile, the first five ties or spirals shall be spaced I inch (25 mm) center to center. IN21.1.1 Installation: All piles shall be handled and driven So as not la cause injury or overstressing which aflecls durability or strength. 1 N21.2 Reinforced piles: Rcinfi)rced precast concrete piles shall ccullinnl to Sections Is21 2.I through 1821.2.5. 205 THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING COOE/1993 1821.2.1 Design: 'the mini noun amuunl 'it longiunhnal re- inforcement shall be 2 percent Of (Ile cunrrcle section and shall consist of :it least lour hars. 18211.2 Material: All cuncruteshalllmveo 25-dayspecified compressive strength (%',) of nut less that 4.O x1 psi (2.S 1 kg/nun'). 1821.2.1 Allowableslress: The allowable compressive stress in the concrete shall not exceed 33 percent of the 28-day specified compressive strength U',) applied to the gross cross-sectional area of the pile. 1821.2.4 Concrete cover: All pile reinforcement shall have a concrete cover of not less than 2 inches (51 nun), except that piles exposed to sea water shall haven mininmm protec- tive concrete coverer 3 inches (76 mm). 1821.2.5 Installation: A precast concrete pile shall not be driven before the concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 3,000 psi (2.11 kg/mm°), but not less than such strength sufficient to withstand handling and driving forces. 1821.3 Prestressed piles: Prestressed concrete piles shall con- form to the requiremehts of Sections 1821.3.1 through 1821.3.6. 1821.3.1 Design: The effective prestress in the pile shall not be less than 700 psi (0.49 kg/mm'). 1821.3.2 Material: Prestressing steel shall con fomtao ASTM A416 listed in Chapter 35. All concrete shall have a 28-day specified compressive strength ((',) of not less than 5.()00 psi (3.52 kg/mm'). 1821.3.3 Allowable stress: The maximum allowable design compressive stress (f) in concrete shall be determined as follows: f,. = 0.33 f',. - O.27J. where f is the effective prestress on the gross area of the pipe section. 18213.4 Installation: A prestressed pile shall not be driven before the concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 4,000 psi (2.81 kg/mm'), but not less than such strength sufficient to withstand handling and driving forces. 1821.3.5 Pile cap seismic connection: Prestressed pile con- nection to the pile cap shall be in accordance with the require- ments of Section 1816.11.1 or by extension of the pile reinforcing strand into the pile cap. The embedment into the pile cap shall develop the strength of the reinforcing strand. Prestressed pile cap connections in buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category D or E, in accordance with Section 1612.1.7, shall not be by development of exposed strand. 1821.3.6 Spiral seismic reinforcing: The spiral re- inforcement in prestressed piles for buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category D or E. in accordance with Section 1612.1.7, shall not be less that 0.6 percent for the length of the fully embedded piling where subjected to verti- cal loads only or where the design bending montem clues not exceed 20 percent of the unfactored ultimate moment rapacity at balanced strain ennefitions computed in accord- ance with ACI 318listed in Chapter35. SECTION 1822.0 TIMBER PILES 1812.1 ill:derials: hound timber piles shall conform to D25 listed in ('baiter 35. S:nvn timber piles shall contort :gqmqnime grading rule tin the species used. 18221 Preservative treatment: 'Tinder piles used lo: pennmacnT structures shall be treated in accordance w section unless it is established that the tops of the or limber piles will he below the lowest ground water level a: to exist during the life of the structure /9rservarive an. main final retention shall be in accordance with AWPAC in Chapter 35 for round limber piles and AWPA C24 Ii Chapter 35 for sawn timber piles. Preservative-treated piles shall be subject to a quality control program admir by an appracedagency. Pile cutoffs shall be treated in: once with AW PA M4 listed in Chapter 35. 1822.3 Allowable stress: The allowable stresses for round timber piles shall not exceed those set forth it 1822.3 and as provided for in Sections 1822.3.1 and 182 Table 1822.3 ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES' FOR TREATED HOUND TIMI PILES, NORMAL LOAD DURATION - VALUES AT TIP OF F Species Compression parallel to grain (psi) Bendin g (psi) Sltear horiz. (PSi) Compression perpendicular grain (psi) h a Pacific Coast Douglas fir see Section 822.3.1) 1,250 2,450 115 230 1 Red oak - , Northern \ and Southern 1,100 2,450 135 . 350 Red pine (Brown in the United States) 900 1,900 85 155 1; Southern pine - longleaf, slash, loblolly and shortleal (see Section 1022.3.1 1.200 2,400 110 250 1; Note a. 1 psi = 0.080703 lig/mma. 1822.3.1 Stress increase: The allowable unit stre: compression parallel to grain for Pacific Coast Doul and Southern pine shall be increased 0.2 percent for foot (305 mm) of length front the tip of the pile to The r section. The increase shall not exceed 10 percent for at The stress increase is cumulative with the increase in i properties associated with pile loner. 1822.3.2 Dried or untreated piles: The working site Table 1822.3 have been adjusted to compensate for sl reductions caused by conditioning prior to treatment. piles are air dried or kiln dried prior to pressure treatm where untreated piles are to be used, the compression. ing and shear stresses shall be increased by muhiplyi tabulated values by the following factors: Pacific Coast Douglas fir, red oak, red pine ..... I Southern pine ............................I 1822.4 hind-supported piles: Any sudden decrease in t resistance of an end-supponcd tinther pile shall be invest 206 FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS wiib regard lu the possibility or damage. If the suddru dacrease et driving resistance eatutol lie cmrel;nod to luadhr:uim_ data. :he pile shall lie removed lirr inspection ur rejeclyd. SECTION 1823.0 COMPOSITE PILES 1823.1 Design: Composite piles consisting of tsva ur none approved pile tylns shall he designed to meet the conditions of installation. 18.13 ,2 Minitation of load: The nvaxiol u i allowable Irnhd shall I,. limited by the capacity or the weakest section incorporated in the pile. 1823.3 Splices: Splices'between concrete and steel or wood actions shall be designed to prevent separation both before and afterlife concrete portion has set, and to insure the alignment and transmission of the total pile load. Splices shall be designed to resist uplift caused by upheaval during driving of adjacent piles, and shall develop the full compressive strength :mil not less than 50 percent of the tension and bending strength of the weaker action. SECTION 1824.0 CAISSON PILES 1824.1 Construction: Caisson piles shall consist of, a shall section of concrete-filled pipe extending to bedrock with :m encased socket drilled into the bedrock and filled with concrete. 'Ihe caisson pile shall have a full-length structural steel elite or a stub core installed in the rock socket and extending into the pipe portion a distance equal to the socket depth. 1824.2 Design: The depth of the rock socket shall lie sulficient to develop the full loadbearing capacity of the caisson pile with a nvinimum safety factorof 2, but the depth shall not he less than the outside diameter of the pipe. The design of the rock socket is permitted to be predicated on the sum of the allowable load- learing pressure on the bottom of the socket plus bond along the sides of the socket. The minimum outside diameter of the caisson pile shall be 18 inches (457 mm), and the diameter of the rock socket shall be approximately equal to the inside diameter of the pile. 1824.3 Seismic reinforcement: All caisson piles in buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category C. D or E, in accord- Mice with Section 1612.1.7, shall have seismic re:, ircentem required by Section 1820.1.2.1. 1824,4 Material: Pipe and steel cores shall conform to the material requirements in Section 1818.0. Pipe shall have :I min- imum wall thickness of -4k inch (10 mm) and shell be tilled with .t suitable steel driving shoe welded to the bottom of tho pipe. All concrete shall have a 28-day specified compressive strength If') of not less than 4,000 psi (2.81 kg/mm). The concrete nhis shall be designed and proportioned so as to pruduce:o COhCSi Ve '.snrkable mix with a slump of 4 inches (102 rum) uh 6 inches 15_1 mm). 1824.5 Structural core: The gross crass-sectional area ill the suucmral steel core shall not exceed 25 percent or the grass area 'If the caisson. The minimum clearance between the structural .ore and the pipe shall he 2 inches (51 nun). 11 cores arc m he •pliced, the ends shall be milled or ground to provide 1`1111 amlact ..nd shall be full-depth welded. I824.6 Allowable stress: 'f'ile allowable design compressive stresses shall not exceed the following: concrete, 0.33 J" : steel pier. U, t5 J;: and structural steel care. 0.50JI. 1824.71nsfallaI ion: The rock socket and pile shall he thorough- ly cleaned of all foreign materials beliire tilling with concrete. Steel cures shall he bedded in cement grout at file base of the ruck socket. Concrete shall not he placed through water except where trcmic methods are approved. SECTION 1825.0 RETAINING WALLS 1825,1 General: Walls built to retain or support the lateral pressure of canh or water or olhcr superimposed /coals shat) be designed and constructed of approved masonry, reinforced con- crete, steel sheet piling or other approved materials within the allowable stresses specified in this code (see Section 2311.7). 1825,2 Design: Retaining walls shall be designed to resist the pressure of the retained material, including bath dead and live load surcharges to which such walls are subjected, and to insure stability against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pres- sure and water uplift. 1825.3 Hydrostatic pressure: Unless drainage is provided, the hydrostatic head of the water pressure shall be assumed to be equal to the height of the wall. 1825.4 Coping: All masonry retaining walls, other than re- inforced concrete walls, shall be protected with an approved coping. 1825.5 Guards: Where retaining walls with differences in grade level on either side of the wall in excess ol'4 feet (1219 mm) are located closer than 2 feet (610 mm) to a walk, path, parking lot or driveway on the high side, such retaining walls shall be provided with guards that are constructed in accordance with Section 1021.0 or other approved protective measures. 207 TWELFTH EDITION ISSUED EVERY THREE YEARS ' it It, , Nibl \ 7 ?, 1? I 'S'r?h 41 r' ,i.Jv 1 .f ?! III '1 r$n ilr-' 1,'M 1 1???, r r 5S ?1 t? 'r?lF , I ? 11 t r ? ? {? I C},t fr raj \ 'Ct51u??7j I,h IG'.. - I `t'f{}i r• k?i f`..IFV t P f , r 13l; 'rt\i"' !t? r \N r,' ? it , f?l M r1, ?5.•rild?? ?'17 ? ?iJ?Irs. ,.,,. ?.,y::ae?l.r 'TRW ®C03 BUILDING OFFICIALS & CODE ADMINISTRATORS INTERNATIONAL, INC. f ? D NAVIN THIRTEENTH EDITION ISSUED EVERY THREE YEARS j .3 0. J {+}t{ 3(?:/1 S,..r 1}?, r, . 1 I ? 1 i 1 1 --i' ! ?,! 1 JZ 1f ?t! 1 I t I r ''r l' ? I ,I{i ??r ? )'\. ?1 <2 17 1 4T't Ii Ir? ll I{1.45{tr? N t? 1 { ? r 1 ' f 4 tr A l S yt o trE ?y +" 1; p .}j?[ ii 5bti + p I fYk l4(?1 t?1>,11 VY??t:nr 76t (Ilnt {p1?dS 51 ' .'(. 7 i+lyl? 'T Irt? o-llff a.: T t ? 4rzf 1? ,? tr! t f.IfJt fi +1+? ar l il???(({.??y),j§??3i5?7 / ??111 r'I 6?? ?', ?l? r '??pr'? ? 1 N dl ?J?q? ? ' i ofg1+? i?? t}{? f ? la6b? A. ??" ?1 , ):II s 5 P In{? 1 3''++ kT - g IH i} ?4$ •?i4?'4 ? i1 ? 1,? t"V L t !'? sl{ } + , i nL7. Ir?.pr S? ???jti}4 Y 1•??^f ?l ? ? C?{ i ??+(* ? \ I ?,{ Ir ??y. 1)." 9 ' l Tr t ;•, > 3 ?4?s f L If! !..'r?dr ++, C. IU 1y t1?P?1 ?¢° .q }F r0 ,}'l''y V ri• Y ` ?S {! ?I?'1 R 7c ? t ! a,,, < +' c ;? ( Ae91 art ? I 1 r L y l li I v' ? t p h F?'T;?y '? }.ry ?7: ?jA7 T}+.• I.. I , i s : 1 ..n !t( '1{x'1 ? r} ?,?''71.+ 'r + I 1 .r 1 7 T? f 1 .r ??'?i v?.: l f. f, o r. E, 1 7 `F fl??i4 '?.i •? 1 L?z E'Ir a ? s' Id 11+11p ': ?II?tS?rt ?????? ., 'Ir ?.Wl. y+'i Yd ? T?1 I /dlr r, "pr1 ``d7{{. H f'•{r? l"??{{?}`?(f ;t?) '' . r. ? `?? n1??.•S/ I.l ll. .., ?."y I• ? !f •'. 4 BUILDING OFFICIALS & CODE ADMINISTRATORS INTERNATIONAL, INC. '?ANATT ?T 13 J CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION SECTION 101.0 SCOPE 101.1 Title: These regulations shall be known as the Building Code of [NAM60F111RISDICri0NI, iereinafterreferred to as" this code." 101.2 Scope: These regulations shall control all matters concern. ing the construction, alteration, addition, repair, removal, demo. lition, location, occupancy and maintenance of :dl buildings and structures, and shall apply to existing or proposed buildings and structures, except as such matters are otherwise provided fir in other ordinances or statutes, or in the rules and regulations authorized for promulgation under the provisions of this code. 101.3 Application or references: Unless otherwise specifically provided for in this code, :dl references to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to Such chapter, section or provision of this code. 101.4Inlenf-Thisaxleshall be construed to secure itsexpressed intent, which is to ensure public safely, health and welfare insofar as they are affected by building construction, through structural strength, adequate means of egress facilities, sanitary equipment, light and ventilation, and lire safety, and, in general, to secure safety to life and property from all hazards incident to the design, erection, repair, removal, demolition or occupancy of buildings, structures or premises. SECTION 102.0 APPLICABILITY 102.1 General: The provisions of this code shall apply to all loners affecting or relating to structures. asset forth it) Section 101.0. The construction, alteration, repair, addition and removal of all structures shall comply with this code. 102.2 Existing structures: The legal occupancy ol'any structure existing on the date of adoption of this code, or for which it has been heretofore approved, shall be permitted ttcontinuc wilhnut change, except as is specifically covered in this cone, the prop- erty maintenance or fire prevention codes listed in Chapter 35, or as is dewed necessary by the code official fill- the general safety ;tad welfare of the occupants and the public. 102.3 Matters not provided for: Any requirements that are essential for the structural. lire or sanitary safety of am existing or proposed building or structure. tar for the safety of the occu- pants thereof, which are not specifically promlvd for by this code, shall be determined by the cute oflicial. 102.4 Referenced standards: The Standards referenced in this code and listed in Chapter 35 shall be considered part of the requirements of this code to tiro prescribed extent of each such reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this code: and mferenced standanls, the provisions of this code shall apply. SECTION 103.0 VALIDITY 103.1 Partial invalidity: In the event any part or provision of thiscode is held rh be illegal or void, this shall not have theeffect of making void or illegal any ref the other pans or provisions thereof. which are determined lu be legal; and it shall be pre- sunted that this code would have been passed without such illegal or invalid parts or provisions. 103.2 Segregation of invalid provisions: Any invalid part of this code shall be segregated from the remainder of this code by the court holding such pan invalid, and the remainder shall remain effective. 103.3 Decisions involving existing structures: The invalidity of any provision in any section of this code as applied to existing buildings and structures shall not be held to affect the validityof such section in its application to buildings and structures hem- after erected. SECTION 104.0 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING INSPECTION 104.1 Code official: The department of building inspection is hereby created and the executive official in charge thereof shall be known as the code official. 104,2 Appointment: The code official shall be appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction; and the code offi- cial shall not be removed from office except for cause and after full opportunity to he heard on specific and relevant charges by and before (lie appointing authority. 104.3 Organirtlion:'The code official shall appoint such num- ber ulof ices, technical assistants, inspectors and other employ- ees as shall be necessary for the administration of this code and as authorized by the appointing authority. 114.4 Deputy: The code oflicial is authorized to designate an enh ployce as deputy who shal I exercise ill[ the powers of the code official during the temporary absence or disability of the code ufl icial. 104.5 Restriction of employees: An official or employee con- nected witi the department of building inspectiu In, except one THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODEM 996 whose only connection is that of a ntcinber of the board of appeals established under the provisions of Section 121.0: shall not be engaged in or directly or indirectly connected with file furnishing of labor, materials or appliances I'oc file construction. "Iteration or maintenance of a building, or the preparation of consirauian documents thereof, unless that person is the nn•nrr of the building, nor shall such ofticeroremployeeengage in;toy work than conflicts with official duties or with lino interestsof tllc dcpartmcnt. 104.6 Relief from personal responsibility: 'T'ile code official. officer or employee charged with the enforcement of this code. while acting for the jurisdiction, shall not thereby be rendered liable personally, and is hereby relieved from all personal liabil- ity for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or employee because offal act performed by that officer or employee in the lawful discharge of duties, and under the provisions of this code shall be defender) by the legal representative of the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings. The code official or any subor- dinate shall not be liable forcosts in any action, suitor proceeding that is instituted in pursuance of the provisions of this code: and any officer of the department of building inspection, acting in good faith and without malice, shall be free from liability for acts performed under any of its provisions or by reason of any act or omission in the performance of official duties in connection therewith. 104.7 Official records: An official record shall be kept of all business and activities of the department specifier) in the provi- sions of this code, and all such records shall be open to public inspection at all appropriate times and according to reasonable rules to maintain the integrity and security of such records. SECTION 105.0 DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE CODE OFFICIAL 105.1 General: The code official shall enforce all of the provi- sions of this code and shall act on any question relative to life mode or manner of construction and materials to be used in the erection, addition to, alteration, repair, removal, demolition or installation of service equipment and the location, occupancy and maintenance of all buildings and structures, except as other- wise specifically provided for by statutory requirements or as provided for in Sections 105.2 through 105.8. 105.2 Applications and permits: The code official shall receive applications and issue permits for the erection and alteration of buildings and structures, inspect the premises for which such permits have been issued and enforce compliance with the pro- visions of this code. 105-3 Notices and orders: The code official shall issue all necessary notices ororders to ensure compliance with this cote. 105.4 Inspections: The code official shall make all of the re- quired inspections. or the code official shall accept reports of in"ction by appawed agencies or individuals. All reports of such inspections shall be in writing and be cenilied by a respon- sihic officer of such apprnred agenn or by the responsible indniduat. The code official is authorised it, engage such expert .,pi pion as deemed necessar• to repun upon unusmal technical issue, that arise.,ubject to the approval of the appointing aunhurity. IIIS Idenlil lealinn:'I'he code official shall c ll% pnq,cr iden- titicalionwhen insp>LCling strurnur, or prcmi,e, iu the pct Gum- mtce of tunics under this code. 1115.6 Rale-nmking mnthorily: The code ullicial shall havc run hnri ty as necessary in the interest of public heal Ill. ,alcty and general welfare. to adopt and pnanulgate rules and regulations to inferpref and implement fife provisions (11' this Code 61 secure the intent thereof and to designate fcquirenfculs applicable ho- cruse of local climatic or other conditions. Such rules shall uul have the effect of waiving structural or lire perilmnntfce require- ments specifically provided fur in this code or of violating accepted engineering practice involving public safety. 105.7 Department records: The code official shall keep official records of applications received. permits and certificates issued. fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official records as long as file building or structure m which they relate remains in existence, unless otherwise provided for by other regulations. 105.8 Annual report: At least annually, life code official shall submit to the chief authority or the jurisdiction a written state- ment of operations in the fonn and content as shall he prescribed by such authority. SECTION 106.0 APPROVAL 106.1 Approved materials and equipment.- All materials. equipment and devices approved by the code official shall be constructed and installed in accordance with such approval. 106.2 Modifications: When there are practical difficulties in- volved in carrying out provisions of this code, the code official shall have the right to vary or modify such provisions upon application of the owner or the ouwers representative, provided that the spirit and intent of the law is observed and that the public health, safety and welfare is assured. 106.2.1 Records: The application for modification and the final decision of the code official shall be in svritikC and shall be officially recorded with the application for the permit in the permanent records of the department of building inspec- tion. 106.3 Used materials and equipment: Used materials, equip- ment and devices shall not be reused unless they have been reconditioned, tested and placed in good and proper working condition and approved by the code official. 106.4 Alternative materials and equipment: The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the installation of any material or to prohibit any method of construction not specifi- cally prescribed by this code, provided Thal :my such alternative has been approved. An alternative material or method of con- struction shall be approved when the code official finds that the proposed doign is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of This code, and that the mmeri:d, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, al least the equivalent of dial prescribed in this elide in quality. sneugfh• el'I'ectiveness. f ire- rcaislanCC. t lrahilify and safety. ADMINISTRATION SECTION 107.0 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT r\n application shall he submited rat 107.1 Permit application: l 11rouunence slvithout+avperntiI hoing issurd in meeur dance shall not c with section 108.0. I. Construct or alter a structure. 2. Construct an addition. 3. Demolish or move a structure. 4. Make a change of nretgnuu.vI 5. Install or alter any equipan°nl which is regulated by this code. 1 r line which all"cell all existing structure. 107.6 Site plan: •1110a1111" ti,m1ill permit .hallbeaccompanied by a site plan shrx;ng tu ,"Ile tlw sire and location (1t' all new construct till "aalIexiuin+;,trocwrestill thesite. distancesfrom J tar lilac. the established strcel grade, au the Proposed l'a'shed grades: and it shall he dr:ovo ill accordance with lilt accurate boundary line survey. In the case ul•denlolitiuu, the site plan shall show all construction to be Jenulished and till location;md size of all existing sh'nclur0s and construetitin that are to remain on the ' )lilt 6. Move a o por notice to the code official is 107.1.1 Repairs: Application required for ordinary reairs to structures. Su?I` ()a repairs not ot 10 shall not include the cutting l away of :stay will' p nall bean, portion thereof, the removal the rtingof fur dmntt of any w r or loadbcaring Support, required means of egress. or rireme pans of a ta or be s; nor shall structure affecting theegrexsrcq uirements; rearrangement repairs include addition to. V"ers'upply'ticwercdrtinagc, I relocation of any /l ./ S drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other work affecting public health or a general safety. 107.2 Form or application: The application for 11 pant'( shall ` be submitted in such written farm its tile code ()file';" prescribes and shall be accompanied by the required fee as prescribed in Section 112.0• on is lessee Application fora permit. 107shall.3 be By made whom by the otrne• application or ssee ed the huilrofcs.+'.+'s ioionad ell-, or agent of either, or by the registered rleciGn professional ployed in connection will' the than posed+w o r ins the,altpshall ube is made by a person accompanied by an affidavit of the owner or the qualified appli- cant or a signed statement of the qualified applicant witnessed by the code official or his designee to the effect that the proposed work is authorized by the owner in fee and that the applicant is, and hh full nam sit and addre authorized to make such application. Te ores if es of the owner, lessee, app the owner or lessee is a corporate body, shall be stated in the . application. 107.4 Description of work: The application shall contain a the general description of the propoofd till Work. tlof locatio of or proposed work, the occupancy parts structure and of all portions of the site or lot not covered by the building or structure, provisions for special in.sl etinnv required by section 1705.0, and such additional information as required by the code official. 1075 Construction docum cats: Theo sets application for permit l shall be accompanied by not le s than two sets f tale r ecit"on documents. The code official is pennined to :valve the roquire- ments for filing can t"llet on dnrunrrrus when the scope of the work is of a minor nature. When the quality of the materials is It: e dell ntitlb0 c hill, essential for conformity to this ct de. his cod be given to establish such quality ,:+ t or the tern( "legal'" or ill equivnleol used as a substitute for specific information. ear tit I . 107.6.1 Private sewage disposal zysrem: The site plan shall indicate the location ill it private sewage disposal system All technical data and tile privall where it public sewer is not :av;lilahle. d sewage inrchapter 35 se d tie Sub'""ted with til?sitteplanode liste 7.7 Engincoring details: The code official shall require to be ed adequate details of structumh mechanical and electrical essen ork, including coil' , ions. stress aGod cmptations sh 11 I technical data. All engineering plans ar the signature and seal of the engineer or architect responsi- le for the design :is required by Section 114.1. 07.8 Amendments to application: Subject to the limitations of ection 107.9, amendments to it plan, application or other records the Sallie shall be filet) al any time before corn- ccompletionpaofntheying work for which the penal( is smtght or issued. Such unendments shall be deemed pan of (lie original application and so:dl be filed therewith. lac•ation for a y work shall be deemed to have been 107.9 permit (orTime any proposed permit six months after the date of filing, unless such apply cation has been liligently prosecuted or it permit shall have been issued: except that the code official shall grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each if there is reasonable cause. SECTION 108.0 PERMITS code 108.1 Action on application: the .ons for Permitsl and amend, r cause to be examined all apillicat" ments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If the appli- cation or the construction docuutenrs do not conform to the C all Pertinent laws, the code official shall reject requirements such applica otion in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If the cute official is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the requirements of this code and all laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the code official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable. 108.2 Suspension of permit: Any perms issued shall become invalid if the authorized work is not commenced within six months after issuance of the permit. or if the authorized work is suspended or abandoned fora period of six months after the time of commencing the work. 108.3 Previous :approvals:'I'his code shall not require changes in the conavrucdnn rlnrunu'or,v, construction or designated use group n(a bat ildim_ for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or uthervcise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been acaiwly prosecuted within 911 days after the effecti\'e title of this code and i, cnnapletel with dispatch. THE ROCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE11996 108.4 Signature to permit: The colic ulficial's signature shall be attached to every perulitI or the code official shall anthill a subordinate to allis such signaunr Un•rruo. 1085 Approved construction doconteols: The code oflicial j shall stamp or endorse in t•ritin,t 110111 sets of rnn.rrructiun documents "Approved." and one set of the approved i nn.str'ur- tion dacumunrsshall he rMaiucd I+y Ire code ul I ici:d and the other set shall be kept at the building site, open to inspection nl the code official or an authorized representative m all reasonable times. 108.6 Revocation of permit: The code official shall revoke it permit or approval issued under the provisions of this code in case of any false statement or misrepresentation of fact in the application or on the plans on which the permit or approval was based. 108.7 Approval or part: The code official is authorized to issue a permit for the construction of foundaticns or any other pan of a building or structure before the con,stna•tinu documents for the whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with all of the pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of such permit for the foundation or other pans or a building or structure shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the building operation and without assurance that :I pemhit for the entire structure will be granted. 108.8 Poslingof ptrmil: Atrue copy of the building pemlit shall be kept on the site of operations, open to public inspection during the entire time of prosecution of the work and until the contPle- tion of the same. 108.9 Notice or start: At least 24-hour notice or start of work under a building permit shall be given to the code official. and ;ygnuteoant equipment, such as uscters and regulators. have Well r•uwsrd or scaled and plugged in a safe mmuler. 110.2 Notice to adjoining owners: Only when u•ritlra notice ha. F+cen given I+y to applicant u+ the nu•nrrs of adjoining Inns and to the nn•mvs of wired or utter facilities, of which the tcngtomuy' removal is necessitated by the proposed work. sh M a permit he granted for the removal ora building or structure. 110.3 Lot regulation: Whenever a structure is demolished or lenmved, the prcnsises shall he maintained free from all unsafe ur hazardous conditions by the proper regulation of the lot, restorat iuu o(cstablishcd grades and the election of the necessary retaining walls and fences in accordance wills the Provisions of Chapter 33. SECTION 111.0 CONDITIONS OF PERMIT 111.1 Payment of reel: A permit shall not be issued until the fees prescribed in Section 112.0 have been paid. 111.2 Compliance with code: The permit shall be a license to proceed with the work and shall not be construed as authority to violate, cancel or set :silo any of the provisions of this code, except as specifically stipulated by modification or Iegaiiy granted variation as described in the application. 111.3 Compliance with permit,: All work shall conform to the approved application and the approved construction docuutents for which the permit has been issued and any approved amend- meals to the approved application or the approved construction documents. 111.4 Compliance with site plan: All new work shall be located strictly in accordance with the approved site plan. SECTION 112.0 FEES SECTION 109.0 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 109.1 General: Pursuant to a variance granted by the board of appeals under the provisions of Section 121.0, the code official shall issue a permit for temporary construction as approved by the board of appeals. Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but such temporary construction shall not be permitted for more than one year. 109.2 Special approval: All temporary construction shall con- form to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code its necessary to ensure the public health, safety and general welfare. 109.3 Termination of approval: The code official is hereby authorized to terminate such special approval and to order the demolition of any such construction at his discretion, or as directed by a decision of the board of appeals. SECTION 110.0 DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES 110.1 Service connections: Before a structure is demolished or removed, the ou•rter or agent shall notify all utilities having service connections within the structure witch as water, electric. gas. sewer and miter connections. A permit to demolish or remove a structure shall not he issued wail a release is obtained front the utilities, stating that their respective service connections 112.1 General: A permit to begin work for new construction, alteration, removal, demolition or other building operation shall not be issued until the fees prescribed in this section shall have been paid to the department of building inspection or other authorized agency of the jurisdiction, nor shall an amendment to it permit necessitating an additional fee be approved until the additional fee has been paid. 112.2 Special refs: TThe payment of the fee for the construction, alteration. rcnsoval ordemolition for all work done in connection with or concurrently with the work contemplated by a building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law or ordinance for water laps, sewer connections, electrical permits, erection of .si,gns and display structures, marquees or other appurtenant structures, or fees of inspections, certificates of occupancy or other privileges or requirements, both within and without the jurisdiction of the department of building inspection. 112.3 New construction and alterations: The fees for plan examination, building permit and inspections shall be as pre- Nerihed in Section 112.3.1 and the code official is authorized to estahlish by uppnnrd rules a schedule of unit rill" for buildings and strucumtx of all use groups and types of construction as cl:ositied and defined in Chapters I, 3 and 6. ADMINISTRAT 112.3.1 Fee schedule: A fee for each plan ez;uni nation, build- ing permit lead inspection shall he paid in accordance with the following schedule. IJIIItItiI71CT10N TO INtililrr APPROflll" St Ilil HILEx.I 11 112.4 Accounting; The code official shall keep :1 accurate account of all fees collected: and such wllected Pecs shall be deposited monthly it, the jurisdiction treasury, or otherwise dis- posed of as required by law. se of a revocation of it permit or 112.5 Refunds: In the ca abandonment or discontinuance of a building project, the portion of the work actually completed shall be computed initially excess fee for the incompleted work shall be returned to the permit holder upon written request. All plan examination and permit processing fees and all penalties that have been imposed on the permit holder under the requirements of this code shall first be collected. SECTION 113.0 INSPECTION 113.1 Preliminary inspection: Before issuing a permit, the cafe official shall, if deemed necessary, examine or cause to be examined all buildings, structures and sues for which all appli- cation has been riled for a permit to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, demolish or change the occupancy thereof. 113.2 Required inspections: After issuing a building permit, the code official shall conduct inspections from time to time during and upon completion of the work for which a permit has been issued. A record of all such examinations and inspections and of all violations of this code shall be maintained by the code official. The owner shall provide for special inspections in accordance with Section 1705.0. 113.2.1 Approved inspection agencies: The code official shall accept reports of approved inspection agencies, pro- vided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifica- tions and reliability. 113.2.2 Plant inspection: Where required by the provisions of this code or by the approved ruler, materials or assemblies shall be inspected at the point of manufacture or fabrication in accordance with Section 1703.3. 113.3 Final Inspection: Upon completion of the building or structure, and before issuance of the certificate of occupancy required by Section 118.0, a final inspection shall be made. All violations of the approved construction documents and permit shall be noted and the holder of the permit shall be notified of the discrepancies. 113.4 Right of entry: The code official shall have the authority to enter at any reasonable time any structure or premises for which a permit has been issued but has not received it certificate of occupancy in accordance with Section 118.0. Forall other structures or premises, when the code official has reasonable cause to believe that a code violation exists, the code official is authorized to enter the structure or premises at reason- able tinter to inspect subject to constitutional restrictions on unreasonable searches and seizures. If cntrv is refused ar not obtained, the code official is authorized to pursue recourse as provided by law. 113.5 Cs+ordination of inspections: Whenever in the enrol nun:: f :.`.. z.-: .. _nothe::, le or ordin;mce, due responsibi of r.,: re :r. ...: ra : ile ofti::al of the jurisdiction is involve( ,lu,al! `? ;:-,e ,:cr• : { :he c.?ic aiiisill: incoh•ed tocuordinalell s.:mini>tam e orders as fully as pr.,cticaMt that :e,.; and occupants of the structure shall not .uhtecx.:: . b% numerous in:lvclors or multiple or c filcu:.c order, x-k'henexer an inspector from any agency dep:^.-.-cnt ob-!nes an apparent or actual violation of sc pros ilea a •.,r,e law, ordinance or code not within the insl a,r's authont% to enforce. the inspector shall report the ftndi to the code oflic)al having jurisdiction. SECTION 114.0 PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES 114.1 General: The construction documents for new contt tion, alteration. repairs. expansion, addition or modification buildings or structures shall be prepared by a registered de. professional. All construction doenunents required for abuilt permit application shall be prepared by a registered de. professional consistent with the professional registration law the state in which the project is to be constructed. The contt tion documents shall include the name and address of the re tered design pn?fessiopral and shall be signed, scaled and d by the registered design professional in accordance with professional reistration law's of the state in which the proje to be constructed. 114.2 Special inspections: Special inspections shall be mac accordance with Section 1705.0. 114.2.1 Building permit requirement.: This special his ton requirement shall be detemtincd prior to the issuanc the building permit and shall be it requisite for the pe issuance as described in Section 1705.0. 114.2.2 Fees and costs: All fees and costs related to performance of special professional services shall be b by the owner. SECTION 115.0 WORKMANSHIP 115.1 General: All work shall be conducted, installed and c pleted in a workmanlike and acceptable manner so as to se the results intended by this code. SECTION 116.0 VIOLATIONS 116.1 Unlawful acts: It shall be unlawful for any person, or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, rear demolish or occupy any builditt_, structure or equipment, lated by this code. or cause same to be done, in conflict wi in violation of any of the provisions of this code. 116.2 Notice of violation: The code official shall serve a n of violation or order on the person responsible for the erec construction. .:/aeration, extension. repair, removal, demol or occupancy of it building or structure in violation o: provisions of this code. or in violation of a detail stmemen' plan approved thereunder, or in violation of a permit or certil issued under the provisions of this code. Such order shall c the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition am abatement of :he . iolaliun. AOMINISTRATII upon the person responsible fur the suvcuuc .hall constiune service of notice upon tile oll-ner. 119.5 Resloraliom'1'he suvcurrc or cquipurcnr determined to he unsafe by the code official is permilled to be re,lored It, a safe condition. To the extent Thal repairs, olh•rations or additions are made or a change of orrupani-Y occurs during Ule Iestural ion of the structure, such repairs, altel'aliaa.r, jddilioab UI, change ail occupancy shall comply with the requircmente of SCC6011 107. 1.1 and Chapter 34. 119.6 Disregard of notice: Upon refusal or neglect of die person served with an unsafe notice ua comply with the requirements ul. the order to abate file unsafe condition, f by legal counsel of the jurisdiction shall be advised of alp the face in order nr pursue recourse provided by paw. SECTION 120.0 EMERGENCY MEASURES 120.1 Imminent danger: When, in the opinion of the code official, there is imminent danger of failure or collapse of a building or structure or any pan thereof which endangers life, or when any structure or pan of it structure has fallen mml life is endangered by the occupation of the building or structure, the code official is hereby authorized and empowered to order and require the occupants to vacate the same forthwith. The code official shall cause to be posted at each entrance to such sbventre a notice reading as follows: "This Stmct re is Unsafe and its Occupancy has been Prohibited by the Cade Official:' It shall be unlawful for any person to enter such stntcnure except for the purpose of making the required repairs or of demolishing the same. 120.2 Temporary safeguards: When, in the opinion orthe code official, there is imminent dangertlue to an unsafe condition, the code official shall cause the necessary work to be done to render such structure temporarily safe, whether or not the legal proce- dure herein described has been instituted. 1203 Closingstreets: When necessary for the public safety, the code official shall tempow-ily close structures and close, or order the authority having jurisdiction to close, sidewalks, streets, public nvays and places adjacent to unsafe structures. ;red prohibit the same from being used. 120A Emergency repairs: for the purposes of this section, the code official shall employ the necessary labor ;red materials to perform the required work as expeditiously as possible. 120.5 Costs of emergency repairs: Costs incurred in the per- formancc of emergency work shall he paid front the treasury of the jurisdiction on approval of the code o fl icial. The legal counsel of the jurisdiction shall institute appropriate action against the owner of the premises where the unsafe structure is or was located. 120.6 Unsafe equipment: Equipment deemed unsde by the code official shall not he operated after the date stated in the notice unless the required repairs ur changn have been made; and the equipment has been apprreed. or unless an extension of time has been secured from the code ullicial in vririge. 1211.6.1 Authority to seal equipment: In the cite of can emergency, the code ullicial .hall thaw the anhonly to seal out of service immediately any unsafe device or cquipmc regulated by this code. 120.6? ththloi fill to remove seat: Any device or cquipmc soaped out of service by the code oflici;d shall be plair identil led in an approved manner. The identi licalion shall r be tampered with. delaced or removed except by the co official and shall indicate the reason for such scaling. SECTION 121.0 MEANS OF APPEAL 121.1 Application for appeal: Any person shall have the ril to appeal a decision of the caste official to the board of appea An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the tr intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder ha been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do r fully apply, or an equivalent form of construction is to be use 121.2 Membership of board:'rhe board orappeals shall cons of five members appointed by the chief appointing authority follows: one for five years, one for four years, one for three yea one for two years, and one for one year.'rlhercaflcr, each m member shall serve for five years or until a successor has be appointed. 121.2.1 Qualifications:'IThe board of appeals shall consist rave individuals. one front each of the following proresxic or disciplines. I. Registered design professional who is a registered chitect; or a builder or superintendent of building cc slruclion with at least ten yearn experience, five which shall have been in responsible charge or worl 2. Registered design professional Willi structural en necdng or architectural experience. 3. Registered design professional with mechanical plumbing engineering experience; or a mechanical plumbing contractor with at lead ten years' experien five of which shall have been in responsible charge work. 4. Registereddesigrtprofesrionalwithelectricalengine ing experience; or an electrical contractor with at le ten ycars' experience, five of which shall have been responsible charge of work. 5. Regi.rterrd design professional with lire protection a gineering experience; or a fire protection contmc with at least ten years' experience, five of which sh have been in responsible charge of work. 121.2.2 Alternate members: The chief appointing authot shall appoint two alternate nhenhters whit shall be called the board chairman m hear appeals during the absence disqualification of a member. Alternate members shall p secs the qualifications required for board membership, t shall to appointed for live years or unti l a successor has ht appointed. 121 2.3 Chairman: The board .hall annually select (Inc of nonaters w serve as chairman. 121 2.4 Visgmdification of mcrnber: A mcruber shall hear ;Ili appeal in schich that member has may p ersoa professional or financial interest. ' THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CONE/1996 121.2.5 Secretary: The chief administrative ollircr shall designcue a qu;diliel CiCl k to scrvc as srrrcuuy nl the hoard. The secretarysiudl file a drooled record of all pnn•cedings in the office of the chief administrmive ullirer. 121.2.6 Compensation of nucmhe s: l'uu gellsa ion of nleno- bers shall he determined by law. 121.3 Notice of meeting:'1'be board shall nice[ upon notice l ionl the chaimlan, within tell days 01 '1110 filing of an appeal, or :it stated periodic meetings. 121A Open hearing: All hearings before the board shall he open to the public. The appellant, the appellant's representative, the codeofftcial and any person whose interests are all'ected shall he given an opportunity to be heard. 121.4.1 Procedure: The board shall adopt and make avai f able to the public thmugh the secretary procedures under which a hearing will be conducted. The procedures shall not require compliance with strict rules orevidence but shall mandate that only relevant information be received. 121.5 Postponed hearing: When rive members are not present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appellant's repre- sentative shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing. 121.6 Board decision: The board shall modify or reverse the decision of the code official by a concurring vote of three members. 121.6.1 Resolution: The decision of' the board shall be by resolution. Certified copies shall be furnished to theappellant and to the code official. 121.6.2 Administration: The code official shall take inune- diale action in accordance with the decision of the board. 121.7 Court review: Any person, whether or not a previous party of the appeal, shall have the right to apply to the appropriate court for a writ of certiorari to correct errors of law. Application for review shall be made in the manner and time required by paw following the filing of the decision in the oil-ice of the chief administrative officer. Vw r= f ; i? " I :I I CJ CJ L l